#mafia!minho

[leviackermanscleaningbuddy]

This just proves it. We're all thinking it.

[hanjisick]

Orders.

genre. mafia au. bodyguard!lee know x fem!reader

desc. your father is an elite, high ranking official in a mafia family. after your first kidnapping, a bodyguard was hired to ensure your safety.

warnings. nsfw. fingering & sex. torture. kidnapping. murder. violence.

wc. 10k

✉️ : this is my first writing after a 9 month hiatus. i apologize for the unannounced break and i will be answering and writing again shortly. enjoy! :)

You sit in a wooden chair, wheezing and thrashing from days of sleep deprivation and torment. Your body aches, wrists bruised and bloody from the ropes, and you almost feel like giving in and spilling Daddy’s secrets— allowing them to kill you and the family.

But you knew better than that. You knew that you'd be saved.

The gunshots and cries for help weren't unexpected from above the dark bunker.

With an ear-piercing creak, the door swings open and the shadow of a man emerges through the doorstep, shoes squeaking with fresh blood underneath.

He doesn’t let out a single word as he kneels to grab your face and examine it. Your attention follows the ring on his finger. An insignia that he is part of the family. You can depend on him.

But still, you wince, sharply inhaling as his fingers aggravate your wounds.

“Don’t get their blood in my wounds, I don’t know what kind of freaks they are,” You grumble, voice husky from days of screaming.

You let him turn your head, retaining eye contact with the floor as you grit your teeth.

“Relax,” he mumbles, “I don’t bite.”

He leans closer to examine your wounds. “You took a lot of hits. How many people are here?”

He draws back as you reply, “Can’t tell you exactly.”

“About four of them grabbed me while I was leaving the house— stupid on their part, no wonder you were here so shortly,” You trail off before catching yourself back on topic.

“But I’ve only seen three different men since I’ve been here. Only to beat me and interrogate me. Don’t worry, I didn’t say anything to put Daddy at risk.”

“I heard two other unrecognizable voices. That would make nine people in the building that I know of. Of course, there could always be more. How many did you shoot?”

“Six,” he responds before looking down at your scrapes and wounds again.

You feel him caress your cheek once more, his cold skin sending shivers down your spine.

“You’re in bad shape.”

“If there’s more here, we need to get out as soon as possible. We can worry about my wounds as soon as these people aren’t on our ass.”

You struggle in your bounds, the ropes burning your already bloody wrists, “Could you untie me, first?”

“Don’t move.”

You obey his command, halting as he unties the ropes, uncovering the painful burn marks and blisters.

“That fucking hurt,” you rotate your wrists, “I could’ve gotten out without your help eventually, though.” Your voice is rough, breath coming out in harsh, sharp drags.

“Sure, you would’ve.”

You stumble to your feet as he pulls you into him for safety. He reeks of gunpowder and high-dollar cologne— presumably something that Daddy has made sure that he has the money for.

“Stay close to me, when we get to the front, you go out first and then I’ll leave right after.”

You follow the unfamiliar man out of the maze, almost slipping on the floor blanketed in blood.

You adjust to the bright sunlight— and it feels gentle against your damaged skin. It seems like time has stood still while you were captured. “Did Daddy order you a car?”

“Yes,” he answers, “Some men are waiting out front to take us to the closest hospital— which isn’t too far.”

“I’m being hospitalized?” You follow him into the backseat, finally slacking for a moment ontop of the fresh leather.

“It’s not my choice to have you taken to the hospital, it’s the orders.”

“Do I have a statement to tell the nurse?” You look at him in concern.

“Am I supposed to say, ‘Oh, I was kidnapped by Daddy’s enemies! By the way, he’s in the mafia! Who wants to arrest Daddy?’”

“Tell them you fell down the stairs.” His flat tone contrasts your own, remaining unfazed.

“How would that cover up my wrists' burn marks?” You hold up the bloody and bruised dents, “Nobody gets these from falling down the stairs. There's way too much blood— and some of it isn’t even mine.”

He raises an eyebrow, looking over to the burn marks on your wrist and then back to you.

“Then tell them you accidentally burnt yourself while cooking.”

“Are you even listening to me? Are you stupid?”

He doesn’t respond for a moment, not seeming to care about the situation.

“It’s not hard to pay them to be silent.”

“How about I tell them that I was heavily bullied at school and a couple of classmates did this to me? I think that could work.”

You two arrive at the front entrance of the emergency room, he follows behind you, strolling through the automatic door.

“I’m fine, really, I was just beaten by classmates,” You lie through your teeth to the front desk, “My boyfriend took me here to get it checked out.”

He raises an eyebrow.

You comply with the nurses as they check your weight and interview you.

“I don’t have any stab wounds, at least I don’t think so— I don’t remember what they did to me. I was held captive for a few,” Your voice trails off as you wince at a sudden pang.

You glance down at your bleeding side and are unexpectedly whacked with all of the distress that you had been repressing at once.

Your vision starts to fade, face pale as a ghost.

The man rushes over as they carry you to a bed, and he kneels beside you to review your condition. Your body is pale and cold, breathing jagged and rapid.

You hear the whispers of the staff panicking. One nurse checks your pulse, and another elevates your legs.

“I need my blood sugar up,” the first words that come out of your mouth sound weak and painful.

You look over at the man beside you.

You need to lie. But you don’t even know his name.

“Boyfriend,” you determine, “please get me a sugary drink from the vending machine.”

A subtle smirk forms upon his lips, but it vanishes as soon as it appears.

“Fine,” he rises to his feet.

You hiss as the nurses sterilize your wounds, shrieking and thrashing on the mattress at the sting. You try to stay still, but the pain is intolerable.

Footsteps echo and you find the man returning with a chocolate bar, which he holds out to you. He brings it close to your lips and holds the chocolate against your mouth for you to take a bite, “Slowly.”

“I told you to get me a drink,” You disregard his command, biting the chocolate quickly, almost aggressively.

His lips turn up, amused by your action.

The nurses finish stitching up your deep gashes and bandaging your wounds, recommending that you stay the night.

“Pay for the bill with Daddy’s cash and let’s get out of here,” you state coldly, “I need to shower and get all of this blood out of my hair. I don’t want to stay here.”

“As long as you can walk by yourself, we can leave right away.” He replies. The man takes out a wad of bills quickly counts the money and pays for the bill.

You stay speechless until entering the car.

“Who are you?”

“I’m your bodyguard. Your father hired me to look out for you after the kidnapping.”

You nod in acknowledgment. “Will you be staying at the estate with me? Or is it a ‘only when I leave the house’ kind of deal?”

“My primary duty is to protect you from anyone or anything that could harm you, whether that be outside or inside the house. I could go wherever you wish me to follow you, and I will be there.”

“You won’t sleep in bed with me though, right?”

He stays silent for a moment.

“You are correct, I am here to protect, nothing more. I will not sleep next to you. I am merely your bodyguard and take your orders.”

“Good boy,” you grin, “I bet Daddy will pay you very nicely. Why else would you take this job? How much does he give you? Either way, I’m sure you have enough to buy a mansion.”

The bodyguard holds back an eye roll. “I will have more than enough money. Not only that but he also provides me with a home.” He adds with a smirk.

“Good.” You reply.

You fall silent, allowing him to drive, taking in the past few days.

You were never worried about surviving, You understood that Daddy would handle it. But you didn’t expect to be as hurt as you were.

He could’ve saved you sooner.

“When we get home, order the chef to make me something sweet, I deserve a treat,” you state, “I’m going to shower and you are not allowed to enter my bathroom under any circumstance. Even if I’m dying.”

“You would die before letting me enter your bathroom? I get it.” He retorts.

Once you both arrive at the estate, you stumble out of the car. You don’t linger for him.

You’re welcomed by a handful of workers as you enter the home, but ignore them as you make a beeline up the stairs and towards the bedroom.

The door locks behind you and the room is silent. You feel the weariness creep on as your wounds sting. You lean against the door, sliding down.

After a moment of peace, you head towards the shower to comb the dried blood out of your hair.

You scrub your face carefully, avoiding the stitches above your eyebrows.

You wash your body entirely, removing the blood stains with soap, water, and a wash rag. Then you comb out the dried blood.

Once you finish, you dry yourself off and dress in a plain, silk nightdress.

Leaving your bedroom, you turn to look for your guard. He is at the doorway of your room when you walk out. His eyes roam around your body for a brief moment, examining the nightgown.

“Do you require assistance?”

“Did you place an order for something sweet, like I asked?” You peer at his suit, moving in to adjust his tie.

He follows your hand as it moves, eyeing you for a few moments before he utters, “I did, the chef will be bringing it to your room once it’s prepared.”

“Good boy.”

You look up at his face once you are pleased with the positioning. You grimace at his sharp, cold face. The blood was dried, brown, and unpleasing. The man’s hand relaxes on the gun holstered on his hip.

“I order you to come into my bedroom.”

His eyebrows crease. He understands his role as your bodyguard— nonetheless, he doesn’t get a kick out of being ordered around in this tone.

He takes a deep breath. “Your wish is my command.”

The room is massive, a silk-covered canopy bed sits in the center of it. He pays no mind to looking around, concentrating on the job at hand.

“Sit down on my bed,” you demand, steering towards the bathroom and pushing open the double doors.

He obeys your orders without question, crossing his legs, and keeping his hand resting beside his gun.

The bodyguard keeps a close, attentive eye on the doors, supervising the way that you soak a washrag with warm water, squeezing out the excess.

You sit beside him, grabbing his chin and leaning into his face. He tenses.

“Relax, I don’t bite,” you smirk, reiterating his first words from the moment he met you back to him, massaging the dried blood off of his face, “No guard of mine will have a messy appearance.”

You can tell that he feels uneasy, but he can’t reject you. If you wish for him to relax, he will make an effort to relax.

You can’t help but notice his complexion when he isn’t scowling. The apathy melts away as you wipe the dried blood, giving you a new perspective on his appearance.

“You’re handsome,” you state bluntly, “Especially without blood covering your face.”

You toss the rag into the laundry basket carelessly, waiting for a maid to take care of it.

“Thank you.”

“What is your name? You never told me.”

His eyebrows arch slightly at the question.“It’s Minho.”

“I am Y/N,” You reply, holding out your hand to shake his own. His grip is firm and warm.

He keeps a stoic face as he glances at your face and back at your hand, as if he is searching for an ulterior motive behind this handshake.

The food.

The bell rings and the sound of it shatters the stillness of the room. Minho’s head jolts towards the door, hand back on his gun.

He rises instantly, opening it to reveal the maid with a tray of sweet snacks.

He takes it from her. “I will bring it in.”

“What a good boy, Minho,” you praise, clapping your hands together as he sets the tray on your lap.

“I don’t take you for a man who enjoys sweet food much. Do you like sweets?”

“Sometimes.”

You unwrap a piece of high-dollar chocolate, “I command you to open your mouth.”

Minho can’t deny you, it would be disobeying your orders.

He opens his mouth as the chocolate is positioned between his lips.

You relish in the chocolates with Minho and once finished, you set the tray on the floor for a maid to pick up at sunrise.

“I don’t think I mind you being around all that much, Daddy makes good decisions.” You lay down on the mattress.

“Your father does make good decisions.”

His gaze wavered on your face until you drifted off to sleep. Only then did they slowly trail down to your body.

The way your body was built captivated him. Minho was glued to your sleeping form.

He stayed in the room, taking a seat on a chair in the corner to watch you.

He didn’t know how long it had been since you had dozed off, but by the way that the room was now pitch black and noiseless aside from your figure rising and falling, he would imagine that it had been a couple of hours.

“How long are you going to sit there?” Your sleep-filled voice questions him, causing him to snap out of his daze, hand reaching for his gun out of instinct.

“Do you sleep? Are you allowed to sleep?”

“I will only remain in the room as long as you order me to. I do sleep,” He replies, “Now is there anything else you need my assistance with? Or can I return to my duties?”

“So you’re only staying in the room because I ordered you two hours ago?” There’s a tinge of dismay in your voice, but it was masked by sleep, “You can leave if you want, I don’t mind.”

Minho felt a sudden pit in his stomach. You sounded disappointed by his statement.

Your words are perplexing him, and he can’t conclude what you want from him. To stay or to go?

“Should I stay for a bit longer?”

You were already asleep again once he had responded.

You and Minho both wake to a maid opening the blinds and ringing a bell. You groan, stretching your body.

“Miss, let’s get you dressed for today.”

She pulls your nightgown up above your head as Minho’s eyes wander toward your laced underwear.

“What’s on my schedule for today?”

He quickly forces his gaze to look away and stares back at the maid.

“We want you to heal from your injuries, miss,” she answers, “we will start with a nutritious breakfast to encourage recovery, and attend to your injuries, and then you will speak with Daddy about your incident.”

The maid buttons your fitted dress, glancing in Minho’s direction, “Your bodyguard will need to be there for your conversation with Daddy.”

“He will?”

“He needs to tell Daddy what he witnessed from the facility.”

You nod, following her lead down the stairs and towards the breakfast table.

Minho follows suit, remaining at your side the entire time and he watches you eat, staying observant and cautious.

“Are you hungry?”

This question catches Minho off guard.

“No.” He adds in a dull tone— but in actuality, he is starving. He was entrusted to watch over you. He shouldn’t eat on the clock.

“Maid, go order,” You look Minho up and down, “A side of crepes. Blueberry crepes. And two cups of coffee.”

The maid hurries to the kitchen to place the order, and it is brought out a couple of minutes later.

He stares at the crepes being placed on the table, and his belly grumbles. “Thank you.”

The maid carries the mugs of coffee to the table. But it doesn’t take Minho long to catch sight of her cunning smile and the perplexing liquid that the maid slipped into the mugs of coffee.

He stares quietly, calculating his next action.

“Don’t drink it.”

“Why not?”

Minho’s sight narrows as you bring the cup of coffee to your lips.

This time, his tone is warning and direct. “It’s better that you don’t.”

You halt your sip at his harsh command.

The maid pulls out a handgun swiftly after realizing that she has been caught, aiming it at you.

A switch swiftly flips inside of him.

He lunges forward, grabbing the woman’s wrist and twisting the gun to the right, snapping a couple of fingers in the process.

It’s a rapid movement, and he had little time to think before shooting her in the head, watching the life leave her body. His face is apathetic and almost casual.

The maid’s blood spilled onto the floor as the others ran to clean it up.

“He passed the test, we can keep him. A promising guard so far,” Daddy compliments from behind you, “Urgently acting to protect. He knew that she was mindless and weak. He comprehends crises well.”

The older man slips a wad of cash into the breast pocket of Minho’s suit. “Good on protecting her. That was a setup with a stupid maid who was just aching to betray us. You will have the same fate if you are wavered by another team.”

“I think he’s a good boy. He won’t betray me.”

“Y/N, meet me at my office. Guard, follow her.” He swiftly turns away to lead the two of you as you eye Minho.

“You can relax now. No more tests.”

He nods in understanding, heeding silently towards the office.

“Tell me about what you saw at the facility.”

You nod. “Four men had taken me from our garden entrance and used Chloroform to knock me unconscious. I woke up in their van, where my hands and legs were tied. I heard them talking about what they planned to get out of me. They had intentions of murdering me if they got to a week of no answers.”

Minho listens to your explanation with hawk-like eyes, paying close attention to all the details and descriptions.

You clear your throat, running your fingers across your bruised wrist, “I was tied to a chair in their questioning room, and they used forms of torture for me to open up.”

“I was deprived of sleep and beaten if they caught me closing my eyes— trying to get my lack of sleep to cause me to open up about your activities.”

Daddy nodded solemnly, leaning into his chair.

“Waterboarding was their favorite method, but they enjoyed beating me. I assume that was mainly for fun.”

You continued, “Minho appeared and killed a couple of them and saved me, but most are still alive.”

“Still alive? You didn’t find and kill them, bodyguard, why?” Daddy’s intense eyes moved toward Minho, who appeared unbothered.

The fact that he missed a few guys is enough to drive him crazy.

“I had to get her to safety as soon as possible.”

Daddy merely nods. “I will send my men after them. Y/N, did you get any names?”

“They wouldn’t tell me anything about themselves, but I saw a couple of signs of their rival gang.”

“Guard,” he veered towards Minho, “Describe the faces that you saw. I need as much information as possible.”

“They look to be between the ages of 20 to 30, their faces covered in scars. One man had dark skin, and his facial scars were faded. His most notable feature was a slit across his brow. He wore a dark suit. I left him alive but with a bullet in his arm. The other man had a lighter skin tone and his scars were similar to knife wounds. He had gotten away.”

The boss nods.

“Good. I can work with that. Never let my little girl get into trouble like that again, alright?”

The second the words ‘my little girl’ leave his mouth, Minho can’t help but gaze at you. He observes your reactions and motions.

His heart beats by hearing his boss call you that, and his attention is now focused on every single twitch that you make.

“The nurses will be waiting in her bedroom shortly. Be good and do as they say.” He adds, snapping Minho back to him.

“Guard, do not let her go against any of the nurses' rules. She can be convincing. Do not give into it.”

“Yes Sir.”

You roll your eyes, turning away to leave the room.

“Stay safe.” That is the last utterance of the boss before you drag Minho out of the room and towards the bedroom.

“Sit on the bed,” a nurse commands you, and you quickly obey.

She dabs at your abdomen stitches with antiseptic soap and your eyebrows furrow.

“You can’t move around much, got it? No exercising for three weeks until we get these stitches out.”

You agree as she moves on to your wrists, rubbing cream into them, “You’re going to visit us twice a day for six days until the healing is almost complete.”

She yanks a bandage off of your face, causing you to groan in pain. She rubs another ointment on it before substituting it with fresh dressing.

Minho supervises each step that the nurse takes, noticing how she takes care of your body as if it’s her most precious gift.

She turns to Minho, “I need you to make sure that she’s well rested, drinking enough water, and not doing many straining activities. Take her back here once again in the evening, and then we will see her again this time tomorrow morning, got it?”

“Yes, I will take care of her.”

“What about him, nurse?” You eye the small cuts across his face and hands.

She smiles and leans over to you. “He is well trained. Trust me, he’ll survive a few scratches.”

Your eyes narrow. “I order you to treat his wounds to the best of your abilities.”

She sighs. “Yes ma’am.”

She moves towards Minho and checks his wounds, patching the ones that were newly caused. She brushes his face softly with an ointment.

“I don’t like it when my guards don’t keep up a good appearance,” you try to explain away your worry for him, “and being injured will only slow you down when protecting me.”

The man stares straight ahead, listening carefully. “I’m fine. I’ll recover just fine. I don’t need much care as you do.”

“Let her rest now,” the nurse tells Minho, “order the maids to bring her a glass of water and have her sip on it until lunchtime.”

Once she leaves, Minho turns towards you, “I’ll make sure the maids bring you water. You need to stay hydrated”

Once water is on your table, your gaze returns to Minho

“Now, I order you to sit down on my bed with me.”

He examines you with a neutral expression and waits for you to say what you mean, not wishing to assume or take anything wrongly.

“Sit down with me,” you demand again, patting the spot beside you, waiting for him to follow suit.

As soon as you ask him to, Minho does not waver. He sits down beside you, body brushing your own.

You turn to meet his cold expression with intensity. “Do you like your job so far?

Minho is taken off guard by your switch of topic. He stays where he is sitting, but turns his body as well and faces you.

“I enjoy my duties.”

“Good. Because I’m fond of you. You’re handsome, and you are good at your job.”

He stares at you with slight surprise. “Thank you.”

Your hands grab for his, playing with the ring on his finger.

Then, you reach your hands higher, tugging his sleeve up to reveal a cluster of scars littered across his forearm.

“How long have you been in the business?”

“Since I was fourteen. I was trained from a very young age.”

“Have you always been in Daddy’s family?”

“I was loyal to your Daddy from the moment I knew what this life was like. I haven’t had a moment of doubt.”

“Good. That means you won’t leave us, right?”

“I will serve your family until my last breath. You have nothing to fear about that.”

“What a good boy,” you reach to ruffle his hair, landing a swift kiss on his sliced cheek. “That’s exactly what I like to hear.”

Minho stiffens.

“I order you to take off your jacket. I want to see your body. To see if you’re strong enough to be a good guard.”

Your words are sharp as a knife and they cut deep through his defense system. His jaw clamps and his breathing accelerates.

Minho swallows his breath, nodding his head. His movements are rigid, starting to cautiously peel off his jacket. It takes him a moment to unbutton it, but once his jacket is off, he stays there, waiting.

You slide his jacket to the floor, touching the muscles of his bicep through his button-down. “You’re fit. That’s good.”

Minho yearns for you to keep feeling him. To keep praising him. He swallows. Your words sound like a honey trap to him, and it’s working as intended.

“I order you to take off your tie.”

“Yes.”

That is all that he says, slowly slipping his tie from underneath his collar and tossing it aside.

Unexpectedly, you’re climbing on top of his body. “Take off your button-down.”

He unbuttons his shirt as your eyes sear into his chest. He is now only wearing a black undershirt.

“So many clothes,” you sigh out, groping his bare arms. You run your hands across his biceps, listening to him shudder underneath the touch.

“Take off your undershirt now. I want to see your chest.”

You can feel the heat radiating off him as he shivers. His body is now sensitive, and your hands are making it worse for him.

Your orders are evident, and he hastily lifts off his undershirt, waiting for what is next.

You can see his whole chest with all of its blemishes, with every muscle covered in sweat, exposed for you.

Your hands travel down his chest and abdomen, feeling each ragged scar with your bruised fingers. The delicate contact causes his breath to catch and a soft groan leaves him, fighting to not show that he relishes in your touch.

“Let me kiss you.”

He stares at you for a moment before his eyebrows slightly shift— his way of showing you that he approves of that request.

Minho leans in slightly and closes his eyes, gently placing a timid kiss on your lips.

You smirk against him, pushing him to lie against the bed frame and deepening the kiss. Your hands reach for his dark hair, clasping a handful in your grip.

He kisses you deeply and wraps his arms around you to pull you in closer, offering full control to you. His breath speeds up.

You pull away after a moment, lips brushing against his as you catch your breath, but only for an instant before moving towards his jaw, sucking marks onto his skin.

Minho quivers at your touch, his breathing speeding up once more as you leave red and purple blemishes on his skin. He bites his lip to stop himself from groaning.

Your mouth moves from his jaw to his neck, leaving kisses and hickeys all across him, making sure that he is covered in them.

Your hips grind against him, breathing heavily with anticipation as you make your way to his chest.

Your hands and mouth are touching all of him, and each sensation triggers a reaction that he tries to conceal.

Your lips hover back to his lips, staring at him longingly. “Do I have to command you for you to do anything to me? You don’t have to ask. You have my permission. Do whatever you want.”

You can see his gaze shifting from your eyes to your mouth, to your neck, and then towards your chest.

You swiftly lift yourself off of him to let him remove your dress, leaving your body as bare as his own.

You grasp onto his neck, bringing him in for another deep kiss. Minho remains silent as he kisses you, allowing you to leave him as many marks as you desire.

“What are you thinking, Minho? Speak to me.”

He takes a moment, letting out an unstable breath. “I’m thinking of what you are doing to me. I,” he stammers, “I want to make you feel good.”

“Then do it. Please.”

“I don’t want to harm you,” he breathes out, “you’re injured.”

“The nurses said to not do,” Minho presses his eyes shut as you bring your hips up to meet his, “fuck, anything straining.”

“Remember what Daddy said? I can be convincing.” You sneer as your bodyguard fails to keep his cool composure, but the aching cock pressing into you is giving his true desires away.

You eye his internal struggle between following your orders and his cravings, or the nurse and his boss.

“I don’t want to hurt you. I can go relieve myself in the bathroom.”

“I like being hurt.”

You notice his lip twitch at the comment, and you decide to provoke him further, grinding into him, and set a steady rhythm with your hips.

He groans as his head drops back, tugging onto your hair and trying desperately to control his breath, “Please, Y/N, I just want to take care of you.”

“You can take care of me in another way.”

“I need to follow orders.”

“Then I order you to fuck me.”

His eyes pinch shut as he tries to clear his head and reason with himself.

Perhaps if he were gentle, it would be alright.

But how long could he remain gentle when you were splayed out in front of him, willing to take anything that he gave to you?

He made his decision, gripping your shoulders gently and flipping you, pinning you to the bed, and surveying your face for any discomfort.

When he finds none, he impatiently unclasps his belt, throwing it to the floor along with his dress pants, leaving him in just his boxers.

You hold yourself up by your elbows, thighs pressed together and mouth watering at the man in front of you.

His hands were delicate, although they could easily snap you in half, as he unclasped your bra, leaving your top half bare.

Minho stopped to take in the view for a moment before grabbing at one of your breasts, his mouth attaching to the other.

Your whines were like music to him— something that he wanted to hear more of.

Your back arched in pleasure as he moved one hand down to your thigh, caressing it for a moment before slowly slipping his hand into your panties.

“Try to stay quiet, darling, I don’t want any staff checking on us,” He hushed you with his lips attaching to your own once again, feeling your wetness all over his calloused hands.

His thumb brushed against your clit and you whimpered into his mouth, clenching around nothing.

Minho then plunged two fingers deep inside of you and curled them. He was becoming lost in pleasing you, overlooking his own ache between his legs.

Your thighs shook beneath him, feeling him brush against your g-spot brutally. “Minho please, please just fuck me. I want you inside of me so bad.”

At your request, he slipped his fingers out, feeling your cries against his lips from the loss of friction.

“Yes ma’am.” He pulled away from your lips, replacing them with his now dripping fingers, lapping it up with his tongue.

Next, your ruined panties were yanked off of you, with his boxers soon to come after.

One hand gently relaxes on your hips, cautious to avoid aggravating your injuries as he uses the other to guide himself inside of you, a deep groan followed by your whines.

He gives you a moment to handle the stretch, but you hardly need it, already begging for him to move.

Minho cautiously thrusts, taking in a deep breath and furrowing his eyebrows in concentration. 
This is the ultimate test of patience for him. He needs to be as gentle as possible with you.

Ultimately, he sets a slow pace, hands locating themselves on either side of you, letting out uneven breaths as he tries to control himself from how good you feel around him.

“You really do care, don’t you?” Your hand reaches to cup his face, gazing into his eyes that are hazy with pleasure.

He keeps his response short, too concentrated on the waves of bliss through each thrust, “I do care.”

“Is it because you’re my bodyguard or something more?”

You study him, watching his adam’s apple move as he swallows deeply, inhaling sharply. He halts his thrusts for a brief instant.

“Both, maybe. I can’t tell.”

That was enough for you to continue, grabbing another handful of his hair and bringing him in for another hungry, deep kiss.

With each deep thrust, Minho’s mind got hazier and hazier, losing himself to pleasure bit by bit. You could feel it by the way his rhythm became rough and desperate, and his pace picked up.

One of his hands left your side, creeping towards your throbbing clit, causing you to let out sobs, all of which he ate up with his mouth against your own.

“Are you gonna cum for me?” He coos, knowing that you’re too lost in bliss to respond.

He takes your whines as a ‘yes’, his thumb rubbing circles faster, coaxing your orgasm out of you.

Your walls fluttered around him, squeezing your eyes closed and letting out a lengthy, drawn-out moan as his pace picked up even further.

“Just like that. You’re so good for me, so, so good, fuck,” he talked you through your orgasm between his thrusts, chasing his own high.

His brows crease, hips stuttering at how good it felt to have you gripping so tightly onto his cock. Finally, he let go, his load spilling inside of you and seeping out.

Both of you took an instant to catch your breath, coming down from your highs.

His hands slowly traced your curves in contentment, paying attention to the way your chest rose and fell.

Finally, he has a justification to gape at your body up close.

From your jawline to your hickey-covered chest, down to your bruised sides and stitches near your abdomen, and— Oh fuck.

Your wounds.

Minho slowly pulls away, feeling a sense of post-nut clarity and fright.

His hand slides away from your body, staring at you with concern.

“What’s wrong?” You ask, your own anxiety suddenly displayed on your face, “Do you regret it?”

“No! No,” He panics, “Are you okay? Did I hurt you?“

Back in reality now, your wounds ache and your head pounds with exhaustion and overexertion.

His mind calculates the solutions to the situation— ways to explain to the nurses, to fix you, to help you feel better.

It was his shortcoming, after all. He let his urges get to him.

“Let’s run you a bath.” He pulls himself up, tugging on his boxers and heading towards the bathroom.

You hear the tap turn on, lying in bed trying to catch your breath. Your breath is harsh from both adrenaline and pain, but you can’t help but feel as though the latter is more of the cause.

You had slept with a small handful of men, primarily Daddy’s men, but none of them were quite like Minho.

He was tough but breakable. He was still kindhearted at his core— something that wasn’t all that common in the business.

You could tell from the way that he ran the bath, bare muscles glistening from sweat, running his hand through the water to make sure that it was the ideal temperature. How concerned he was about your protection, even through his pleasure.

Not many other men that you’ve met throughout your life have been the same way.

You’re quite fond of the man that you have just met.

You hear the water shut off and footsteps coming towards the room. He holds a faint smile as his steps come towards the bed. Your gaze slowly wanders to his physique.

“It’s ready for you.” He says in a slight whisper.

“I order you to pick me up and bring me to the bath.”

He nods at your order, hooking his arms underneath your thighs and back, his strong grip securing you.

You inhale the powerful stench of gunpowder stuck to his skin, finding comfort in your bodyguard’s presence.

“Will you wash my hair?”

Studying his expression, it’s hard to read, but you let him carry you and place you into the water.

‘I do care,’ you recall his words.

‘Is it because you’re my bodyguard or something more?’ ‘Both, maybe. I can’t tell.’

Perhaps you had feelings for the man, especially while he massaged shampoo into your scalp with tough hands, making sure to rub your temples.

“Have you ever been a bodyguard before?”

When Minho hears your question, he hums while he proceeds to wash you, working on scrubbing the areas where he touched you earlier. “No, you’re the first one I’ve been a bodyguard for.”

“I did things for your father before this. Not as a bodyguard, a more, I guess, dangerous role,” he dismisses the question.

“Is that so?” You fall to silence as he continues to wash you, taking his time and guaranteeing that he gets every part. He hesitates when he washes around your injuries— every stroke and movement of his hands is smooth and temperate.

“Let me relax for a minute alone,” you murmur, “You should put your clothes back on, the maids should be here any moment to take my order for lunch. They won’t find it suspicious that I’m bathing, but they will question why you’re with me.”

Minho nods and pulls away from your body.

He stands up and his feet splash on the wet floor. He takes a double take at your closed eyes.

The way your body floats in the bath is something that catches his attention. You look very pleasing in such a vulnerable position.

He leaves the room, cracking the door to make sure that you are safe.

Minho buttons up his wrinkled shirt, pulling the jacket over it and smoothing it out to ensure that nobody suspects anything.

Minho’s eyes turn to the maid who enters the room with the ring of a bell.

His demeanor is unfazed, a hand on the gun in his pocket once more. He holds eye contact, his stare intense.

He would make sure that there wasn’t another incident.

“Where is Miss Y/N?”

“She is bathing at the moment.”

She nods, walking towards the bathroom and knocking on the door.

You hum, allowing her to enter.

“What would you like for lunch, ma’am?”

“I don’t know, surprise me.”

A few seconds go by as you immerse yourself entirely in the water before rising back to the surface.

“Minho,” you call out, “What would you like?”

You hear the faint sigh that Minho gives as a response back to your question.

“I’ll just have a sandwich or something, whatever you have is fine.” He replies to both you and the maid as she exits the bathroom, fulfilling her duty of reporting your lunch choice.

The bedroom door shuts behind her.

“Minho!” You call out once again, “I order you to take me out of the bath.”

A few seconds pass before you hear Minho’s footsteps come near the bathroom once again. He grabs a towel as you stand, body bare and dripping with water.

His eyes have an intense focus as he reaches out his hand.

Minho pulls you up from the bath wraps the towel around you, making sure to cover all of you, and begins to dry off your hair.

“Minho,” you begin, “Daddy can’t know about what happened. He’d shoot you dead on the spot.”

Minho pauses for a moment, his eyes darting across the floor.

He is silent for a moment. “I won’t reveal anything to him.”

“Good boy,” you cling to the towel covering your body, “Go fetch a maid to dress me. While she does so, I want you to change out of that suit and shower before lunch.”

“Then I’ll go shower now. I’ll be back.”

You hum in agreement, stepping towards your bedroom as a maid rings the bell.

You drop your towel, letting her sift through your drawers to find decent clothing.

She eyes a hickey on your breast, along with the other injuries across your body from the kidnapping.

“Your injuries look agitated, Miss Y/N, are you sure that a bath was the best idea for you?”

“Don’t question me,” you grumble, “I took a bath because I wanted to.”

“Yes, miss.” She pulls the dress above your head smoothes it out, and clasps a necklace behind your neck.

“You’re all set for lunch.”

The moment that you come out of your room, you can feel his presence. He is leaning against the front door of the room with an unreadable expression.

He has another suit on, a fresh one. Minho’s previously muskier, dark scent has been replaced by a new, sweeter fragrance.

“First shower at the estate?” You question, “Our soaps are quite lovely and mild on the skin. You smell wonderful.”

Minho’s lips curl at the compliment, looking you up and down, “Seems that we both are putting our best foot forward.”

You look around to see if anyone is watching before leaning to ruffle his damp hair and leave a kiss on his cheek, taking the man by complete surprise. He makes an effort to regain his composure, but you can see that his cheeks are blushed from the touch.

As soon as you lean in to lock arms, you feel him lean over to you to whisper something.

“I would love to do that with you again.”

You froze in your spot, heat rushing to your thighs.

You must regain your composure, caught off guard by his blunt words, something unlike the ordinary nature of Minho.

He takes a seat across from you, watching every move that the maid makes to be sure that she doesn’t try anything— he has learned his lesson.

“Pressed Italian Picnic Sandwiches and tea,” The maid states, setting the plates on the table.

You scrunch my nose up. “What’s in it?”

“Artisanal prosciutto, aged provolone, and sun-dried tomatoes inside of a crusty ciabatta,” She doesn’t hesitate to list the ingredients, “and a fragrant blend of rare loose-leaf teas with fresh cream and sugar cubes.”

She sets the teapot and cups out, along with a carton of cream and a bowl of sugar cubes.

Minho’s hand rests on his gun, waiting for her to leave before taking a sip of tea.

You follow his action, dumping a couple of cubes into your tea and bringing it to your lips.

I finish my lunch with Minho.

“Let’s go back to my room now. I'm exhausted.”

Minho nods his head and you both finish up the meals quickly.

You both leave the dining area and stroll back to your bedroom.

As soon as you get back into the room, you feel Minho close the door behind you.

You don’t hesitate to climb into bed and lie down.

The guard looks over at you, observing the way that your chest rises and falls as you breathe. He notices every movement that your body is making.

“I command you to lay down with me.” You lean back against the bed, your body still and eyes focused on his unmoving body.

He slips off his shoes silently, slipping into the canopy bed.

You grin, curling at his side, pressing against his body.

His breathing is deep and steady as he struggles to get into a more comfortable position.

Your mind began racing with questions about the mysterious man that you were slowly falling for, burying yourself further into the sheets.

“Minho,” you start slowly, “How did you become tangled with our family?”

Minho stays silent for a few moments and you feel his body shift a little against yours.

“I didn’t have a lot of money or family growing up,” he kept his answer short and simply, “the moment that this job came my way, I took it. The people connected to this business have always stayed on the down low, so this is an easy job to keep."

“Daddy seems to like you,” you grit your teeth.

Minho turns to you on the bed and sits up a little. He looks at you from top to bottom, reading the worry on your face with ease.

“You don’t have to worry about me.”

“He will kill you on the spot if he finds out. He’s done that to almost every man who has flirted or slept with me.”

You pause for a moment. “God forbid the one he hired as my bodyguard.”

“I am not so easily killed.” The words leave his mouth with a tinge of arrogance.

“I trust you.”

“Good.”

There is stillness between you both for a time, but he breaks it by grabbing your chin and leaning in to kiss you. You soothe into his touch, smiling against his lips briefly before he pulls away.

“I order you to stay here. Like this.”

It’s not difficult for you to drift off to sleep beside him, and as always, Minho pursues your request, keeping a close eye on you. You relax, your breathing slow, and he notes all of the occasional twitches and movements that you make in your sleep.

A couple of hours later, the door is knocked on by a maid.

“Dinner order?”

Minho jolts awake from the knock on the door, a hand swiftly placed on your shoulder to protect you from any threats before turning his head towards the noise.

His voice is full of sleep. “Repeat that?”

As she opens the door, there is a look of inquiry on her face, one that she won’t ask to ensure her job and health.

“Is she asleep?” She questions instead, glancing over at your peaceful figure.

He turns his head towards you to double-check, observing your napping body.

“Yes.”

“Alright. I’ll advise the chef to prepare her dinner later tonight.”

She gives a sharp nod to the guard and scurries out of the room, quietly shutting the door to not disturb the girl.

Minho’s eyes rest on the door for a moment, fully alert now with a hand resting on his gun.

Eventually, he turns over to you. He has his eyes on you for a few seconds before leaning down to kiss you on the forehead, letting out a small sigh.

You stir at the warm touch, scrunching your face up and stretching your body.

“What time is it?” You ask groggily before burying your head into his neck.

“Dinner is in about half an hour. You hungry?”

“Not really,” you pull yourself up and rub your sleep-filled eyes.

He notices your body shiver as you pull yourself up. Minho lets out a short exhale.

“Did you sleep?”

“A bit.” He doesn’t look away or turn his head as he admires the way you stand and stretch your body, smoothing your dress of its wrinkles.

You walk towards your vanity mirror, plopping down in the chair to readjust your necklace to the center. A few marks on your collarbone catch your eye.

“The nurses will be in shortly.” You grit your teeth. “I hope they don’t notice.”

“They won’t notice.”

His figure can be seen from behind you in the reflection of the mirror. His lips are turned upwards as he watches you fix your appearance.

You pull out a couple of foundations and concealers, working on concealing the marks left from earlier.

“The maids wouldn’t, but the nurses will tell the difference between a hickey and a bruise. Especially since these are fresh.”

Even though you are busy with your makeup and covering up the bruises, Minho’s eyes are never off of you. It is a feeling that you will have to get used to— always having a watchful eye on you.

Once you were satisfied with the coverage, you rose from your seat quickly.

“Get up, we’re going to dinner.”

“So bossy.” He retorts. “What will you have?”

“I want to go out, let’s go somewhere fancy. Daddy will pay.”

He raises an eyebrow. “You want to go out when you have had a beating just two days ago?”

He asks it like he thinks it’s an absurd idea, almost condescendingly, yet his tone of voice is soft and full of concern for you, causing your stomach to flip inside out.

“I’m tired of staying inside already. This estate is suffocating,” you pull on your slip-on shoes.

“That’s how I got myself into this mess in the first place. I left the house and got kidnapped. That won’t happen with you here.”

“I guess you’re right. We’ll go somewhere nice.”

“Good. I’ll go tell Daddy.” You leave the door open for Minho to come after but don’t wait for him, yet you can tell that he follows behind silently, attending to the way your body moves in the dress as you make your way down the halls.

The door is slightly ajar, so when you knock, it pushes open with a creak, revealing your father inside.

Minho stands behind you like a shadow, his lips pressed into a straight line, gaze locked on your father, keeping his distance from the both of you.

“Come inside,” the older man invites both of them with a welcoming grin, “sit.”

You can sense that your father has something on his mind, which is never a good sign.

“I was going to call you to my office shortly, anyway.” Instantly you assume the worst.

You sit down, taking a seat in front of him. Minho is still standing in the back, his priority on you and your father.

The man looks over at Minho. Their eyes lock for a moment. “Guard, go lock the door. There is a conversation that needs to be had.”

Minho nods and he turns his head, locking the door behind him.

He turns his attention back to you, who is frozen in your seat, breath hitching.

The elite man fiddles with a pen at his desk, clicking it to drown out the tense silence.

The silence in the room seems so heavy that you wonder how neither you nor Minho is feeling sick. Judging by the thick atmosphere between the three of you, it is easy to tell that he isn’t pleased right now.

He fidgets with the pen and you wait for him to finally speak.

“Do you find my daughter to be precious, Guard?” He addresses Minho with a stern voice, finally setting the pen down at his wooden desk with a smack.

“Yes sir,” Minho replies flatly.

“Are you willing to protect her at all costs, even at your life?”

After moments of silence, he answers back confidently. “Yes sir. I am.”

A hand comes to rest at his side, toying loudly with a handgun, which he eventually pulls out of his pocket.

Tears begin to well up in your eyes, yet Minho stays concentrated. There isn’t a single sign of fear on his face. He is unshaken, calm, and collected as if he had been foreseeing this exact scenario.

“Do you know why you were assigned to guard my daughter, Minho?”

“I know the reasons.”

“There was a leak to the rivals from a previous staff member that I had a precious daughter in my life,” He turns towards you, “the one that I had climbed to the top of my career to protect and assure her safety and security.”

He cleared his throat before darting back to Minho, “It took less than a day for her to be taken from my hands and placed in the hands of one of my greatest enemies.”

Minho pays attention to every word that he speaks and clears his throat, waiting for your father to continue.

“I care for my daughter more than anything in the world. Which is why I had appointed the most valuable, honest, and competent man in the family to ensure her protection.”

Minho nods.

“Please don’t kill him, Daddy.”

The boss meets you with cold eyes, disregarding your words to proceed with his lecture. “You are my most prized possession. I would hurt anyone or anything to make sure that not a single person touches you. The men who kidnapped you are all taken care of, wiped out by my command.”

He continues. “I know everything that goes on in your life. Every meal, every kiss, every injury, the staff must report every minor thing that occurs in your day. I have eyes on you at all times, and you’re more than aware of that.”

Your shoulders stiffen. He knew.

“Minho,” his stare is burning into the other man, “I’ll get to the point. Did you sleep with my daughter?”

He doesn’t blink. His body tenses up and his voice remains neutral.

“Yes.”

The boss turns the safety off of his firearm and you dig your head into your hands, unable to observe the scene that is about to unfold.

The gunshot is fired, but the man deliberately aims to the left of Minho, grazing his cheek with the bullet before standing up instantly from his seat. The guard doesn’t react with more than a blink as the blood pools at the cut.

“I trust you, Minho. You are a good man. If there is a single person who I would choose to give my daughter to, it would be you.”

Finally, Minho takes this as a sign to let his guard down for a moment as his shoulders drop, lip quivering slightly. It was evident that there was more emotion that the guard was holding back, especially when he took a moment to look away.

“You have my approval.”

Your eyes widen.

“Take care of my daughter. If you break her heart, I’ll feed your own heart to her for supper.”

“Understood.”

“Take her to dinner,” a wad of cash is pulled out from one of the drawers, “buy her flowers and anything else that she asks for.”

“Yes sir.” He responds, “I’ll make sure that she gets the treatment that she deserves.”

You run to embrace your father, to which he places an arm around you, rubbing your back before pulling away.

“Get yourself dressed more sufficiently, I will have a car ready for you soon.”

Minho follows you out of his office, letting out a breath that he had been holding in once the door was closed.

“Did you hear that?” Do you know what this means?” You beam at the man before grabbing at his cheeks and pulling him in for a kiss.

He lets out a surprised noise, hesitantly wrapping his arms around your waist and kissing back.

When you break the kiss, he stares back at you with the first big smile that you’ve seen from him displayed on his face.

“Let’s get you ready.”

[tinytinyblogs]

Darling, i'm sorry..

After a fight, they need to make things right with you.

Hyung line, Maknae line

💬 Finally, my mind kicked into gear and I was able to post a reaction, hoping it’s good enough, just like I thought it would be.

Stray kids masterlist

Your insights and reactions make these posts come alive. Love reblogs, comments, and all the good vibes welcome ✨

Bang Chan

He’s always been someone who takes his responsibilities incredibly seriously, to the point where it consumes him. Every task, big or small, is something he approaches with a sense of duty and focus, leaving no room for jokes or lightness. This intense pressure is something he’s put on himself for years, striving for perfection in everything he does. But sometimes, that pressure builds up too much, and it overwhelms him. That day, everything seemed to come crashing down at once. Feeling stressed and frustrated, he lashed out, snapping at you to shut up and stop bothering him, even though you weren't the source of his stress. The moment he saw your face change—your smile gone and the hurt in your eyes as you quietly walked away—he immediately realized he had made a mistake. Guilt washed over him the second he saw you turn, knowing he had taken his stress out on the wrong person. But by then, the damage was done, and there was nothing he could do to take back those words.

Later that same day, the weight of his actions gnawed at him, and he couldn’t shake the guilt that had been eating away at him since the moment you walked away. He knew he had to make things right, so he rushed to your house, heart pounding with anxiety and regret. When he arrived and saw you sitting on your bed, quietly sobbing, his heart sank. The sight of you in pain because of him, knowing he had caused it, made his chest ache. He had been too harsh, too scary in his anger, and now, seeing the aftermath of that moment, it hurt him even more. He approached slowly, his usual confidence replaced with hesitation. Gently, he sat down beside you on the bed, the mattress shifting slightly under his weight. His hand reached out, trembling just a bit, and he softly stroked your head, his fingers brushing through your hair as if trying to comfort you with just a touch. "Sweetheart, I'm sorry," he whispered, his voice low and filled with genuine remorse. There was a gentleness to his tone, something tender and caring, all the things he should’ve shown earlier but hadn’t.

"I shouldn’t have shooed you away like that," he continued, the regret evident in every word. His hand moved to yours, fingers wrapping around it, holding it tightly as if he was afraid to let go. After a moment of silence, he couldn’t bear the distance between you anymore, and he pulled you into his arms, holding you close in a warm, protective hug. His embrace was firm but full of love, as if trying to shield you from the pain he had caused. "I won’t do that again," he murmured into your hair, his voice soft but sincere. "I love you, you know that, right?" There was an almost pleading tone in his voice, as if he needed you to believe him, to forgive him. Holding you close, he silently promised himself to never let his anger hurt you like that again, vowing to do better, to be better, because he couldn’t stand the thought of ever making you cry like that again. After that day, he made sure to give you his full attention, always making time to show his love. He pampered you with affection—cuddling, whispering sweet things, and holding you close. Through every hug and kiss, he let you know how sorry he was and how much he loved you, making sure you always felt cherished.

Minho

That day, Minho had been feeling unusually sensitive, weighed down by a lot of things running through his mind. He was overwhelmed, and in his frustration, he pushed you away. His expression was intense, his eyes almost scary as he shut himself off from you. Hurt by his actions, you turned and walked away, the beginnings of tears welling up in your eyes. In that moment, Minho thought he needed space, time to be alone and sort out everything going on in his head. But as the minutes passed, he began to realize that being away from you only made him feel emptier. Slowly, the walls he'd put up started to crumble, and despite still clinging to a bit of his pride, he knew deep down that he needed to be close to you. His heart ached, missing your presence, your warmth. Without fully realizing it, his feet carried him in your direction. Even though he was still caught up in his own stubbornness, he couldn’t ignore the pull toward you—the longing to hold you, to feel you near once more.

Once Minho stepped inside your place, he knew exactly what to expect. The silent treatment wasn’t a surprise—he deserved it. Without a word, he made his way straight to the kitchen, moving quietly as he began to prepare your favorite meal his mind was racing as he cooked, trying to find the right words, maybe because he's not someone who’s very vocal about his feelings.. Cooking was one of the few ways he knew how to show his apology without speaking too soon. Once the food was ready, he carefully carried it to the bedroom, where you were sitting quietly his eyes instantly soften the moment he sees you standing there. He placed the dish in front of you, the aroma filling the room. There was a heavy silence as his eyes stayed on you, trying to read your mood, to figure out the right moment to say something. Finally, his voice broke the stillness, soft and almost hesitant. "I'm sorry," he began, his voice barely above a whisper.

"I'm so sorry. I don't know what came over me. I know I shouldn't have treated you like that." As he spoke, his hand gently found its way to your cheek, his thumb softly brushing against your skin. "Eat, it's still warm," he urged, his words tender but filled with care. Leaning in, he pressed a gentle kiss to your forehead, a small gesture meant to convey his regret and affection. He watched as you began to eat the food he had prepared, giving you space but not leaving your side. Minho knew that making up after a fight would take time—he wasn’t rushing it. He was the type who needed time to process things too, so he understood the need for patience. But that day, even in the quiet, his actions spoke volumes. With every small gesture, he showed you that, despite the conflict, his love for you hadn’t wavered. It was in the way he cooked your favorite meal, in the soft kiss, and in the way he stayed close, reminding you that his feelings ran deep, even without words.

Changbin

Changbin might usually be soft and gentle when he's around you, but there are times when the pressure of people’s judgments becomes too much for him. During these moments, he feels overwhelmed by the weight of their opinions, which makes him more sensitive than usual. He withdraws into himself, rarely smiling or showing his usual warmth. If you try to lighten the mood or play around with him when he's feeling this way, it can quickly escalate into an argument. In his frustration and emotional vulnerability, he reacts defensively, saying things he shouldn’t—hurtful words that don't reflect his true feelings but are more about his own internal struggles. However, as soon as he sees the hurt in your eyes or notices that you’re upset by his outburst, the realization of his mistake hits him hard. The guilt sets in almost immediately, and he becomes painfully aware that he was wrong—very wrong. His anger fades quickly, replaced by a deep sense of regret, knowing that he let his emotions get the best of him and hurt someone who means so much to him.

Changbin moves a step closer to you, the fury that had once dominated his features fading away, replaced by a complex blend of guilt and the familiar softness that always fills his gaze when he looks at you. His once rigid posture relaxes, and his eyes, usually so fierce, now shimmer with a vulnerability that catches you off guard. The love that had seemed lost in his earlier anger reappears, and you can feel the weight of his emotions pouring out of him as he reaches for you. Without hesitation, he pulls you into his strong arms, holding you so tightly as if afraid to let go, as if his touch alone could mend the invisible rift between you. His body, firm and solid, presses against yours, providing warmth and comfort that you've always found in his embrace. You can feel his breath hot against your skin as he buries his face in the crook of your neck, breathing in deeply, inhaling the scent of you as though it’s a balm to his troubled soul. "I'm sorry, love," he whispers, his voice heavy with remorse.

"I'm so, so sorry." His words are muffled, but you can hear the pain and regret in every syllable. "I must be out of my mind," he continues, his arms tightening around you as though he's terrified you might slip away. "Things got so overwhelming... I'm stressed out, and I let it get the better of me. Please... don't be mad at me." You feel the sincerity in his words as his hands run gently up and down your back, offering both an apology and a plea for forgiveness in the way he holds you. He leans back just enough to gaze into your eyes, his own filled with emotion—no longer clouded by frustration, but by love, guilt, and an earnest desire to make things right. His forehead presses gently against yours, his breath mingling with yours as he softly murmurs, "I love you. So much. More than anything." His lips press against your forehead in a tender kiss, lingering there for a few moments longer than usual, as though the simple gesture could erase the tension that had built between you both.

Hyunjin

Hyunjin is the type of person who deeply connects his emotions to everything he does and everyone he interacts with. This emotional depth often leads to moments where misunderstandings or disagreements occur between the two of you. During these times, it’s not uncommon for him to respond in a way that might seem cold or distant. He might give you a sharp glare, or show frustration in some other way, and then leave abruptly. Even though it’s not the right way to handle things, he tends to walk away instead of talking about it in the moment. After this, there’s usually a stretch of silence between you both. You might not see or speak to each other for a few days. This time apart is important for Hyunjin, as he uses it to reflect and think things through. He needs space to process his emotions, but as the days pass, he slowly starts to realize that the argument or disagreement was something small or trivial. He begins to understand that it wasn’t worth the silent treatment, and that the two of you could have discussed it calmly from the start, without letting it spiral into a fight or turning to shouting.

Ultimately, he comes to see that open communication is the better path, and that resolving things doesn’t need to involve so much emotional distance. He spent hours at his easel, lost in thought, as his brush moved gently across the canvas. Each stroke seemed to carry the weight of his emotions, and slowly, a beautiful painting of the two of you began to take form—your silhouettes intertwined, bathed in soft light. His mind was filled with thoughts of you, of how beautiful you are, especially when you're around him. In that moment, he realized he needed to make things right. He was trying to express everything he couldn't say in words, letting his heart pour out through the art. When the time was right, when he finally gathered the courage, he came to you. In one hand, he held the painting—his feelings laid bare in each color, each line. In the other hand, a bouquet of beautiful flowers, carefully chosen to match the tenderness he felt for you.

He stood before you, his eyes filled with emotion, and without a word, he set the things aside and stepped closer, his eyes holding that soft look he always reserves just for you he pulled you close, cupping your face gently in his hands. "I'm sorry," he whispered, his voice soft but filled with sincerity as he gazed deeply into your eyes. "I shouldn't have said those things to you. I didn't mean any of it." Then, wrapping his arms around you, he held you close, ensuring that you could feel his warmth and the steady beat of his heart. His embrace was full of love and quiet apologies, a silent promise that he was ready to make things right. "I love you," he murmured, his voice trembling slightly. "Really, I do. Please don’t be mad anymore. I'll make it up to us, I swear." He lingered in the embrace, not wanting to let go, as if you might slip away, even though you wouldn’t. In that moment, he made sure you knew just how deep and strong his love truly is.

[kaciidubs]

Catnip and Kidnappings

Hi, 🧿 nonnie! This one's been a long time coming, and though it doesn't have much smut, I hope you still enjoy it! ❣ Summary: You just needed to go to the pet store for two things - so why were you suddenly in a car with a man you didn't know? ❣  ❣ Word Count: 2.5k+ ❣ Warnings: Mafia! AU, fluff, meet cute, implied danger, slight humor, cat talk, reader is a bit sassy but so is Minho ❣  ❣ Female! Reader [No use of Y/N] | You/Your pronouns ❣  ❣ Additional Tags: lightly edited ❣ Stray Kids Masterlist ❣ General Masterlist

Two things. You just needed two things from the pet store, then you would be back home with your lovely tabby cat and show you’d been putting off for the better half of two weeks because it just ‘wasn’t the right time’.

So how, you ask, did you manage to find yourself hurriedly escorted away from the storefront of the pet store by a man you’d just met?

Well, you could target the beginning of the end the moment you stepped foot into the pet store, making your way to the cat aisle on instinct with your goal clear in your mind; catnip and premium cat food.

Premium cat food - you wished you could trick your furry child into eating a cheaper form of food, but his picky eater tendencies had set him in his ways ever since your mother decided to spoil him and introduce him to the world of Sheba pate and cuts of various meat and fish flavors; the same woman who claimed she didn’t like cats, yet bought him almost all of his toys.

Huffing out a quiet laugh at her change of heart, you bent to grab a box of the food packs, silently thanking the corporate gods that it was still on sale, before heading deeper into the aisle to grab the second item on your mental list.

You scanned the rack with the box still in your arms, adjusting it slightly every now and then until your eyes landed on the empty spot that usually had the brand of catnip you needed.

“Wonderful…”

“If you’re looking for catnip like that brand, you could go with the one with the red label - they look different because of the companies, but they’re really the same ingredient wise.”

“Oh, really? Thank-” The next word immediately died on your tongue as you turned your head, ready to thank a store worker but, instead, you were met with possibly the handsomest man you’d ever laid your eyes on.

Sharp eyes and a nose that looked like it belonged on a marble sculpture, paired with lips set in a faint frown and the prettiest jawline you’ve ever seen - he was gorgeous.

He seemed to either not notice your brain freeze or blissfully ignore it as he stepped closer to pick up the container before placing it on top of the cat food box in your arms.

“I have three cats and they all like both brands, there isn’t really a difference besides the fact that you don’t have to use as much of this one as the other one, which makes it better considering the price.”

Once his eyes finally met yours, you felt your brain kick back into gear, “O-Oh, okay, thank you so much!”

He hummed out a small sound of acknowledgement, giving you a curt nod and reaching forward to grab a container of his own; his eyes scanning across the small printed words for a moment before he looked to you once more. “Do you need help? Carrying that, I mean.”

“This? No, no, I’ve got it handled.” You adjusted the box once more, the catnip container sliding to the right until you balanced it out quickly, “All good, thanks again, though.”

Before you could embarrass yourself more than you already had, you thanked him once more and shuffled past him and out of the small aisle in record time, mentally cursing whatever line of fate led you down this path.

Placing your items on the conveyor belt, the cashier greeted you as they scanned your items and you typed in your rewards card onto the card reader’s keypad.

“Are you getting this, too?”

“What?” Looking up, you stared at the catnip in their hand with confusion creasing your brow.

“Um-”

“Yes, we are.”

The familiar voice made a chill run down your spine, your head whipping to see the same man from before, the faintest of curves to his otherwise neutral expression alleviating his otherwise stoic demeanor.

Shrugging lightly, the cashier proceeded to scan the second container before announcing the total.

Pressing his black card to the one-tap reader, he seamlessly slid it back into his wallet before stuffing it back into his pocket, “Think of it as a little gift for your cat, they deserve to be treated.”

For being stunned for the second time that day, your recovery was just as fast, “I’ll make sure to let him know a kind stranger cares about his picky habits.”

He huffed out a quiet chuckle, but that was more than enough to inflate your ego and make your heart flutter, quickly taking back your previous curse to thank fate instead.

After grabbing your bag of items, you made your way out of the store with your new companion following suit.

“So… Was that really just a gift for my cat? You don’t have any ulterior motives, do you?” You mused, turning to look at him fully as you stood outside of the storefront.

Shaking his head, he raised his hands in defense, “It’s just a gift - like I said, I have three cats so I know how it can get, better than most. Besides, the picky eater phase is really rough on the pockets at the worst of times.”

“Well, Miso appreciates your generosity.”

“Miso… cute.” He hummed softly, though his true excitement was evident in the small glimmer in his eyes.

“Do I have the honor of knowing your name?” Clocking the possible unintended implication of the question, you quickly backtracked, “Um- Just so Miso knows who he can thank while eating his pate salmon, of course.”

His lips parted to speak but closed twice as fast, his once relaxed smile turning into a firm line as he looked at you - almost enough to look through you, or rather, past you.

As you went to turn your head to gauge for yourself, you were stopped by the warmth of his hand around your wrist, winning your attention for himself like jingling keys in front of a baby.

“Let me bring you home, and I’ll tell you on the way.”

You felt your heart flutter, though you couldn’t ignore the unease creeping up your spine, “I appreciate it, but you really don’t have to-”

“I just want to make sure you make it home safely.” His mouth pressed into a tight lipped smile and his grip tightened ever so slightly, “Trust me.”

Maybe it was the fact that he sounded so sincere, aligning with the image of the kind man you’d seen in the pet shop, or perhaps it was the way his firm gaze flickered with a hint of urgency, but you found yourself nodding softly.

“Okay.”

With that, you were tugged down the sidewalk and around the corner, hurried footsteps falling alongside his long strides in hopes of keeping up.

“Is- Is there something wrong? What’s happening?”

“Everything’s fine.”

You bristled at his nonchalant, clipped tone, falling back on your pace by half a step. “I have a feeling you weren’t lying to me before, so, please, don’t start lying to me now.”

Feeling your resistance, he took a short breath and spoke, “Nothing’s wrong yet, and nothing is happening - I’d rather keep it that way, if you don’t mind.”

“But what did you see?”

“Someone who has no business trying to approach me in public unless they’re looking to start something they have no chance of finishing. I have no desire in getting innocent people caught up in those types of affairs.”

“Those types?” Your eyes widened as you neared a black car - slim, sleek, and a model that you had no chance of owning for yourself on your current pay grade. “Are you-”

“I’m no one.” He shut you down with ease before reaching forward to open the passenger’s side door, “Get in.”

Putting a temporary pin in your conversation, you quickly slid into the car, the faint scent of jasmine mixing with the musk of sandalwood and leather seats filling your nose; watching through the windshield as the black haired man rounded the car before sliding into the driver's seat.

“I don’t think a nobody just casually owns a car like this,” clicking your seatbelt into place and setting your bag on the floor, you shot him a wary glance, “if you’re going to kidnap me, Miso’s going to be royally pissed.”

The car’s engine roared to life, masking his light chuckle but doing next to nothing in hiding the slight uptick of his lips. “I’m not a kidnapper, though I’ll make an exception if Miso’s as cute as you make him out to be.”

With that, he shifted the gear and drove out of the parking lot, using the one-way street to get away from the pet store and the unknown assailant. Buildings and cars passed by in a blur after you told him your address, your hands nonchalantly turning your phone while the silence was placated with the sound of the engine and the radio - though, you had no hope of hearing what the song was from how low the volume was.

Taking a deep breath, you turned toward him, eyes tracing over his unfairly handsome side profile. “So… Is this the part where you tell me who you are?”

“I told you, I’m no one,” he hummed simply, eyes trained on the road ahead.

“And I told you I don’t like liars - you still owe me your name, you remember that, right? Now, since you’re saving me from some unknown evil, you owe me a full introduction.”

He glanced over at you, amused astonishment filling his face, “For someone who’s in the hands of a complete stranger, you make a lot of demands.”

“Think of it as your atonement for giving me two new life experiences in one when I was minding my own business buying catnip.”

You could just barely catch him rolling his eyes, muttering under his breath and hearing the words ��worse’ and ‘friends’.

“Minho.”

“Minho?”

Minho rocked his head to the side, huffing, “My name is Lee Minho, I have three cats - Soonie, Doongie, and Dori - and I’m a businessman. I like going to that pet store because they donate some of their profit to shelters, and I know about the catnip brands because I have three cats - changing brands is a nightmare whether it’s one cat or several.”

A small smile found its way to your lips at the new information, your mind running wild at the image of this enigma of a man playing with three cats of his own. “Okay… But, when you say businessman, what type of business do you do?”

“The type that prefers to go unmentioned to civilians for their safety.”

“What- Like working for some secret branch of the government? Are you a cult leader? A member of the mafia?” An incredulous giggle bubbled past your lips, though when his demeanor grew colder, your stomach dropped. “You’re… You’re not, right?”

“What’s your name?”

“What?”

The car rolled to a stop at a red light, granting him the grace to look at you, brown eyes locking to yours with a firm stare. “You never told me your name. If you tell me your name, I’ll tell you my job - it’s your repentance for asking me more questions past my introduction. If you don’t want to tell me, then don’t, but I won’t tell you my job.”

Your name for his profession, your safety in exchange for his safety - it was only fair, truly.

Taking a deep breath, your name fell from your lips with a small air of confidence, “You already know about my cat, and my job pays just enough to support his picky eating habits. I like that pet store because they hosted an adoption event that brought Miso into my life, and I’ve been supporting them ever since.”

He made a sound of confirmation before turning his attention back to the road, pressing the gas as the light turned green and continued the journey to your apartment.

His choice of silence was almost enough to have your conscience second guessing your decision, until you noted the way his fingers drummed against the steering wheel; twitching, anxious, compared to the streamlined, firm grip he’d showcased at the beginning of the drive.

Eventually your apartment building came into view, the car slowing to a stop once he reached the front door.

“Well…” Lingering for a moment longer, you looked at him in hopes of seeing him turn to you one final time to honor his end of the agreement, but when he remained staring at the road ahead, you let it go. “I guess this is goodbye - thank you for what you’ve done for me, Lee Minho, I appreciate it.”

As you went to unbuckle your seatbelt, his hand wrapped around your wrist, his touch sending a chill down your spine and stealing your attention just like he did outside of the pet shop.

“I’m part of the mafia,” Minho spoke plainly, his tone emotionless, statement oriented, “the person I saw earlier was someone we’ve done business with before, some low life’s henchman most likely sent to get even, that’s why I wanted to get away like I did. I didn’t want our chance encounter to end with you getting hurt - you did nothing wrong, and I wanted to make sure you would be safe.”

The mafia… You weren’t sure if him being a cult leader would’ve been better or worse than this, but staring into his eyes, you could feel it wasn’t a joke, nor an elaborate cover up.

“What I said before, about not mentioning what I do for the safety of others… I swear to you that you’ll be safe after this - I’ll make it my personal job of making sure nothing happens to you because of this, okay? No lingering ties or deals to be made, you’ll be under our watch until we take care of that stunt they tried to pull.”

His promise eased the first stretch of fear growing within you, though the rest would have to be handled once you had the proper time to process your less than normal morning.

Nodding, you slipped your wrist from his grasp and grabbed your bag, turning to get out of the car until you froze.

“If you’re worried, you don’t have to-”

You leaned across the center console and pressed a quick kiss to his cheek, a sign of gratitude, “Thank you, Minho.”

Reaching into your bag, you placed his container of catnip in his hand then quickly left the car - making your way up the flight of stairs to the lobby’s doors,only to turn around to see him patiently waiting for your entrance before slipping your way past the glass doors.

On the elevator ride up to your apartment, you couldn’t help it as your thoughts ran through the events like a film reel, though you weren’t sure if it was to get over the shock of reality, or to commit the image of that man to your memory.

Lee Minho, cat owner and catnip expert.

Lee Minho, morally gray mafia member.

Lee Minho, a man you hoped you would see in the pet store again.

✧. ┊Tagged lovelies: Tagged lovelies will now be done within the comments of the post due to Tumblr's tagging system being broken, thank you for understanding.

@luminouskalopsia, @zaethefangirl, @chxnb97, @sometimesleeknows, @hyunjinloverrrr, @rhonnie23, @channieswife, @beautyinhypnosis

✧. ┊If your username is in bold italics that means tumblr won't let me tag you. If you’d like to be added to the taglist, fill out this form!

[kpop---scenarios]

The One (1)

Pairing: Mafia! Lee Know x Reader

Warning: Kidnapping, Mentions of Blood, Weapons, Launguage, and Smut [18+ ONLY. MINORS DO NOY INTERACT]

Word Count: 15.6k

Everything Taglist: @wife2straykids @piscesrising01 @baby-stay92 @kisses-too-the-moon @dwaekkiiracha @rylea08 @imperfectlyperfectprincess1 @satosugu4l l @iovecb97 @lordmaahes-nsc @sailorkoss @minh0scat @pixie0627 @50-husbands @jinnies-muse @yaorzu-blog @joyofbebbanburg @number1jeonginstan @skzooluvr @jisunglyricist @ambersnowxxx @stay-tiny-things @thegingerthatwaited

@silly250 @tsunderelino @1810cl @anskiiz @ayyonoona

@31maze13

Fuck, you were tired.

You knew that going out the night before you had to work was a bad idea, but you have always loved a good bad idea, and you only live once so what the hell. You and a friend had gone to check out a club you'd heard a lot about but had yet to experience, and when you tell people you had the best time, you fucking meant it. The vibes in that place were immaculate, the drinks were strong and flowing steadily, not to mention the music they played were all the most perfect songs for dancing and grinding. You'd never had so much fun out, which is why by the time you looked at a clock, you realized it was 6am, and you had to work a double shift in 6 hours. But by the time you had gotten home, showered, ate and crawled into bed, you had to be up in 4.5 hours, and you just knew you were going to die of exhaustion today. And you were right. The day went by so slowly and the bar fluctuated in busy times, leaving you energized but also so exhausted.

Finally, you hit the last five hours of work but you knew that it would go by the slowest. It was only 10pm, and all you could focus on was the dull hum of the shitty music that played through the almost broken overhead speakers. The smell of beer and bleach surrounded you, although the smell gave you a headache it also was a sense of comfort, you were too used to it now.

You stood up, trying to shake the tiredness off, if you stood around any longer you were definitely going to fall asleep on the bar. You had been fine earlier, when it was actually busy but after the mid evening rush, you had only gotten one table, and they weren't pleasant. You walked over to the couple that had sat in the very back of the bar to ask if they needed anything else.

“No.” the woman spat, glaring at you before turning back to the man she was with. You say nothing more, instead walk back towards the bar to find something, anything to do. Instead of doing anything, you stood behind the bar staring at the clock. Maybe if you stared at it, then time would speed up.

It didn't.

You’d never seen time move so slowly until tonight. It was a Sunday, the one night of the week that you technically weren’t scheduled to work. However, you decided to be a nice person and take the shift from your co-worker, who was the girl who also shared the same name as you. She tried to explain to you why she couldn't work but honestly you didn't care enough to listen to Y/N 2.0's reasoning for needing it covered. You figured it was for some shady reason that she would try to cover up with something not so shady. You knew that because she was shady. She constantly had questionable people hanging out in the bar, they were always whispering while their eyes darted around the place, they were so paranoid and it weirded you out but she was kinda nice and did the bare minimum of her job, so you didn't care too much. You're brought out of your thoughts a few minutes later when the man comes up to pay his tab, while also whispering a slight apology for the woman he was with.

“No worries, you two have a great night.” you smile. The woman scoffs at you as she grabs the sleeve of the man, yanking him out of the bar. You just shook your head, you didn’t want her man, you just wanted your bed. You wanted to cry, you could hear your bed calling your name. Why the fuck was a bar even open until 3am on a Sunday? You cleaned off the table, looking around the empty establishment and heavily debated on closing early. It was now 10:45pm, and you still had just over four hours until you were done but you weren't waiting that long. There's no way.

12:00am. You’d give it a little over an hour and if no one showed up in that amount of time, you were going to close. You’d happily take the anger from your boss if it meant you could get out of this hellhole at a decent time. You went to the back office and told Gary that you were going to close early if no one showed up. He just grunted at you, he didn’t care. He was just there to do the cashout and go home, he wanted nothing else to do with anyone or anything.

You did all your closing things, sweeping and mopping the floors, washing the dishes, cleaning everything for the next person to open in the morning.

11:58 pm, you anxiously watched the clock. There was still no one there.

11:59pm you walked to the door. You were just about to lock it when it was pushed open, and 3 men casually walked in, grins on their faces.

You immediately felt uneasy.

"You're still open right?" One of the men asks, tilting his head to the side.

"I was about to close." You admit.

"The sign says you’re open until 3am though." One says, raising his eyebrow and glancing at the clock. “It’s only 12:01am.”

"It’s been extremely slow, so I was going to close.” you say. “But you’re here, so we're open." You say through gritted teeth, forcing a smile.

You had been so looking forward to crawling into your bed.

"What can I get you?" You ask, hoping it would be a beer each and then they would leave. Maybe they would sense your exhaustion and take pity on you.

"3 shots of tequila, and 3 whiskey and cokes." One man says.

“OKay.” you smile, heading back to the bar to make the drinks. As you're pouring their drinks you glance up, glancing at them and notice they are watching you. You couldn't help it, you had a horrible feeling in your stomach, and the vibes they had, they weren't good.

You brought their drinks over to the table, trying to hide your nervousness. You set each drink down with a shaky hand. You took a few deep breaths, trying to calm yourself.

"So, what’s your name, beautiful?" One man asks before taking his shot.

"Really Felix?" Another chuckle.

"Don’t act like you don’t want to know either, Hyunjin." The other laughs.

"I know I do." The last man smirks.

"So there, all three of us want to know." One smiles.

You stand there, debating. Do you give them your real name or do you make a name up? They stared at you, waiting for you to say something.

"Um, it’s Y/N." You say.

"Well!” one of them exclaims. “That’s a beautiful name for a beautiful girl." He smirks. You give him an awkward half smile before walking away, but not before you hear the one named Felix whisper "It's her."

After you had served their drinks and checked on them again, you went to the back off, just to warn Gary. the feeling in your stomach wasn’t going away and you wanted him to be aware.

“Hey Gary, there's some shady men in here, I don't like their vibes so if I scream, please come help me.” you whisper, looking behind you to make sure one of them wasn't standing there.

“Sure, maybe.” Gary says, not looking at you.

If anything happened, you were totally on your own.

Around 2:30 am, you asked if they needed anything else, especially considering none of them ordered anything else, and sat there staring at you for the last 2.5 hours.

"Just the bill please, Y/N." Hyunjin smiles, pulling out his wallet.

You print off the bill, and gently place it on the table before walking away. You finished cleaning the glasses from their table as Hyunjin tosses some money on the table. You went to the back to put the glasses away and by the time you were back up front, they were gone, and there was a $100 bill left for the $30 bill.

At least you got a little something tonight.

You squeezed your eyes shut as a large yawn took over. You were finishing up the last of the organizing before you were finally done. Your feet felt heavy, they dragged as you walked around switching off the lights. Your body became more tired as you gathered your belongings before walking out the back door.

The crisp cool air hits your face as you leave the building, closing the door to lock it. The city is quiet, all you can hear is the gentle breeze of the wind along with faint sounds of the booming nightlife from the downtown area. there was always something going on down there, where you worked though, not many people wanted to go there late at night.

You wrapped your arms around yourself, you began your walk home. You always preferred walking as opposed to wasting money on a cab, especially since you didn't live very far from the bar. You never had an issue on your way home in the past, so you never thought that tonight would be any different. If anything, you’d encounter someone who cat-called you but never did anything else. It wasn’t the safest neighborhood but nothing bad had ever happened to you.

However, tonight, you couldn’t shake that bad feeling. You had thought when the men left and you were headed home that you would feel even the slightest bit better, but if anything, you felt worse. It was like your body was screaming at you that something was going to happen. You continued on your way, keeping your head down, only glancing up to see where you were going, but you could hear the footsteps behind you. You tried to keep your pace and whoever it was was staying steadily behind you. When you slowed down, you could hear them slowing down. As you picked up your pace again, you could hear them speeding up. You held onto yourself a little tighter, taking deep breaths, trying to ease the hard knot in your stomach. You muttered to yourself, telling yourself that everything would be okay and you were almost home.

Your pace increases and you breathe a little easier as your apartment building comes into view, until the sound of footsteps behind you quicken, becoming louder and faster. Your breathing becomes heavier as you run to the stairs of the front door, your hand almost latches to the railing, just before you could pull yourself up the stairs, you feel something grab onto the back of your jacket, pulling you backwards. Your stomach dropped as your eyes shut, bracing for the impact of the concrete, but instead you met with a hard chest and arms wrapping around your body.

"Oh sweet, Y/N. Our boss will be so happy we found you. He’s been trying to get a hold of you, you know. He wants his money." the voice says, it sounds familiar.

You open your eyes wide. "What? What boss? What money?" You ask, panicking. You open your eyes and immediately recognize the men, the same ones who were in the bar earlier. You try to get up so you can run away but his grip is too tight.

"Don't play fucking stupid. We know it’s you, it won’t work. Let's go." The one whose name you hadn't heard snaps, grabbing your arm tightly, yanking you with him.

"I honestly have no idea what you're talking about" you scream, trying to fight off his grip.

"Don't play stupid Y/N. We got your place of employment and your hours. Stop trying to act like you don't know you owe Lee Know $700k." Hyunjin says.

What? Who the fuck was Lee Know? The most you owed was $67 to your cable company. You didn’t know what to do, he was dragging you towards a van.

Scream Y/N, scream!

“Help! Someone please help me!” you scream as loud as you can. “Changbin, shut her up!” Felix spits.

Changbin slaps his other hand over your mouth, trying to quiet you down. You bite his hand, he yelps, shoving you down to the ground. You smack your head on the hard concrete, almost knocking you out. You quickly try to scramble to your feet, you need to run away, go anywhere away from here. You're caught by your ponytail by Hyunjin, he yanks you down to the ground, pinning you down with his body.

“Stop fucking fighting, you can’t get out of this.” he snaps, pulling you up and shoving you into the van.

“It’s not me,” you cry as you lay on the floor of the van, your head throbbing.

The whole time you were in the van, you tried to tell them they had the wrong person, and you couldn’t understand why they didn’t believe you. You had no idea who Lee Know was, what money they were talking about and why they thought that it was you who had it.

As you try to plead with them again, as the van abruptly stops, the door slides open and a bag is placed over your head. You tried to fight them off, to run away, to get your arms free. You tried digging your feet into the ground but nothing you did worked. The only thing it got you was a tighter grip, fingers digging into your skin, you knew there were going to be bruises left on you.

The three men drag you inside a building but you never stop trying to fight them off. "You've got the wrong person, I'm telling you." You plead.

"Shut the fuck up." Changbin snaps. Forcing you down onto your knees. "Felix, go tell him that we have her."

You hear the footsteps moving away from you, you assumed it was Felix going to do what Changbin told him to do. You hope they get hell when they find out you’re not who they’re looking for. Your stomach twists and turns, the anxiety is beginning to eat you alive, the unknown is terrifying.

What was going to happen to you?

Seconds later you're pulled up to your feet and forced to walk forward. "Get in there." Changbin snaps, shoving you through a door, you lose your balance, falling to the floor. Someone yanks your arm, helping you up to your knees only.

"Here you go boss. Here’s Y/N." Felix says, pulling the bag from your head.

The chair behind the desk turns around, all you can see is the silhouette of a body sitting in the chair. The light behind him shone on his face, covering it. You jumped when he spoke, his voice was deep, yet smooth like velvet.

"You're kidding me, right?" He asks. You can tell he was pissed by his voice.

"No, you asked for her. Here she is" Changbin says.

"I did ask for Y/N, but that's not her." He says.

"What?" The three men say, looking at each other.

"I said, that's not fucking her." He says again, his voice getting increasingly angrier.

"Y/N from Spuds, this is her Minho!" Felix panics. ”She served us there, she said her name was Y/N!”

"There's another Y/N that works there." You whisper, keeping your head down.

"So now we have two problems." Minho snaps. "First, the girl you're supposed to get is out there, who fucking knows where, with my fucking money." He yells. "Second problem, we have a beautiful girl here who now knows a little too fucking much.” he pauses.

“So boys, what do you expect me to do about it? Do I kill her because you're all fucking morons, or let her go?” Minho asks, crossing his arms.

You were feeling brave, and honestly you had nothing to lose. Minimal friends, no good family, so if speaking up got you killed then so be it.

"I mean.” You start, looking around the room. “I personally, I think you should let me go. I work in a shitty bar at a shitty wage. So really, I'm in no position to be telling anyone about anything." You tell him, hoping that he'll see you're anything but a threat to him.

"You're fucking delusional if you think the boss will just let you.." Felix begins before being interrupted by Minho.

"She can go.” He says, standing up. “But I have conditions.” He grins. He comes out of the light and you feel like you can't breathe. He's drop dead gorgeous. He's the type of man that you would do anything he asked, just because he asked. He squats down, his face inches from yours. “First thing, if you say anything to anyone, I will find out and I will kill you.” He smiles.

Fuck. Even more gorgeous.

“And the second thing?” you ask, trying to avoid eye contact. You didn't want to set him off by looking into his eyes.

“That's really my only condition.” He whispers, grabbing your chin to look at him. “But remember, I'll be watching you." He smirks.

He helps you up, nodding his head towards the door. ”Go. Before I decide to keep you here for myself.”

"Thank you." You whisper before quickly walking towards the double doors, as you hear some punches and yelling.

You run outside, you're in the middle of fucking nowhere. Do you go left? Right? Straight? How the fuck were you supposed to get home? you turn around, seeing another man standing there, one you haven't met yet.

“I'm Seungmin. I'll drive you home.” he says, motioning to a car parked on the driveway. You reluctantly get into the passenger seat of the car. Neither of you spoke the entire drive, you didn't even have to tell him your address because he already knew where to go. That was fucking creepy but you were just thankful that you were being let go from such a terrifying situation. Seungmin dropped you off, without a word and drove off as soon as you were out of the car. You went to your apartment, took off your shoes and collapsed in your bed. You were even more fucking exhausted.

**

Over the next few days, you heard nothing from Minho or any of his guys. You had called in sick the Monday night after the incident, but Tuesday you dragged yourself to work as usual. Your usual routine of getting home late, sleeping late and puttering around until your next shift.

You kinda wished you had seen Minho again, but also not. He was so fucking handsome but you also knew he was a very dangerous man, and that was terrified you.

As the days went on, you'd notice someone on the other side of the street walking sort of behind you until you reached your apartment, different things that were making you feel like you were being watched.

Thursday night rolled around and It was unusually busy for a Thursday. It didn't help that the other girl you were supposed to work with didn't show up and no one you called would come in to help, so you were alone.

And you were slammed.

You were doing your very best to be quick with taking orders, making the drinks, serving drinks, cleaning and clearing tables. It was a lot and you were only one person.

Almost everyone was understanding, except the one table of piss drunk men who were getting more annoyed by the minute. You had been ignoring them as they catcalled you and then yelled at you for not refilling their beers. So you were gonna make them wait.

"Hey! Where the fuck are our beers!?" One of the men hollers at you, laughing with his friends. ”We're fucking thirsty over here.”

You ignore him. You'd told him you would get to him when it was his turn before you started ignoring him, and currently, it wasn't his turn.

"I said we want our fucking beers." He yelled again, abruptly standing from his chair causing it to fall back.

You were going to rage. You put your empty tray on the bar, glaring at the man.

"And I told you, you'll fucking get them when it's your turn. I'm by myself here. I'm trying my best! Have some fucking patience." You snap before putting in the next order of drinks.

"Fuck it." The man spits. "I'll do it myself." He says, moving from his table to walking towards the back of the bar. His friends try to stop him but he's at the point of not listening to reason.

"No you won't." You say, moving to block the entrance behind the bar. "You can't go back there." You tell him.

"I can do whatever the fuck a want." He whispers, his face moving closer to yours. You try to stand your ground, but he's so much bigger than you are, he easily pushes you back until you're trapped against the wall. "And you can't do shit about it." He chuckles, leaning in closer to you. “You're a pretty little thing, aren't you?" He whispers. You can smell the alcohol and cigarettes on your breath.

You wished someone would come help, but his friends seem useless. They won't even try to control their friend. You need to get yourself out of this situation.

"Get off me." You say, trying to push him away but it was like his feet were cemented to the ground.

"Like I said, I can do whatever I want." He laughs.

“Please just get off me.” You say, you can feel the tears starting as he caresses your face.

"I think she told you to get off her." You hear from behind the man, you faintly recognize the voice.

He turns around, and you try to get away from him, but he holds you in place. You manage to sneak a peek, and you see Minho with Changbin and another man you didn't recognize.

"And who the fuck are you." The man laughs. He looks for his friends, they sit at the table watching.

Minho chuckles. "I’m a.. friend, if you will.” He says, his face stone cold. “She's mine, and I don't like when people touch what's mine." He says, cocking his head to the side.

"And what are you going to do about it?" The man asks, turning around to grab your arm.

Minho sighs, as he makes his way towards you and the man, pulling him off of you and throwing him to the ground. He places his foot on the man's neck, chuckling as he watches the man begin to panic.

“Chan, get his wallet.” Minho says. Chan digs in the man's jacket, grabbing the wallet and handing it to Minho.

"This is what I'm going to do about it..Brian." He says, looking at his license. "Have you ever heard of SKZ, Brian?"

The man gargles a small yes.

"That's mine too. Now, I don't like you, Brian. You don't listen. And I usually just kill what I don't like. Do you understand me Brian?" He asks.

The man barely nods.

"Good. Now you apologize to her, pay your tab with a hefty tip and fucking pray I never see you again, because if I do, I will fucking kill you." Minho finishes, picking the man up by his collar.

Minho and his two men sit down at a table and watch the men scramble to give you everything they had in their wallets and pockets, leaving you with a large tip and a smile on your face.

"Thank you." You say, standing at the table Minho and his men sat at. ”Really. I didn't know what I was going to do.”

"It's lucky I just happened to be in the area.” He says. "Although, I have to ask. How often does that happen?"

"I work like 6 days a week.. and people get drunk everyday.. and men get rowdy often.. so like 4 or 5 days a week." You say, shrugging your shoulders.

He laughs.

You wished you were joking.

"That's not going to do. I'll have Jeongin start doing security here." He says.

"We really can't pay for security, our boss is cheap." You murmur, waving him off.

"Don't worry about it." He half smiles.

"Look, I gotta get back to work, finish cleaning up for the night but.. is there a way I can repay you for tonight and I guess not murdering me last week?" You ask.

You've always been one to repay favors no matter who it was. It's just what you do. Although you weren't sure if you should repay him, you felt like you should.

"Actually.” He grins. “There is. I need you to be my date this weekend to a club opening, your co-worker, the other Y/N will be there." He says.

“Okay.. and what can I do for you there?” You ask.

"What you can do is bring her to me."

"I.. uhh.." you didn't want to be responsible for her getting killed.

"I need to talk to her. That's all." He assures you. You bite your lip as a swarm of thoughts flash through your head. You wanted to repay him, and this seemed easy enough.

"Okay.” You sigh. “I'll do it. What day? What club? And time? I'll meet you there." You say.

Minho smirks. "No, darling." He pauses, adjusting his jacket. "I'll send a car to pick you up and get you ready. See you Friday at 2pm." He says, giving you a small wink before walking out of the bar, leaving his two men behind.

"Are you guys not going?" You ask.

"Boss told us to stay and help out." Changbin says.

"You guys really don't have too.." You begin to say.

"Boss said we have too. We're at your disposal." Chan smiles.

How could you say no to that? If it hadn't been for Changbin and Chan, it would have taken you forever to clean up, kick everyone out and restock for your next shift. You were very grateful to Minho, which also had you thinking a bit.. Maybe he wasn't as bad as you thought. Yes, he was in the Mafia, a leader at that, but he was sweet, to you at least. And you couldn't lie that he was the exact type of fucked up you usually went for.

You weren't completely opposed to the idea of being with him, even if it was for one night. However, you didn't think the life he led was meant for you.

The next day you met Jeongin. He was thin and attractive, but had this aura about him that was terrifying. His first night there, no one thought much of him. So when someone grabbed your ass and wouldn't leave you alone, Jeongin was right there with a sinister smile while he absolutely mangled the man.

No one fucked around after that. Word had gotten around about the new security and almost no one wanted to test him. There were a few drunk frat guys who thought one of them should test it out, wondering if it was a fluke but ultimately they all pussied out, no wanting to risk any harm to their faces.

You thought it was nice having Jeongin there, although you got weird vibes from him on occasion. You'd catch him staring at you, with a blank but thoughtful look on his face. Sometimes he stood a little too close before apologizing and going back to the door. You shrugged it off, but kept a note of it in the back of your head.

When Friday rolled around, you waited outside your shitty apartment for Minho, although you should have known better that he wouldn't be coming himself, and instead sending someone to get you.

"He had a meeting." Chan tells you as you get into the expensive car before peeling away to the mansion that awaited you.

Four long and excruciating hours later, you were ready to be his date. Your hair had been left down, while your face was full of makeup. A smokey eye with winged liner, along with red lips painted on your face. You couldn't deny that you looked hot, even more so when you squeezed yourself into the tight black strapless dress, paired with a pair of black Louis Vuitton shoes with red bottoms.

You were nervous to walk down the flight of stairs, not only because of Minho, but also because you, stairs and heels weren't really the greatest thrupple. One of you was always embarrassed, and it was always you.

"Hold tightly." The stylist tells you, placing your hand on the railing before you go downstairs.

You took your time, trying to hold your head high while watching your step. You weren't of use to anyone if you fell and broke your ankle, or neck.

"You look stunning." Minho tells you, with a slight smile, offering you his arm. Without hesitation you take it, allowing him to lead you to the garage where he even opened your car door.

**

"Are you nervous?" He asks, as the two of you pull up to the club.

"A little." You admit.

"Find her, tell her you know someone in VIP and bring her up to me. Changbin and Hyunjin are working the VIP door so they already know you." Minho says.

It didn't sound bad. You could do that. "And when you're done, go to the bar and drink to your little heart's desires. Tell Jisung to put it under my tab and he will. I'll come down and meet you when I'm finished."

"Okay. I can do that. Easy enough." You nervously chuckle. "Easy peasy." You breathe.

"You go in. Tell the bouncer that Minho said to let you in." He tells you.

You nod your head and get out of the car. You're a little down the block from the club, couldn't risk having the other Y/N see you and Minho together, it might ruin the plan.

You walk for a few minutes, cutting the long line of at least 100 people and heading up straight to the bouncer.

"Minho said to let me in." You whisper in his ear. The man steps back, his eyes wide.

"Yes ma'am, please go in." He tells you, pulling back the rope immediately while everyone else gets mad, asking why you were so special. You really had to admit, that was an amazing feeling. The feeling of people doing what you ask just because of a name was such an adrenaline rush. You loved it.

Once inside, you headed straight to the bar before trying to find the other Y/N. As you walked in you noticed the music was loud, and the bass went hard but it wasn't overpowering. The air wasn't hot and sweaty like most clubs, so far you were impressed, but that's not why you were here. You needed to remember that you had a specific reason you were here for and you needed to stick to it, but first, You felt like you needed a little bit of liquid courage.

Walking up to the bar, you find a small open space. Giving it your best shot, you yell for 'Jisung' hoping someone would turn around, and they did. Another extremely handsome man. What the fuck was in the water here?

"How can I help you?" Jisung asks, ignoring the others trying to get his attention.

"I'd like a double vodka lemonade." You smile. "And I'm supposed to tell you to put it on Minho’s tab." You say.

He smiles as he nods his head and leaves to make your drink. You sit on a stool facing the dance floor, keeping your eyes open for Y/N. You wanted to get this done as soon as possible but you hadn't seen her yet.

An hour and 4 vodka lemonades later, you finally see her, dancing her little heart out on the dance floor, acting like she didn't just about get you killed a week ago. You grin as you slide off your chair, partially dancing while you walk towards her.

"Hey girl." You laugh, putting on a friendly face as you approach her.

"Hey! Oh my god, What are you doing here!?" She squeals, pulling you in for a hug.

"I'm here with some friends up in VIP! Come, let's get a drink." You offer, hoping she takes the bait.

"Oh my god! Yes please! Let's go!" She laughs, grabbing onto your hand.

Hook, line and sinker.

You hold her hand tightly as you walk up the stairs. You see Hyunjin standing there, looking surprised that you actually found her.

"VIP?" He asks.

You nod your head. He walks to the nearest door, pointing to it for you two. You drunkenly pull Y/N inside with you, where to her surprise there are no other people or drinks.

There's a desk, a large window and a few couches. The chair behind the desk turns, revealing a pleased looking Minho. "Ah, that's my girl. Great work. Thank you baby." He smiles.

You feel the blush on your cheeks spreading. "You can go now." He smiles, shooing you from the room.

"Now, Y/N.." you hear as the door closes.

"Please.." you hear her say.

Your stomach is in knots as you think about what could possibly be happening in there with her and Minho. Changbin seems to notice your hesitancy to leave. He slips an arm around your shoulders. "He doesn't hurt women. Don't worry." He smiles, easing your concerns. You headed back down to the main area, making your way back over to Jisung to get another drink. You sipped as you sat at the bar, watching the stairs for her.

You felt as though you could breathe when you saw her walking down the stairs, body fully intact and leaving the club. Now you can enjoy yourself, finally.

"Two more shots please, Jisung." You laugh at the cute bartender.

Without hesitation Jisung hands over your shots, which you take with ease before heading to the dance floor now, with nothing weighing on your mind. You felt a pair of hands slide along your hips with a body pressed up against yours. When you look back you're met with a face you do not recognize, but in that moment, you don't care.

As you continue dancing with the man, your eyes wander around the club, and that's when you notice him.

Minho.

His eyes followed you like a puppy as you danced with the man. You watched as Minho watched the man's hands travel down your backside, squeezing your ass. He watches the man nuzzle his face into your neck, inhaling your scent.

Your stomach twisted and turned as you tried to read Minho's eyes but his face gave away nothing. He remained just as stone cold as before.

When the song ended, you tore your eyes away from Minho to thank the man for the dance, telling him you needed to go now but before you could finish Minho stood beside you, smirking at the man.

"Hi." He says to you and the man.

"Can I help you dude?" The man asks Minho, grabbing onto your hand.

"No, you can't help me, but I think I can help you." Minho chuckles. "I don't like when people think they can touch what's mine." He snaps, looking at the man's hand holding yours. "So I can help you let go, and help you get the fuck out of my club." He finishes.

Minho snaps his fingers and out comes two other men you hadn't seen before. They asked no questions before grabbing the man you had been dancing with and dragging him away without a care. The man had been pleading to be let go but they did not care.

"Dance with me?" Minho asks.

You nod your head.

He turns you around, your back flush against him as he wraps his arms around your waist, swaying you both to the beat of the music.

"What do I have to do to get you into my bed tonight?" He whispers in your ear.

A small smirk spreads across your face. "Keep going. You're on the right track."

After a few dances with Minho, Felix approaches him, whispering something in his ear that made his brows furrow, and his face instantly twisted in annoyance.

"I have something to deal with. I'll be back." He whispers in your ear, murmuring an apology before walking away with Felix, leaving you on the dance floor, alone.

Instead of standing there, you made your way back to the bar, ordering a couple more shots from Jisung, taking them instantly. It didn't take long for those to kick in and kick out your ability to make good choices. You were already drunk prior to the shots, but these just took it to a whole nother level.

You made a poor decision to leave the bar, stumbling outside, dragging your feet down the street, unsure of where you were, or even where you were planning on going.

"Hey there pretty lady." A man yells from behind you. You turn around, seeing him walking away from his group of friends and coming towards you. "Need some help?" He asks, turning around to wink to his friends.

"I'm fine." You slur, trying to move past him and continue walking on your route.

His hands grip your arms, keeping you in front of him as your head dangles down, your hair in front of your face.

"I think I'll take you home. Take care of you." He says, thrusting his hips towards you as his friends all laugh. "Give you something good for that hangover.” He laughs.

"I think you won't." You hear from behind you, a voice you recognize which makes you perk up immediately.

"And who are you?" The man asks.

"He's a man who wants to be my man… I think." You mumble, snickering to yourself.

Minho chuckles. "Baby, why did you leave?"

You try to spin around, but the man's hands are still latched to your arms, holding you in place.

"Let me go." You say, trying to rip your arm out of his grasp, but he doesn't budge. "I said let me go."

"I don't know. I don't trust this man." The stranger murmurs. "You're coming with me."

"Probably shouldn't trust him. He's terrifying but he will kill you if you don't let go of me. He doesn't like when people touch what's his." You mumble, looking up at the man with a semi serious face.

"She's not wrong." Minho snaps.

"I thought you weren't her man." He scoffs.

"I will be, but regardless if I am or not, I'll still protect her from pieces of shit, such as yourself. So let her go before I make you regret touching her and making inappropriate comments in the first place." Minho snaps.

His patience was wearing thin, and even drunk you could tell.

"I don't think I'll regret shit." The man laughs, with his friends. You weren't sure who this man thought he was, you had no idea who he was or why he was fighting Minho for you, but you currently wished Minho would just take you away from the creep. The situation was not sobering you up.

"Now I'm fucking tired of you." Minho snaps. He grabs your upper arm, yanking you away from the man who stands there confused on what happened. He pulls you behind him before his fist connects with the man's face, dropping him in an instant. "Have any of you heard of SKZ?" He asks the man's friends.

They all immediately begin nodding their heads yes, stuttering they didn't know.

"She's with them, don't fuck with her." Minho warns the group, looking down at their unconscious friend. He gives him one swift kick in the stomach to the man before picking you up, throwing you over his shoulder, and heading back towards the club.

"You can take me home now." You giggle. You can't see it but a small smirk spreads across Minho's face.

"And what would you like to do there?" He asks, his voice low as he carries you down the street.

"You." You giggle.

Just as Minho walks up to the front door, he sets you down, grabbing your hand before you hear the first gunshot.

Instinctively, Minho pulls you to the ground, covering you with his body as bullets fly through the air for what seems like forever. You were too panicked to notice the feeling of warm liquid trickle onto your body as the weight of Minho's body squishes you.

After what felt like forever,, the bullets stop, Minho stands up, pulling you up after. "Oh my god. You were shot." You gasp, looking at his shoulder.

"Shit. I'm fine." He hisses. "We need to get you somewhere safe. Now." He says.

"Minho!" You are here from behind you. Turning around you see Jeongin standing in front of an open car door, ushering Minho inside. He grabs your hand, pulling you to the car, pushing you inside before sliding in beside you.

Jeongin gets in the driver's seat, making a call as he puts the car in drive, taking off.

"Yeah I've got him. Bullet to the shoulder." Jeongin says.

"Tell everyone to meet in my office asap." Minho grunts, sliding his injured arm from his suit jacket.

"Pressure.. you need to put pressure." You stutter, looking for anything to use. You pick up his suit jacket, murmuring a small apology before pressing it to his wound, causing him to hiss. "Can we go to a hospital please." You ask Jeongin whose eyes really haven't left you, you notice he has been watching you off and on through the mirror.

"Chan has medical training. It's fine." Minho tells you. You're not so convinced that's a good idea but you know you can't do anything to change his mind.

You pull up to the house, Jeongin out first to help Minho out before you follow behind them both. "Chan, get your med bag." Jeongin yells, bringing Minho to his office.

"Upstairs. First door on the right is my room. Take a shower, get cleaned up, help yourself to whatever. I'll be up soon." Minho tells you, walking into his office that's littered with his men.

"Find who did this." He spits as the door closes, leaving you alone.

You wander around Minho's room, looking at the paintings, and awkwardly grabbing a shirt from his drawer, before entering his grand bathroom.

You turn on the shower, shimming out of the tight dress you were wearing that was soaked in blood. You step inside, the hot water feels great on your cold skin. You watched as the blood water went down the drain, making it seem as though it never really happened. But the moment replayed through your head like a movie as you scrubbed yourself clean.

You washed your hair using Minho's shampoo, enjoying smelling like him. After soaking for a bit you got out, drying yourself off before slipping into his shirt and leaving the bathroom.

You were surprised to see Minho sitting on his bed, his shoulder banaged, his toned, muscular stomach in full view.

"Are you okay?" You ask, walking over to his bed, sitting on the edge.

"Are you okay?" He asks you instead of answering your question.

"I'm fine." You smile.

"Mhm. You look good in my shirt." He smiles, licking his lips. "I think I remember you saying something about you wanting to do me?"

"That was before you got shot." You pout.

"I'm all good, baby girl. You can ride me no problem." He whispers.

You look down at his crotch, his cock growing harder by the second. You bite your lip, contemplating if you should really do this, considering he had just been shot.

You stand up, facing him with a smile on your face.

"Shirt on or off?" You ask him, cocking your head to the side, playing with the hem of his shirt.

"On. I want to see you ride me while wearing it. " he whispers.

You crawl back on the bed, pulling down his sweatpants, while he helps you the best he can, bucking his hips. Minho's cock springs free, pre cum leaking from his red tip, down his large, thick shaft.

On your hands and knees, you begin to kitten lick his tip, before taking what you can in your mouth. Minho moans loudly as you hollow out your cheeks, forcing his cock down your throat, making you gag.

"Shit." He moans, throwing his head back, as he bucks his hips.

You pull him from your mouth, taking a breath before you softing continue sucking his cock. He bucks his hips again, forcefully shoving himself down your throat, causing tears to well in your eyes.

"Sit on my cock." He demands. You let go of his cock with a pop, crawling up to straddle him. You slightly lift up the shirt you were wearing, holding onto his cock as you line your pussy up. Sitting down, you slowly sink down onto him, as he stretches you out while filling you up completely.

"Fuck. So tight." He groans.

With one hand on your hip he begins helping you rock back and forth, grinding yourself on him. A few minutes later, you discard his shirt, throwing it somewhere behind you as you begin to bounce on him, slowly lifting yourself up before pounding down onto him. Minho bucks his hips again and again as you go back down.

You grind your pussy on him, your clit perfectly rubbing against him. Minho reaches up, rolling one of your nipples between his fingers as you cup your other breast, the sound of fucking and moans fill the room.

"I'm.. i'm going to.. fucking cum." You cry out, your orgasm finally reaching its peak as it explodes through your body, sending shivers down your spine.

You tried to slow down your movement as you rode through your high but Minho doesn't let you. He snaps his hips, fucking you from below as he chases his own high, seconds later spilling himself into you, coating your walls with his cum.

The two of you stay still for a minute, catching your breath until you notice Minho's wound bleeding through the bandages.

"Let me get something." You say, climbing off of him, putting his shirt back on before running to the bathroom for a cloth.

Just as you enter the bathroom, Minho's bedroom door swings open.

"Sorry to bother you…but we found out who ordered the attack." Hyunjin says.

"Who." Minho asks.

"It was Mingi and his men, from Ateez." Hyunjin explains.

Mingi? As in Song Mingi? Why was your ex boyfriend ordering attacks?

"Mingi?" You laugh. "Song Mingi? No, there's no way. Why would he? No, you've got the wrong guy." You say, waving Hyunjin off.

"Do you know him?" Minho asks.

"We dated for 2 years." You admit. "I know him pretty well and I think I would know if he was into this kinda stuff." You say, twirling your finger around, pointing at them.

"She's a fucking spy." Hyunjin yells, charging for you. His forearm presses against your neck as he shoves you into the wall, pinning you there. You panic, looking at Minho who now just looks confused.

"Let her go." Minho says calmly.

Hyunjin doesn't move.

"I fucking said let her go." He yells, prompting Hyunjin to back away from you. "Get the fuck out. I'll handle this." He finishes.

You watch as Hyunjin leaves his room leaving you alone with Minho.

Your eyes are wide as you stand against the wall, struggling to catch your breath. Minho slowly strolls towards you, his wound seeping blood through the bandages.

He puts one hand out, pressing it against the wall as he leans in closely, whispering in your ear. "You better tell me right now if you're fucking working for them, and if you are, you better beg for your fucking life."

"I-I'm not." You stutter. "I didn't know anything about it." You cry.

Minho pushes himself back, turning to the door and walking away. "If I find out differently, you're dead." He finishes, leaving the room. You slide down the wall, breathing heavily as you try to wrap your head around what the fuck just happened.

Later that day, Minho stands in his office, his head hanging down with his hand in his pocket as his men wait for him to say something. His shoulder throbbed and this entire situation was pissing him the fuck off.

"Hyunjin." He begins. "If you put your hands on her again, I'll kill you myself. Clear?" He asks.

"She's a fucking spy!" Hyunjin retorts, frustrated that no one believes him.

"How dare you accuse her of that." Jeongin pipes up. "She said she didn't know about him, so that means she didn't fucking know. Drop it." He grits, his pissed off facial expression barely moving.

"Seungmin, Felix, find out as much as you can about the relationship between the two of them." Minho orders.

The two head out as Minho dismisses the rest, except one. "Hyunjin." He starts. "If it comes back clean, you drop it. If it comes back that you were right, you know what to do." He says before watching him leave his office.

Minho walks away, searching for one man in particular. He walks into the kitchen, seeing Jeongin on his phone, facing away from the door. "Get it done." He spits, hanging up his phone and turning around.

"Minho." Jeongin gasps.

"Get her to call into work for a while." Minho says. He can't help but notice a small glimmer in Jeongin's eyes whenever he mentions you.

It makes him wonder.

"You're keeping her?" Jeongin asks, walking past Minho.

"For now." Minho says as Jeongin leaves the kitchen.

Jeongin opens the door to Minho's room, seeing you sitting on the bed with your legs crossed and your chin resting in the palm of your hand.

"Get up." He yells, startling you. You jump up, still only wearing Minho's shirt. Jeongin could feel the anger boiling up in him, he tried to let it go but it was hard. "Let's go." He says, turning to walk down a hallway. You follow behind him, trying to keep up as he takes another turn down another hallway and then up a flight of stairs. He leads you inside a dark, dusty room.

"Here." He says, tossing you your phone. "Call in sick to work."

"For how long?" You ask, your voice a whisper.

"Few weeks." He answers, his eyes practically burning holes into you.

You turn away from him, dialing the number to the bar you work at, as you put the phone to your ear you hear the ringing. You're staring at the wall that has a pair of curtains hanging down to give the appearance of a window without actually having a window. Your stomach drops as you continue to look around and see faint splatters of blood all around.

"Hello?" A voice on the other end answers.

"Hi." You whisper. "It's Y/N…I um, I won't be into work for a few weeks."

"Why?"

"I um, had a death in the family.. my… mom." You say.

"Ah okay, sorry about that. See you." He says, ending the call.

You turn around and see leaning against the wall. "All done." You say walking towards the door. You walk through the doorway, Jeongin closely behind you. Right before you hit the staircase you feel a hand on your shoulder, pulling you back before slamming you against the wall. He presses his body against yours, his hand trailing up and down your side before moving up and around your neck. He leans his head in closer to you, his hot breath hitting your ear.

"I can't wait for him to toss you to the side, maybe then you'll give me a turn to play." He whispers. "Believe me when I say, he listens to me more than anyone. Don't fucking lie to us, don't try and play us because we will find out." He pauses, twirling your hair in his finger. "And I will fucking kill you, and I promise, I'll do it with a fucking smile on my face." He finishes, backing away from you before heading down the stairs, leaving you wondering how even after Mingi leaving you 8 months ago, he was still fucking up your life.

**

Later that evening you were sitting in a chair in Minho's office, as he finished up a call. "Yeah, keep digging. Thanks Felix." He says, letting out a sigh as he hangs up the phone. He raises his head, looking at you sitting there quietly.

"How was your relationship with Mingi if you had no idea about his life?" He asks.

"It was quiet. He told me he worked for some big shot lawyer, so I never questioned the late nights or when he didn't answer his phone. He said he was in court a lot, so it made sense." You shrugged.

"He never showed up covered in blood? Suspicious phone calls? You're telling me he didn't show any signs of not doing what he said."

"He got a lot of calls. Sometimes he would go into a different room, I just assumed he was cheating on me." You admit.

Minho laughs. Before he can ask anymore questions, his phone rings. He answers it, putting it on speaker.

"What?" He asks.

"Minho.. you're not going to like this." Seungmin says from the other side.

"What'd you find?" He asks, glaring at you.

"Her apartment.. It's riddled with cameras and microphones. Someone's been hard-core watching her." Felix pipes up.

You sit up further in your chair, your face confused.

"What?" You whisper, feeling so violated.

"Thanks." Minho says, hanging up the phone.

Seconds later your phone rings on Minho's desk. He looks down and none other than Mingi's name pops up on the caller ID.

"You talk." Minho says to you, as he presses the answer button.

"Hello?" You ask.

"Hi baby, I miss you." Mingi breathes into the phone.

"You ended things with me, Mingi." You spit. "What do you want?" You ask.

"I want to know why the fuck you're sitting in Lee Minho's house right now."

"How.." you pause.

"How do I know? Bitch I know everything." Mingi snaps.

"The fuck you want, Song?" Minho snaps.

"Ah, Minho, the man of the hour." Mingi chuckles. "How's that arm of yours?" He asks. "I assumed you'd leave Y/N alone after that warning, maybe you're not that smart then.. " he laughs. "Let her go."

"Let her go? Nah, knowing how much you want her, makes me want her even more. You know, maybe i'll just fuck her right here on my desk. Do you want to listen to how hard I rail her?" Minho asks.

That shouldn't turn you on, but fuck it really does.

"I'm warning you.." Mingi snaps.

"Or maybe I'll let my men have their way with her. They're all pretty sexually deprived." Minho says before hanging up on Mingi. Minho lets out a frustrated groan, running his hand through his hair. He was trying to not let Mingi anger him, but he did. He glances over at you, and you're already staring at him.

"You didn't mean that, right?" You whisper. "About your men.."

"You can fuck whoever you want to fuck, I don't give a fuck." Minho snaps.

“What?” You ask. That wasn't quite what you were expecting. “Seriously?”

“Fuck all of then at once. I don't fucking care.” He spits.

"Fine." You scoff, standing up and walking out of his office.

You storm down the hallway, looking for anyone to use for the night.

"You." You call out. "Come with me.." You pause, forgetting his name at the moment.

"Um.. Chan." He answers as you drag him up the stairs.

"Where are we going?" Chan asks, looking behind him then back at you dragging him up the stairs. He begins to panic when you don't answer him and continues to drag him upstairs, down the hall before stopping outside Minho’s room.

“I… I can't.” he whispers, his eyes wide as he stands outside his leader's bedroom door.

“Im not going to actually fuck you, Chan.” you chuckle. “No no no, I'm only going to let Minho think I'm fucking you. He claims he doesn't care but he does, or he will.”

“I don't think that's how that's going to play out.” Chan chuckles. You roll your eyes, opening the door to Minho’s room before pulling Chan inside by the neck of his shirt and slamming the door behind you.

You stay in there for an ample amount of time, so that when the two of you come out, it's more believable that he had just fucked you.

"Alright." You say, glancing over at Chan. "Time to go, but first some adjustments."

You walk over to the terrified looking man, and run your hands through his hair, messing it up. After you're done with his hair, you ruffle up his shirt, making him look like he just fucked you good and hard. On your way to the door, you messed yourself up, making yourself look good and fucked before the two of you leave the room; heading downstairs.

"Boss wants to see you." Changbin says to you, passing you on the stairs. You smile to yourself, hoping that it got to him. You were determined to show he cared about you.

You walk just close enough to Minho's office before you give Chan a loud, fake kiss and push him away, making sure to thank him loudly for an excellent time.

"Let's do it again." You yell, walking into Minho's office. "You wanted to see me?" You say, sliding into one of the chairs that sat in front of his desk.

"Did you have a good time?" He asks, his voice low.

"It was great. Why? Jealous?" You ask, a smirk on your face.

Minho chuckles. "My men.." he pauses, walking towards you. He stands over you, leaning down allowing his hands to rest on the arm rests as his face moves in closer to you. "My men value their lives more than that. They wouldn't risk themselves and my trust for them for some pussy." He spits, his voice low. "You're not worth it to them. They won't fuck you. You're mine."

You gulp as he leans in even closer to you, his lips brushing against your ear. "And if you fuck Jeongin, I'll kill you both." He grunts. "Also, if you were going to try to make me jealous, Chan was not the way to go."

"So what? Does that mean you're the only one who gets to fuck me?" You ask, scoffing.

"That's exactly what that means." He says, clenching his teeth together. Minho grabs the collar of your shirt, yanking you from the chair and slamming you down on the desk, your face pushed into the stack of papers he had laying around.

Minho pulls your pants down, licking his fingers before slowly working them inside you. "Already fucking wet." He grunts, pulling his fingers out, undoing his pants. He whips out his cock, pumping it a few times before thrusting himself inside of you. He grunts loudly as his hands grip your hips, violently thrusting into you.

"You're not the one in control." He spits. "I am." He finishes, fucking you fast and hard. He thrusts a few times before pulling you out to turn you around. Minho sets you on his desk, ignoring his shoulder pain as he has been all day, pulling your pants off you, tossing them behind him.

You lay back, sticking your legs in the air. He grabs your legs, dragging you to the edge of his desk before sticking his cock back inside you. He can feel you tighten yourself around his cock, making him moan loudly.

“So fucking tight.” He grunts, leaning forward to bury his face in your neck as you wrap your legs around his waist. His hand snakes in between the two of you, and between your lips, rubbing your clit as he continues to grunt while he fucks you. He rubs quickly, making you twitch as you can feel your orgasm building.

"Cum for me." He grunts. You had been waiting for this, your orgasm had been building rapidly as he rubbed himself against you.

"Just like that." You cry out, arching your back as your orgasm pulses through your body, making you shake. "Fuck." You cry out, clenching yourself around him again.

"Dirty slut." He spits as he cums, spilling himself inside of you.

Minho pulls himself out of you, helping you sit up on his desk. Your eyes look to the door and meet the eyes of Jeongin, startling you to jump off the desk and hide behind a confused Minho.

"What?" He asks, looking at you instead of the door. You point towards the door, trying to cover your naked bottom half.

"What the fuck. How long have you been there?" Minho asks.

"Since you started arguing." Jeongin says, his voice unamused.

"What the fuck." You whisper.

"Y/N, get dressed and go." Minho says, ushering you out. You hide under his desk, getting your pants back on before trying to leave the room, moving past a pissed off looking Jeongin.

"You know." Jeongin says, grabbing your arm as you try to move past him. "I could fuck you better, and treat you better." He whispers before letting you go and looking back at Minho.

You leave the room, making your way to the living room where you sit completely uncomfortable as to what just happened.

"I thought we fucking talked about this?" Minho spits, motioning to Jeongin to come closer. "You're to leave her alone."

"I can't help it brother. She's just so.. tempting." Jeongin smirks, licking his lips.

Minho balls his fists up, taking a swing and connecting with Jeongin's face, causing him to stumble back. Jeongin lightly chuckles as he touches his lip, feeling a small drop of blood on his finger.

"Wow brother. Resorting to violence again?" Jeongin laughs.

"I swore to mom and dad that I would watch out for you after they passed. But I will not do this again, I can't have another Lisa situation." Minho yells.

"Y/N is much more important than Lisa ever was."

"Stay away from her. She is mine." Minho threatens.

"I can treat her better." Jeongin spits.

Minho throws another punch, knocking Jeongin back again. He walks forward, hitting him again and knocking him to the ground. Minho climbs on top of him, throwing punches wherever he could get them to land. Jeongin brings his hands up, trying to block the punches as Minho wails on him, Jeongin laughing as he's being hit.

Out of breath, Minho stands up, giving Jeongin a swift kick in the ribs before stepping over him and walking out of his office, headed to find you.

"Let's go." Minho says, motioning to you to stand up.

"Where are we going?" You ask as Minho grabs your arm to pull you away.

"Jeongin isn't stable right now. You need to stay somewhere else." He says before a giant boom shakes the entire house.

Seconds later, Hyunjin runs into the house coughing. "The SUV was blown up." He announces. "It's Ateez. Mingi's here, and he wants her." Hyunjin finishes pointing at you.

"Fuck. Felix, take Y/N and hide her. Now." Minho demands. "Jisung, give me your gun."

Jisung hands over his weapon to Minho, who tucks it in the waist of his pants before hiding it with his shirt. "Chan, Changbin and Hyunjin, come with me." He finishes.

Felix grabs you by the shoulders, guiding you to a room down the hall before closing the door. You stand there, leaning your head against the door to try and hear what's going on.

**

Minho and his men begin to walk towards the front door, when Mingi appears from around the corner standing with San and Hongjoong.

"Where is she?" Mingi asks, his eyes darting around the room to find you. "I thought I made it pretty clear that you should have let her go. You know better than anyone she's not safe here." Mingi spits, motioning to a beat up Jeongin.

"The fuck is that supposed to mean?" Jeongin snaps, moving towards Mingi before being stopped by Hyunjin

"It means, I know what happened to Lisa remember, and I'm sure as fuck not going to let that happen to Y/N." Mingi yells.

**

Listening through the door you can hear Mingi yelling, saying your name a few times. "If they're talking about me, I should be there." You snap at Felix. He shrugs his shoulders, paying attention to whatever he was looking at on his phone.

Deciding to take it into your own hands, you pull open the door and run down the hallway and into the living room where all the men stand.

"Hey you." Mingi smiles. "Look.." he begins before you cut him off.

"Who's Lisa?" You ask around the room.

No one answers you. "Who the fuck is Lisa?" You ask again.

Mingi looks at Minho and Jeongin. "Are either of you going to tell her? Or should I?" Mingi asks.

Neither of them answer. Jeongin stands there with his arms crossed, his face straight as he stares at you. "Alright then. Lisa is Minho's ex. They dated for a while before she disappeared." Mingi begins.

"Okay.. I don't understand." You say, you're confused on why this is even an issue.

"Jeongin here took a liking to her while they were together. He stalked her, watched her and them together. One day she disappeared, and I can almost guarantee Jeongin had something to do about it. Either he killed her or he has her locked up."

You can hear Jeongin snicker from behind you. You turn to look at him and he gives you a slight smile before winking at you, making your stomach drop.

"You stay here, and you'll end up gone too, which is why you should come with me. Minho knows his brother is unstable but yet doesn't do a fucking thing about it. I can keep you safe." Mingi finishes.

"You say you can keep me safe? I don't trust you. You lied to me for the entire 2 years of our relationship about what you did. I can't.. this is too much." You sigh. "I need to go." You walk away from the group of men, heading out the front door. You walk around the property, heading out into the distance a bit to clear your head. What the fuck were you supposed to do. It took you a few minutes but you decided on your plan.

You went back inside to announce to everyone what you were going to do.

"I'm going home." You say. "I'm going back to work and I'm not dealing with this shit anymore. I just want to go back to my life."

Minho nods his head. "I'll have people keeping an eye on you."

You were surprised, you honestly didn't think he would just let you go.

"I'll take you home." He says. He places his hand on your lower back to guide you out before looking back at Mingi. "Get the fuck out of my house." He spits, walking to his car with you.

**

A few days later you were getting back into your routine with work and being home. You always had one or two men at the bar with you, and outside your apartment building at all hours of the day and night. Minho was watching you closely, along with his men.

He had told you not to worry about Jeongin but you couldn't help it. He seemed to be uncontrollable and capable of anything.

"See you tomorrow, Chan." You laugh, heading out of the bar.

"Are you sure you don't want me to walk you home?" He asks, unsure about leaving you by yourself.

"I'm fine." You smile. "I'm like 5 blocks away and I have pepper spray too." You finish. Chan nods his head, getting into his car to drive away as you begin your short walk home.

About halfway there you hear some footsteps behind you. You try not to let yourself panic and just pick up your pace but the person behind you also picks up their pace. Your chest is heaving as you break into a small run, the person behind you picking up their pace again to keep up with you. The person begins to run faster, but now passes you, making you stop to try and ease your breathing. You probably should have let Chan take you home, your anxiety was too high for this.

You continue walking when a man runs out in front of you, putting one hand on your shoulder before shoving a knife into your stomach. "This is a warning for Minho. SKZ better stay out the fuck out of our trafficking district." He spits, pulling the knife out and taking off.

Your hands cover your wound, the blood pouring through your fingers. You fall to your knees, laying on the concrete bleeding out.

You're in and out of consciousness, passing out on the concrete before waking up in someone's arms, being carried somewhere.

"Hospital." You whisper.

"I got you." The man says before you pass out again.

**

You groan as you wake up, your stomach throbbing but stitched up and bandaged up to heal. You open your eyes but you can't focus, you try to stretch but you have little to no room. Looking around as your eyes try to adjust, you see metal bars surrounding you. You look around more and see a cage you're stuck in suspended from the ceiling. Looking beside you, there's nothing but on the other side there hangs another cage with a dirty looking girl sitting in there.

“What the fuck! Where am I!?” You scream, trying to shake the bars of the cage but you're in so much pain.

“It's no use.” the woman coughs. “No one can hear you.”

“Where are we?” You ask.

“I have no idea.” She sighs.

"What's your name?" You whisper.

"Lisa." She whispers back. Your eyes widen at the name.

"Are you… Minho's ex girlfriend?" You ask.

She cries as she nods her head. "I'm so sorry he got you." She whispers when the metal door swings open from across the room.

You watch as Jeongin walks in with a giant smile on his face.

"My set is complete. My two beautiful girls." He smiles. "Boy, do I have plans for the two of you...” he pauses, his phone now ringing in his pocket.

Jeongin looks at you and Lisa, your hands wrapped around your cage as his phone continues to ring, Minho’s caller ID popping up on the screen. He watches you desperately plead for him to let you go. The wound in your stomach bleeding through the dirty bandages as Lisa coughs so hard she begins spitting up blood.

"Don't say another word. Or I will kill you." He spits, pointing at each of you. "What, Minho? I'm in the middle of something." He says, his eyes darting from you to Lisa, a subtle smile spreading across his face, you don't even want to imagine the thoughts going through his head. "Oh you got a lead on Y/N?" He snickers. "Yeah of course I'll come and scope it out. Sounds fun." He says, hanging up the phone.

"I gotta go, ladies." He says, putting his phone in his pocket and placing a ballcap on his head. "Don't go anywhere." He chuckles, walking away from your pleas and begging.

**

"How long have you been here?" You ask Lisa whose heaving, her breathing sounding ragged.

"I don't even know." She sighs, trying to find a comfortable position in such a small cage. "Over a year I think."

"How.. How the hell did this happen? Where was Minho? Why didn't he protect you?" You ask in disbelief that he wouldn't have noticed any kind of signs regarding Jeongin.

"It's the same way he didn't protect you from it. He doesn't know all of Jeongin's moves, hell, even Jeongin doesn't know his next move until he does it. He's so unpredictable that Minho never sees it coming. He wants to believe in the best of his brother and can't see all the evil. He doesn't want to believe that Jeongin would do something like this." Lisa says.

"I think he's starting too. He hit Jeongin a few times, and tried to take me away but I said no and I wanted to go home and resume my life. Then I got stabbed and brought here. I'm sure Jeongin was the one who stabbed me too. I think Minho will know that it's Jeongin. He has too." You breathe.

He'll know, right?

**

"You're sure?" Minho asks Seungmin. Minutes earlier Seungmin stormed into Minho's office saying that someone thought they recognized you, and had seen you a week ago, saw what happened to you but was too afraid to speak up.

"Tell him we'll protect him, nothing will happen to him if he tells us what he knows." Minho tells Seungmin.

Seungmin leaves the room quickly, running to give the information, time was of the essence. Minho didn't want you missing any longer.

"What's going on?" Jeongin asks, walking into his brother's office.

"Someone saw what happened to Y/N." Minho says. "Finally some answers."

He doesn't notice Jeongin immediately tense up, but he tries to not let it show. "Oh?" He questions. "Who?"

"Someone Seungmin found, who saw her walking after the bar closed. I can't wait to get my hands on the motherfucker who did this. I can't do this again." He sighs, grabbing his gun and securing it in the waist of his pants before he walks towards the door. Jeongin stands there, lost in his thoughts before Minho brings him out of it.

"Are you coming?" He asks.

Jeongin shakes his head. "I gotta do something." He mumbles, pushing past Minho and storming out the door.

Seungmin comes around the corner with his arms crossed. "I told you. He knows something." Seungmin states. Minho had a feeling that his brother was somehow involved but he didn't want to believe it. He swore to his parents he would protect Jeongin, but if it turns out to be him, Minho will do what he has to do.

**

"We need to get out of here." You scream, yanking on the metal bars that barely budge.

"It won't work." Lisa calls over. "I've been trying to get out by myself for a long time. He would let me out.. under circumstances but I refuse his offers. I can't." She says.

"What are his offers?" You ask. Maybe somehow they can be played to your advantages.

"He'll let me out if I agree to be his. But I can't do that to Minho.." She trails off.

"You need to." You exclaim. "Tell him both of us want him. We can take him down.." you begin to whisper as you hear a door creak open. You looked over at Lisa who had a small smile on her lips. You hoped it was Minho whose footsteps you heard but as they got closer, it revealed a frazzled looking Jeongin.

"We gotta move." He mumbles. "He's close to finding you, Y/N." He says, pointing at you. "Maybe I should just get rid of Lisa now." He wonders, a smile creeping across his face, glancing over at her. "I want to hear how her voice breaks as she begs for her life, pleading for me to spare her, saying anything to try to make me second guess my decision, feel something. Even if it won't work.” He grunts. "She'll choose Minho.. fuck, you'll still chooses Minho!" He yells, pointing at you.

"N-no.. I choose you. Jeongin, I want you." You say, scrambling to your knees in the cage, despite your pain, your hands on the bars. "I want you to be mine, Jeongin.”

‘I-I do too..You've done so much for me over the year I've been here. I see how truly sweet and caring you are. Please accept me. You know it's me who you really want." Lisa says, forcing a smile.

Your eyes are wide as you're watching this, you don't want her to trade her life for yours, but what could you do?

"Is that so?" Jeongin asks, walking to her cage. He pulls out a key, unlocking the locks and helping her out before wrapping his arms around her. She struggles to stand, but wraps her arms around him anyway, leaning on him, he holds her closely. It doesn't feel right to him. She's not who he really wants.

"I love you.." She mumbles. "So just let Y/N go.. okay? It's you and me now. You don't need her."

"It's not. She's the one.” Jeongin says, smiling at you. “Your time is up.” He laughs, dragging Lisa from the building. You needed to do something. He was going to kill her.

“Ow… shit. Jeongin.” You cry out. “Please… my wound…” you trail off, falling to the floor of your cage. Jeongin lets go of Lisa’s arm, running to you. He made it to your cage too, jingling his keys to find the right one to unlock it.

“Run!” You scream, watching her bolt out of the open door. Jeongin glares at you, the door of your cage wide open.

“Why did you do that?” He snaps, reaching in for you. You back away as far as you can.

"No no no, please." You cry, trying to squish yourself in the back of the cage so he can't reach you. You try to kick him, and fight him off but you're still weak. Your wound continues to bleed.

"Get out here." He grunts, latching onto your leg and dragging you out and into the floor. He grabs a clump of your hair, pulling you through the door, letting go of your hair, and grabbing your wrist to drag you outside while Lisa continues to run through the field. Jeongin drops you in tall grass, the sun shining down on you, the fresh air surrounding you. He grins as he pulls his gun out, his finger on the trigger.

"Shit." Jeongin spits, pointing the gun at you. Even if he was mad at you, he couldn't kill you.

It's you. He loved you and he was going to have to do whatever he could to make you love him back. He picks you up, dragging you to his car and throwing you in the backseat, before climbing into the driver's seat and spinning out of there. He needs to find somewhere else to take you. He drives the opposite way Lisa ran, trying to figure out the best place to keep you hidden and away from his brother.

**

"What do you want?" Minho spits as someone knocks on his office door. He was stressed, he didn't know what to do about you. Where were you?

"Hi." A familiar voice whispers. "Remember me?" Lisa asks as she walks into his office.

Minho's jaw drops as he stares at her, she's dirty, wounded and her clothes are torn but it's her. She's here.

"I can't believe it.." Minho says. He briskly walks towards her, pulling her in for a hug. "What happened to you?" He asks.

"Jeongin took me." She cries.

"I knew it." He spits. "What about Y/N? Does he have her too?" He asks.

"I've never met any Y/N's before." Lisa whispers, nuzzling her head back into Minho's warm embrace.

"Jeongin didn't take Y/N?" Minho asks, feeling defeated, but also a little relieved that his brother wasn't involved in your kidnapping.

"But baby, he took me." Lisa pouts, snuggling in closer to him. Minho didn't know how to react to this. She had been gone for so long, and he had moved on, he was falling in love with Y/N, but how did he break it to her when she had just been through something so traumatic.

"Lisa, go upstairs to the guest room, get cleaned up, take a shower and rest. I'll send Hyunjin up with some clothes and a towel for you. I've got some work to do." He says, clearing his throat and awkwardly moving out of her embrace. Lisa looks offended, but he didn't care at the moment. He needed to find you.

"Hyunjin." He calls out

Hyunjin walks into his office, giving Lisa a small nod before focusing his attention on Minho. "Get Lisa some fresh clothes and necessities, but before that, set up a meeting with the informant. I want that information now." He spits.

“Yes sir." Hyunjin says, quickly walking out of the office. Lisa stays behind, watching Minho work, and it made her angry that he didn't care about her right now. The love of his life was standing in front of him after being kidnapped for over a year, and he didn't care.

"Baby." Lisa whines. Minho looks up from his work. "Will you come shower with me?" She asks sweetly.

"Lisa, I'm busy. Go." He spits.

She scoffs. "Can I atleast use your phone?"

He sighs, opening his drawer and digging in it to find an extra phone, there's no way he was going to give her his phone. "Here." He says, sliding a phone and a charger towards her. With a huff she grabs them and storms out of his office, heading up the stairs to Minho's room. She knew he said the guest room, but his room was far more comfortable.

Lisa plugs in the phone to charge and hops in the shower, rinsing off the dirt, grime and smell from her. When she's done, she grabs a pair of shorts and a shirt from Minho's closet, before grabbing the phone and dialing a number.

"Hello?" A voice answers.

"It's done." Lisa says. "I told him I didn't know any Y/N, and that you had only held me captive." She says.

"You fucking idiot, you weren't supposed to say I did it to you. Fuck." Jeongin spits. "You go tell him that I fucking saved you, and you didn't know who took you. That you had gotten shit twisted. Got it?"

"And if I don't?" She asks.

"If you don't, Y/N comes back into Minho's life and you're thrown to the side like the garbage you are."

Lisa hangs up the phone, putting it back on the table to charge more. She stands up, heading downstairs and back into Minho's office to talk to him. She stands outside his office door, her hand hovering just above the door as she listens in before knocking.

"We need to find somewhere safe for Lisa to go. She can't stay here, but more importantly, I need to find Y/N." She hears Minho say.

Shit. She needs to do something, she needs him to forget about Y/N and focus on her. She's here with him right now, she's the one that should matter to him.

Knock

Knock

She opens the door slightly, forcing her tears out. "Min?" She sniffles.

"Come in." He says, though he sounds annoyed.

Lisa begins crying heavier now, she looks at him with her tearful eyes, hoping he would be the one to say something first. "You okay?" He asks.

Perfect.

"It wasn't Jeongin who took me.. I lied." She sniffles. "To be honest, I don't know who took me." She whispers. Her entire body shakes, her voice whimpers as she tells him what she knows. "But I'm so scared of him finding me again, this is the only place I feel safe."

Minho notices Hyunjin rolling his eyes, he doesn't believe her story, and frankly Minho isn't entirely sure if he believes her either.

"So Jeongin had no part in your kidnapping, or Y/N's?" Minho asks.

Lisa shakes her head no. "Like I said earlier, I don't know Y/N, but it wasn't Jeongin who took me. I'm sorry for lying about that, baby, he just always made me feel so uncomfortable, so I said his name. But thinking back on it, it wasn't him." She says.

"Are you sure?" Minho asks, wanting to really make sure he was thinking correctly.

"Yeah, it wasn't Jeongin, I swear. He would never do something like that." Lisa says, trying to snuggle her way into Minho's grasp.

Minho's eyes dart to Hyunjin, who's already looking at him. He knows that Hyunjin is on the same page as him. Minho gives Hyunjin a nod, and he swiftly leaves the room.

"Lisa." Minho sighs, moving so he can look right at her.

"Yeah?" She smiles.

He sighs, placing his hands on her cheeks, smiling. "If I find out you're lying about Jeongin or especially Y/N, I'll fucking kill you." He says, dropping her face and storming out of his office, leaving Lisa standing there alone and terrified.

Lisa now knew she fucked up, but Jeongin had her convinced that if she came back into his life, everything would go back to the way it had previously been. She should never have believed him when he came to her with his plan but she desperately wanted to be out of the cage, she wanted to be back into his life and she hated Y/N, she hated that Minho had moved on and she couldn't have let that happen.

“She called a random number.” Hyunjin tells Minho later.

“Did you call it?” Minho asks. Hyunjin nods his head.

“There was no answer. It's a burner phone.” Hyunjin sighs.

“They're working together. I fucking know it.” Minho groans, rubbing his hands on his face.

Before Hyunjin can say anything, Lisa walks into the office. “Hi baby.” She smiles, walking towards Minho.

“I'm busy right now.” Minho says, looking down at the papers on his desk.

“Lisa?” They all hear. Minho looks up, seeing Jeongin standing there. “Wow. It's been so long? What happened? Are you okay?” He asks, walking towards her. Jeongin wraps his arms around Lisa, holding her closely. “Keep your fucking mouth shut.” He whispers to her, pulling away, patting her shoulder.

“You must be so happy.” Jeongin says to Minho, motioning towards Lisa.

“Ha, yeah.” Minho says. “I'm busy, can we talk later?” He says to Lisa and Jeongin. They both nod, walking out of the office. Hyunjin emerges from the corner, sitting in the chair across from Minho.

“I know who can get it out of her.” Hyunjin says. Minho knew who could do it too, but he really didn't want to have that conversation.

“Yeah, Mingi.” He says, pulling out his phone, dialing the number.

“What?” Mingi asks.

“I need your help.” Minho grumbles. “Lisa's back.”

“Oh shit.” Mingi says. “He took Y/N, didn't he?”

“I think so. Lisa said no, but I don't believe her. I need you to find out.”

“You know, if you just lose your morals and start hurting whoever fucks you over, you could do it yourself.” Mingi tells him. “But I'll do it. Bring her here.”

Minho hangs up the phone, looking at Hyunjin. “Go get Lisa.”

Minutes later, Lisa comes into the office, smiling at Minho. “Let's go.” Minho says, grabbing his keys.

“Where are we going?” She asks, climbing into the car.

“Somewhere else where you'll be safe.” Minho says. He can't even look at her, knowing what she's done.

The car ride is silent, until Minho pulls up to the house. “Who lives here?” Lisa asks, getting out of the car along with Minho.

Mingi walks out of the house, a smile on his face. Lisa turns to look at Minho with a horrified look on her face. “Why am I here Minho?” She asks, her voice shaking.

“I know you're fucking lying.” Minho snaps. “and Mingi will get it out of you.” He says, climbing back into the car. He peels off, leaving a crying Lisa, being dragged back into the house.

**

“Jeongin.” You cough, holding your stomach. “I need a doctor.” You say, you hadn't healed at all and it had been weeks.

“I can't take you to the hospital.” Jeongin says, sitting in the corner of the small building. “You'll leave me.”

“I won't leave you… I promise, Jeongin. But I need help.” You cough.

“I'll be back.” He says, standing up, heading towards the door. You groan, laying your head back down on the floor. You were gonna die here. You knew it.

What felt like days later, Jeongin walks back in through the door, a bag in hand. He walks over to you, kneeling down. He lifted your shirt, removing your bandages, replacing them with new ones.

“Take these.” He says, handing you some pills and some water. You didn't even question what he was giving you, you just hoped that it was going to help you.

A week later, a week of Jeongin giving you pills, and tending to your wound a little more carefully you were finally starting to feel better, on the outside but on the inside you were slowly dying. It had almost been a month, you think, since Jeongin had taken you and it made you wonder if Minho was still even looking for you. You thought he would have found you by now, especially if he was actively looking for you. Didn't Lisa tell him Jeongin had you? Every day you waited for Minho to come and bust through the door to pick you up and whisk you away from this shit hole but you were starting to lose faith. You just wanted to go home.

Weeks later, you were finally healed up, and Jeongin had been fucking with your head the entire time. He almost had you convinced that Minho didn't care for you at all and that he was never going to save you. Tell you that he was the one who loved you, and he would always protect you and take care of you but you knew that it was a lie. You knew he was trying to get into your head and you needed to remain strong but you could make him think that you loved him.

That night, you and Jeongin were laying in the bed, fully in the dark. Tears slipped down your cheeks as your lips trembled. “I love you, Jeongin.” You whisper, hoping he believed you. Maybe he would ease up on you and start giving you a little more leeway.

“You do?” He asks, rolling over towards you.

“I do.” You murmur, trying to not let him hear your voice quiver.

“I knew you’d come around.” He happily sighs, holding onto you tightly.

You fall asleep that night, softly crying, wondering if this was your life now, and if you were ever going to be saved.

[seungfl0wer]

*I’ll do anything*

Part Title: Devils Helping Hand

Genre: Angst/Smut/Fluff?

Paring: Minho x Reader (Fem)

Warnings: Mafia!Au, Mentions of death, Sick sibling, Mentions of being shot, also mentions of being Minhos slave, slight blood mention

This will be a small series. For my 🔪 anon, they have a beautiful brain and now I’m obsessed with the thought of Mafia boss Minho 😪 (Their request/thoughts Here and Here) also side note this is the first series of writings I’ve done in a long while so please bare with me and my ramblings.

Series Master List

-🩵

You prepared for this for weeks, wanting it to go right because it meant everything if you could pull it off. Staring at the building knowing there was people in there willing to shoot you on sight. But none of that mattered if you could pull it off. Your brother has been getting worse and worse. He’s been in the hospital for the past month battling his illness but nothing seems to be helping. There’s a new treatment they want to try however it’s expensive. The insurance can only cover so much of it and the rest is up to you.

You’ve been working your ass off 2 jobs, barely eating to save money and your sleep schedule? People slept? You sighed loudly watching as people got into their car to leave. You’ve been scoping out the schedules of them seeing when they leave how long they stay how many go in and out. It was gonna work. It had to work. You find the window that’s been open for the past 3 days slinking your body through it. Bingo. The room was close to the one you needed. You peaked out the door quickly checking the surroundings before bolting to the room beside.

The door was locked but you learned how to pick a lock just for this. You worked your janky skills as you heard voices down the hall. Heart races as you quickly tried the lock and then it clicked. You were in! You hurriedly got into the room so know one could see. One thing that was very odd to you was there was no cameras. You even had a mask you were gonna wear but realizing there wasn’t anything you didn’t put it on.

You searched the room opening ever drawer and checking ever nook you could. You were getting frustrated not being able to find the safe you knew was there. Until you remembered in those movies people would keep things behind paintings. Eh it was worth a shot to check. Moving the few art pieces you rolled your eyes as you actually found the safe behind a painting of the boss. He was handsome, but word had it he was a very cold hearted man. I mean he had to be doing this job.

You searched anywhere to find a code he might have wrote down anywhere. You sighed why couldn’t it have been one of those with the tiny keys. As you looked you heard the door opening “fuck” you say in a whisper “this is it huh” you said to yourself. You weren’t going to go out with a fight though. You stood behind the door waiting for him to come in as he shut the door he looked over to his desk. Noticing things had been moved he turned to grab the door again only to be met with your eyes.

He was so calm and collected while your heart was about to beat out of your chest. Your palms started to sweat and you could feel a lump get stuck in your throat as you tried to speak. He tilted his head a bit looking you over “who hired you?” He asked staring at you eyes staying locked “I’ll pay you double what they’re paying you” he said still studying you. He seemed almost confused you looked like such a sweet girl. Your innocent eyes shaking as you stared at him.

“No one sent me” you admitted, trying to make eye contact with him. He scoffed a bit “you broke in here with out no one find you and you expect me to believe you” he laughed “what the hell did you come here for then? Do you have a death wish?” He said making his way to his desk. This wasn’t going as you expected but you weren’t leaving here empty handed. You stared at him as he looked at the painting that hid the safe. “Ah so you came for money is that it?” He questioned. You nod “My brother is sick” you said softly “i don’t give hand outs sorry” he laughs a bit before you cut him off “then let me work for you, I can do anything.”

He paused looking at you “I can get a whore anytime” he was about to say before you continued “I can clean really well, I’m also a pretty good cook” he raised an eyebrow he was honestly more confused than anything. “Pay me the money for my brother and in return I’ll be your servant” you said choking back tears. You couldn’t tell if it was from being upset about your brother or the fact this man could literally just kill you here.

He walked to his desk sitting down staring at you with big boba eyes “and if I refuse?” He smirked “what will little you do to me hmm?” He has a point what exactly could you do if he said no. The only thing you could really muster out was a “please” your hands trembled now, shaking so bad it felt like you were vibrating. Your legs felt like jello so wobbly and weak. You looked over your face making his way to you he lifted your head to make you look at him. He stared at you thinking hard “You will do anything I ask you. No protesting. Everything I say to you is met with a yes sir. If you cannot follow these orders say goodbye to your brother.”

That last part hurt a bit, but you nodded excepting the offer “good girl” he said in response dropping your face “how much exactly do you need?” He says like the money is an after thought like he was so rich it wouldn’t matter. “His first treatment would be 80K but his insurance is covering at least 10K so 70K.” You croaked out. It was so much money and that was only for the first treatment and it may not even work. You had 5K saved already from working yourself to death but it would take you forever to get it all.

He nodded “pocket change honestly” he said with a cold expression “I’ll pay it in full for you to come work for me for at least 6months” he said staring at you. You were honestly shocked 6months? You thought he’d just make you a slave forever “however you will move into my home for the time being so I can keep you close. Don’t want you running off after I pay” he laughed a bit “like you’d be able to hide from me” he said still laughing. “And if he needs another treatment we can work something out.” He said cracking his neck slightly.

You kinda just nod your head was empty at this point. Your body had almost gone numb at the thought of what you had offered. If you got yourself killed who would be there to help your brother? So you made a deal with yourself there and then, you were gonna put a smile on and work as hard as possible. No matter what the man would through at you. You were gonna live and live to see your brother better.

“So is it a deal darling?” He said his voice so sweet sounding but his face turned into a smug smile. “It’s a deal.” You said locking eyes with the man “Good choice, now please sit while I grab my stuff. We will swing by your house before we head to your new home.” You nod “oh by the way darling I never caught your name.” He said nonchalantly rummaging through his desk “I’m y/n.” You said as you watched the man he nodded slightly “Y/n- hmm. A pretty name for a pretty lady” he smiled.

Was he hitting on you? Your eyes widen a small bit thinking to yourself. The smile on his face widened a bit at your expression “gonna put you to work when we get there cause I’m starving” he said finding the paper he needed “oh by the way kitten, if you are going to my little slave just know you will not leave as innocent as you came here” he said smirking getting up putting his bag over his shoulder. That’s it. You had literally just sold yourself, not just for work but your body.

Shit. You said to yourself can’t he get any hooker or whatever he wants. He wouldn’t want you right? RIGHT!?

-🩵

He opened the door for you to get in the car he got in after sitting beside you. He told the older man driving your address and you headed to your house. Your mind buzzing thinking of what you are getting into. You broke the silence with a low “shit.” Minho turned his head in question wondering what had made you said that. But before he could ask the man had pulled into your place. It was a small janky apartment where he knew well had a lot of problems. Just last week someone from his group had shot someone dead in the street.

His eyes looked over at you how could you be living here? Someone so beautiful in such a crime ridden place, you didn’t have anyone here to protect you he thought to himself. Or did you? He never thought to ask honestly. And if you would have someone what then? He’d make sure they’d be outta the picture.

Minho broke out of his thoughts as you tapped his shoulder “uhm we’re here” you said softly looking at him with almost puppy dog eyes. You both walked in silence up to your door, your apartment was pretty empty you hadn’t bought much of anything after moving here. It was the closets and cheapest place you could get to your work and your brother. The place itself was very neat and clean almost looked like you just moved in.

Closing the door behind you, you turned to Minho “I have a question” you said avoiding eye contact. Before he could respond he heard a faint meow coming from the only chair you had in the living room. He smiled his expression softened as he knew what you were gonna ask. “I’ve always loved cats” he said walking towards the crusty looking cat. The cat rolled over as he approached exposing her little patchy belly. Her fur was a burnt orange color with a black and white batches over. She was a little chunky thing, with only one eye. Her meow was cute almost like a kittens meow how high pitched it was.

“Will she be joining you?” He asked as he petted her soft fur. His body language was so different now, he seemed approachable and kind. “Is that ok with you?” You said with hopeful eyes. He nods “of course” he pauses for second “when we get home you will address me as sir as I said before. You haven’t said it once but I will let it slide for now.” He said standing up staring at you “get what you need quickly.”

You head to your room grabbing clothes and such. As you did the man snooped through your house. Checking your fridge. Empty. Empty?? His jaw almost drops at the sight. It was so bare not even condiments. There was a single bottle of water, a small carton of milk and jar of jelly. What the fuck do you even eat? He questioned. How are you even alive if this is what your fridge looked like. He looked in the cupboard seeing a few canned foods but he noticed you had a whole shelf of cat food, treats and wet food. Of course. Damn you’re so sweet aren’t you. Buying food for your cat over yourself. God how’s he gonna be this tough guy over you when you’re this loving? He thought.

You came back out with a suitcase packing the cats stuff and putting her in her carrier. You looked at him as he stood by the door scared for what is to come but relieved your brother will be taken care of. You two walked back the car heading to your new “home” back again in silence.

-🩵

You pulled up to a beautiful house, it was nestled in the woods you could see a beautiful garden at the side with a small pool on the other side of the house. The house itself was not overly big. Bigger than one man needed but no mansion like you thought he’d have. Stepping out of the car Minho grabbed the carrier as you took your suit case out. You headed inside where he gave you a small tour, showing you where you’d be staying which was right across from his room.

“Alright now that you know the place I’m starving.” He said stretching his arms above his head “let’s see how your cooking skills are” you nod as you both walked towards the kitchen. You looked through the fridge that was stalked to the brim of fresh vegetables, fresh fruit and meat. Anything and everything you could really want. You quickly get to work on making him some fish over rice and some fresh steamed veggies.

As you cooked he watched over you, like a Sargent almost. He found it so attractive you could cook because he himself loved to cook. That’s a reason he’s never hired a chef but now he had you. Watching you make him food, your pretty lips in a pout almost as you focused on what you were doing. His body almost moved on its own, he pressed himself against your hands coming up to grab yours as you cook. “You should do it like this” he said helping you cook the fish.

He was so close to you, you could feel his hot breath on the back of your neck. Body pressed as close to yours as he could. His other hand resting firmly on your hip as his other wrapped around your hand that was holding the pan. You could feel him moving his hips slightly against you. Soft enough he thought you wouldn’t feel, but you did. God did you feel it. “Y/n” he said softly “you’re doing so well” his voice barely audible. The very intimate moment was interrupted by his phone ringing. His sighed loudly as he pealed himself away from your body grumply answering the phone.

“What” he hissed at whoever pulled him away from you. “Alright I’ll be right there” he said another loud sigh escaping his plush lips. “Of course I gotta go” he rolled his eyes. You titled your head a bit as you heard a car horn honking. He quickly went to the door “Make yourself at home I won’t be gone longer than 2 hours.” He said rushing out the door. You breathed out almost sad he had to leave. You wondered how much time he actually had to himself. He seems like he works himself a lot especially at the state of his house. You finished making his dinner placing it in the microwave for him to heat back up.

You kept yourself occupied cleaning up the kitchen, you cleaned up half the house before you sat down falling asleep on the couch. Minho finally came home later than he was supposed to. It was 3am, he looked exhausted slight blood painted his shirt. As he walked through the door he was almost shocked at how clean you had gotten things already. He saw you sleeping on the couch he was going to carry you to bed but remembered his shirt. He took a quick shower before coming back out. While he was in the shower you had heard him come home. You heated his food up for him setting it out on the table with a glass of whine you had found.

You slumped back into the couch waiting for him to come out only to quickly fall back asleep. The couch was so comfortable. You had been sleeping on a small bed on the floor. Anything was honestly better than it, it was so hard and lumpy.

Minho came out of the shower the smell of the food had filled the air his hungry stomach lead him straight to the kitchen. His heart cried as he saw you had warmed his food up and sat it out for him. Why the fuck are you being so kind to him? He thought to himself. He quickly devoured the delicious food you had prepared and oh boy was it delicious. He made his way to the couch seeing you had fallen back asleep he picked you up taking you to your room. You laid you down putting the covers over you and quickly kissing your forehead.

This was it. You were gonna ruin him. You already had his heart melting. Do flips at the sight of you. The thoughtfulness you had already shown and being so obedient cleaning when he didn’t expect you to already. He stared at you softly for a moment “one of us is gonna destroy the other, I can feel it. And honestly I hope it’s me who’s destroyed at the end” he said before placing another kiss to your forehead leaving to his room. He laid there staring at the ceiling just thinking of you before drifting off to sleep.

💙 If you’d like to read more of my stuff you can find it Here: Master List . Thank you for reading and if requests are open or you just wanna talk feel free to send me something🩵

[justiceforvillains]

Lee Minho had made a name for himself as the best hitman in the business. But only a few people knew that he was also an information broker, willing to do anything asked of him for the right price. And now his target was finding information on a rival company of his client.

The only way to get it was through the CEO's only child, Y/N, whom everyone knew worked for her father and talked a lot. People also knew that she knew all the company's secrets, as she had worked closely with her father.

With your reputation as a sheltered and spoiled rich brat, kidnapping was out of the question. You were daddy's precious girl, so you had security and bodyguards surrounding you at all times. He thought about blackmailing you, finding something you didn't want your father to know to make you tell him everything.

However, he soon found out that there was no dirt on you. You seemed like the perfect daddy's girl – all innocent and unaware of the dark world.

So, he decided to take a different approach. From what he found out from spying on you, you were lonely, always complaining to your friends that you wished to have a boyfriend.

And surprisingly, it was like butter melting on toast. You fell for his sweet talk and gentle voice, and you found yourself getting caught up in his charm. You were so sheltered that you didn't suspect a thing – not when he started asking about your work, not when he asked about your father, and not when he asked about the upcoming projects your company was working on. You told him about everything excitedly, with sparkling trusting doe eyes.

Rambunctious about this being the first project you're planning completely alone, as finally your father trusts you enough to be in charge of things.

Minho got everything he needed – and in more detail than he thought he would. And as he stood over your sleeping form, gun pressed to your head, gaze cold and devoted form any expression, You weren't the cold-hearted brat they thought you were. He remembered the times you cried when you saw a stray cat limping and insisted on taking it to a vet; or when you helped a maid's son in need and made sure she wouldn't find out who donated money for his surgery.

His face softened. Remembering your first kiss – how cute you looked blushing with a soft smile – telling him it was your first, that HE was your first...

This wasn't right; he always killed people who deserved it – people who wouldn't think twice about stepping on someone else to reach their own greedy goals.

As he gazed down at you, he couldn't help but get into bed with you; you always had trouble sleeping soundly and asked him to cuddle with you until you fell asleep.

He saw the way you moved in your sleep, wrapping your arms around his middle and rubbing your face against his chest – a habit he would always tease you for calling you "his kitten."

A soft sigh escaped his lips, and a gentle smile spread across his face.

He lowered the gun, letting out a sigh of exhaustion. Yeah... maybe he was wrong about you. Maybe you were more than just a brat born with a golden spoon.

As he looked down at you, feeling a pang of guilt. You were more than just a target; you were his woman now.

as he wrapped his arms around you, holding you close, moving your hair behind your ears to look at your pretty face better

Minho realized that his mission had just taken an unexpected turn.

And for once in his life he knew he could never complete this mission

⋆⁺₊⋆ ☾ ⋆⁺₊⋆ ☁︎⋆⁺₊⋆ ☾ ⋆⁺₊⋆ ☁︎⋆⁺₊⋆ ☾ ⋆⁺₊⋆ ☁︎

✦ Masterlist ✦

[chaninfused]

Dead Men Don't Speak | Series Masterlist

— The story of a mafia, a green sky, and a girl in a burgundy coat.

[All the works under the cut are mine. Do not copy, repost, or translate my work.]

➥ go to main masterlist

Series Information

Summary: The life of a mafia member and the eight boys who cross her path, for better or for worse. Alternatively — Your partner is dead, or so you've been told.

General Disclaimers: Female reader insert. Mafia au. Angst and dark themes. Graphic depictions of blood, violence, and death. Usage of vulgar language. Specific disclaimers will be written on each part. Chapters not in the chronological sequence of the story's events.

Schedule: Updates on weekends. Dates specified on each part. Dates are tentative because my will to write is so unstable.

Chapters

⭓ The Sky is Green | Seo Changbin

— The one-eyed brute and the girl in the burgundy coat.

⭓ Dead Men Don't Speak | Lee Felix

— The detective's assistant and the Shadow Front's left claw.

⭓ Cross My Heart, | Hwang Hyunjin

— The boy who wanted to become a god and his new friend.

⭓ And Hope to Die | Han Jisung

— The living ghost and his purpose.

⭓ The Altar of Angels | Lee Minho

— The mafia prince and the jester.

⭓ The Undoing of Gods | Yang Jeongin (7.10.24)

— The fugitive and the god of chaos.

⭓ The Waltz of Devils | Bang Chan (14.10.24)

— The detective and the black iris.

⭓ Of the Un-Blue Sky | Kim Seungmin (21.10.24)

— The liar and his neighbors.

➥ go to main masterlist

[jeonjungkookenthusiast1997]

The Price of Love and Loyalty - Lee Minho x Reader

Summary: Y/N is sent deep into enemy territory, by her older brother, to try and mend an age old feud between two Mafia organisations. Can she gain the trust of the Stray Kids? Can a hatred that long standing be fixed by a simple truce? All Y/N knows for sure is it's going to take a lot of patience to make this messy situation work out for the best.

Do not repost or translate my work! My blog is 18+ so minors do not interact!

TW: gangs, mafia families, weapons and mentions of violence, some major hostility between everyone involved, mean Minho, mentions of BTS as a rival gang.

Word Count: 3K

"This is a bad idea Namjoon. A really fucking bad idea"

Y/N's words echo through her thoughts as she walks the streets of Seoul. 

Slender fingers pull at the sleeves of rather thin coat attempting to pull it closer to her shivering body as she roams the abandoned streets looking for a very particular building, it's been a long time since she'd been allowed to this part of town so she endeavours to soak it all in before she's no doubt banished back to her own territory… or worse. 

Her older brother Namjoon was the imposing, usually smart, leader of the Mafia she belonged to but she truly feared her beloved brother may have finally lost his mind if he thought sending his little sister into enemy territory is a good idea. 

Bangtan had lost a lot of good and loyal members recently in fights with their rivals Stray kids, so determined not to lose anyone else Namjoon decided a truce was the best course of action. 

That is why Y/N is currently trudging towards Stray Kids headquarters, her nervous eyes flitting between buildings that tower above her.

"Almost there" she whispers to herself in a bid to settle her nerves. 

She rounds the last corner to her destination with a weary smile and is about to walk the last stretch of pavement when a blow to the back of her head sends her body hurtling to the rocky floor, dark bleeds into her vision as she moans in pain before losing consciousness.

When Y/N finally wakes up her eyes are watering, barely adjusting to the harsh light when a dark chuckle sounds in her throbbing ears. She looks down as her head swirls with confusion and notices that she's tied to a chair with thick black ropes.

Groaning, she tries to lift her head to look at her assailant. A disparaging ‘tsk’ is sent her way as her eyes finally focus on the man in front of her.

“I would advise you not to move too much YN, you'll only make things worse for yourself” she recognises the voice as a pair of cruel brown eyes reveal themselves.

"Lee Minho" she grits her teeth as the words drip from her throat like venom.

A sinister smile stretches over his lips and reaches his cheeks as he glares at the woman left helpless before him looking her up and down before whispering in a dark tone ”you're in my territory now little one”

Y/N glares at Minho as she watches his movements carefully "you've got a shitty way of greeting people, you didn't need to knock me out. I would have come peacefully"

Minho scoffs as he moves closer to her "yeah yeah and I'm the king of England, why are you in my territory anyway?”

He's so close to her now that she can feel his warm breath fan over her face as he speaks. She hums to herself as she acknowledges his words.

"Wouldn't you like to know?" A smirk graces her features as she tugs on the ropes binding her hands behind her back "maybe I'm just here to get a glimpse at the great and powerful Lee Minho, is that a crime?"

The man's distaste for Y/N is palpable as his nose scrunches in disgust “Oh, not at all YN…” he coos sweetly at her, his words dripping with sarcasm “but your appearance here is still a little suspicious don't you think…”. Minho tilts his head to the side as he looks at her.

Y/N notes that, with his face so close, his eyes are a warmer shade of brown than she remembered with almost golden flecks scattered around the orbs making them shine beautifully and yet at the same time they appear so cold and cruel. She doesn't dwell on those distracting thoughts for long though as she tugs on the ropes again to no avail.

With an overly dramatic sigh her head tips backwards in an attempt to get away from his fiercely perceptive gaze.

"Fine, fine I'm here on behalf of my brother. He wants to talk to Chan. Figured he'd be shot on sight if he came here himself so here I am…yay" her eyes roll as she feigns enthusiasm.

Minho’s eyes glow darkly but surprisingly he does chuckle at her “ah, so you’re just Namjoon's little messenger? But why does he want to talk to Chan?”

Y/N’s eyes shift to look away from the man to a dark corner of the bleak room "I guess you could say that. Is that really any of your concern? I'm here to talk to Bang Chan, not you"

A low, almost animalistic, growl leaves his throat almost shocking her “anything involving Chan's safety is of concern to me, little girl”

Minho’s gruff voice echoes loudly in the small room “so, I advise you not to hide anything from me, otherwise you won’t be getting what you came for. Haven't you learnt not to mess with me Y/N?”

Minho moves his head away from her face as his fingers trace over a small wound, coated in dry blood.

Wanting to be as far away from Minho as she possibly can given her circumstances she tries to shift her body but can only pull so far away with her hands bound making her huff in annoyance.

"My brother wants to call a truce between our organisations" the room is silent for a moment before Minho finally speaks up.

“A truce?” he's clearly not very happy about the offer judging by the frown on his face “and why do you want a truce?” he smiles crookedly as he adds “our families work very differently. You, above anyone should know that for a fact”

Her ability to remain calm is slipping as she grits her teeth to stop the insults that threaten to leave her lips.

"Oh come on Minho we both know a truce would be beneficial to us all. We've both lost good people in the last few months, Jungkook has a hole in his leg currently because of a gun fight with your men!"

The brooding man smiles fondly at this fact "ah yes…poor pathetic Jungkook"

Something inside of her snaps at that "well I happen to know that your precious little Hannie is bundled up in bandages right now after a run in with Jimin" she smirks at the probing words knowing it's bound to get a reaction.

A fire blazes in Minho's eyes as he reaches out to grip her hair harshly between his fingers "the fuck did you just say?"

Y/N simply smiles at him as she remains silent, wide doe eyes blinking at him in fake innocence.

"Why would we want a truce after everything Namjoon has allowed his men to do?" Minho drops her hair from his hold as he turns his back on her, ready to leave her to rot in that disgusting room.

"I understand you don't trust us and I don't blame you. Hell if you came knocking on my door I'd have Yoongi knocking you on your ass in seconds"

She lets out a laugh as Minho's retreating form stiffens "that's another reason why I'm the one that's here"

At that Minho turns to face her with a look of actual interest in what she had to say "I need to see Bang Chan before I continue speaking, I don't want the message to be misinterpreted"

His eyes roll but he gives her his full attention again “you're right, I don’t trust you”

Minho’s body seems to tense but he isn't outright rejecting her words “but since you are here in the flesh clearly as a sign of goodwill, I will let you talk to Chan”

Minho steps away but she feels a chill run down her spine as he turns towards her “but I’ll be staying right here with you”

It's an understandable response really and she had been waiting for it, Minho is part of Bang Chan's inner circle and the head of his security detail so she doesn't fight him on this front.

"I expected that so please untie me so we can get this over and done with" she wiggles her arms to get his attention on her bound limbs.

Minho seems to think for a moment, weighing up his options before he mutters a gruff “No. You stay bound”

Minho uses one of his hands to grip her arm, lifting her body up into a standing position making her whine out in frustration.

He keeps his hold on her arm firm as he stands beside her “for our safety and yours…let’s go" without any more warning he begins pulling her out of the room and down a long corridor.

They pass a few locked doors and armed guards before stopping at a large and intricately decorated door.

"Are you ready?" Minho smirks as his hands come to knock on the door.

He gives the door a few sharp taps before opening the door to reveal the Bang Chan himself staring at them intently.

There's a few men huddled around him as they point to some papers that are scattered across the leaders desk, the hurried whispers stopping abruptly as Minho steps into the room stopping as the pair reach Chan.

“Hyung I have a surprise for you” Chan's eyes almost bulge out of his head as he clearly recognises Y/N.

Chan's eyes stay trained on Y/N for a few moments before they slide to her side to look at Minho "what the fuck is she doing here? Should I be expecting Namjoon to burst through my window any second now?"

He's clearly very annoyed and at that moment Y/N is glad it isn't being directed at her.

"Apparently she was sent here by Namjoon actually" Minho shrugs his shoulders dismissively.

"Oh really? What happened to her head then? And why is she tied up?"

At this Minho finally looks somewhat sheepish "okay that was me but she was intruding on our turf!"

"I didn't know she was here to deliver a message and I sure as shit didn't wait around to ask! I haven't untied her in case tries something" Minho turns his head pointedly to look in her direction as he finishes speaking.

Chan sighs deeply as he rubs his eyes "a message? What message?" Chan's eyes are planted firmly on Y/N again, much to her displeasure, as Minho nudges her.

"I have already told Minho this…" she glares at him as he smiles amused by her side

"but I'll say it again for the benefit of everyone in the room, I'm here because my brother wants a truce between Bangtan and Stray kids" she waits patiently as her words float through the air.

Chan’s gaze is laser focused on the nervous girl, he is silent for a moment before he finally speaks.

“A truce, huh...?"

"Why does Namjoon want a truce and why send his precious little sister into the lion's den? Any of us could have killed you on the spot, you’re lucky you escaped Minho with a simple cut”

Clearing her throat before speaking again she looks to the floor "Namjoon's sick of seeing his brothers hurt and murdered"

"That's why he wants a truce and as for your other questions, he sent me because he knows that above all else you respect women. He figured you'd at least let me explain myself"

She takes a breath as all the eyes in the room are focused on her

"that and well, there's too much bad blood between you and our members. At least I haven't killed any of your men" she finishes as her eyes scan the men standing beside Chan.

She recognises a few faces.

She notes that Felix and Changbin are at his side with Seungmin off in the corner watching her intently with dark cold eyes as he spins a butterfly knife between his fingers sending chills down her spine.

"He also sent me because I'm part of the deal he's offering"

"As a sign of good faith Namjoon is proposing that I stay here until you can be sure he won't attack your 'home' anymore" she closes her eyes for a moment as she tries to calm her rapidly beating heart.

The room is so silent after her speech that it's almost suffocating as she waits with bated breath for some sort of response.

Chan's face hardens, surprising her "he's offering to keep you here? Like you're some sort of prize for us to hang on the wall? What if we don't trust you enough to keep you here?"

Y/N goes to speak but is stopped as Chan stands up from his seat. He walks around the desk and towards her as sweat starts to build on her forehead.

"Are you even willing to stay here? Willing to follow my rules?" Y/N nods to Chan's questions.

"Namjoon has asked me to do this and I will do it to the best of my ability. I've also seen such horrible things, watched our members get hurt, had to watch Taehyung hold Jungkook down as he screams in pain so that I can make the blood running from his leg finally stop…".

Her vision becomes cloudy as she bites her lip as the tears drip down her cheeks "I want it to stop" she whispers as she looks down to the floor, not wanting the enemy to see her hurting even if she was trying to negotiate an alliance with them.

Bang Chan is silent as he looks at her for a moment, she can feel that Minho is looking at her too and the thought makes her wriggle against the rope wrapped around her hands.

“very well…I can see the loyalty you have for your family. I only hope we can trust you to show the same loyalty to us”

Chan turns his back on them as he walks back to his desk ignoring the surprised looks from the younger members "you can untie her now Min"

Minho nods as he pulls out a knife and cuts the rope. Her eyes drift to his own and she notices that his face is a little softer than it had initially as Chan sits down he watches Y/N wipe the tears from her face with a look of sadness.

"I take it your brother will be in touch to finalise the details?" She simply nods, not quite trusting her words.

"In that case, Minho, I'll be entrusting dear Y/N to you to watch over" Minho groans at the command but nods dutifully.

"Take her and get her step up in the room beside yours" Chan gives Y/N one last look before returning his attention to the papers on his desk, Minho takes a hold of her arm more carefully than before and tugs her out of the room.

It's oddly silent as they walk down the winding corridors which lead to his room, Minho finally speaks up after noticing the awkwardness of the situation.

"I suppose I should officially welcome you to the family..." Minho says while attempting to diffuse the tension.

He leads Y/N up a flight of stairs before finally reaching two doors "My room is the first on the left here if you need anything and this is your room" Minho opens the door and ushers Y/N into the room as he strolls in after her.

Y/N looks around the room while Minho fiddles with something off to the side; the room is relatively simple, she notes, it has a large floor to ceiling wardrobe, a comfy double bed. A full sized mirror and a lamp stowed beside a small bedside table.

Minho gives her a few moments to find her bearings before speaking "well it's late and I'm ready for this day to be fucking over"

His sigh makes her turn to look at his face, his eyes are bloodshot and has bags under them which makes her wince as he gives her a piece of paper which seems to hold his phone number on it.

"in case you need it… try not to though ‘kay?" she nods while watching him walk to the door, leaving the young woman to her new personal space.

"Chan will probably arrange for me or Bin to go get your shit from Bangtan so don't worry about all that"

Y/N eyes start to water a little at the mention of her old home making Minho panic as he moves towards the door "since I'll be watching over you for now, if you need anything just text me or knock on the wall… I guess”

He's about to leave when Y/N grabs his wrist making him turn back “thank you for you know… not killing me straight off the bat”

Minho snorts at her words as he nods “hmm you're lucky you’ve got a pretty face. Wouldn't want to mess it up too much” again he laughs at her when he notices her wide eyes.

“Night” he smiles ever so slightly as he turns and slips away into his own room leaving Y/N alone to take everything in.

Changing into some old shorts and a baggy top she found laid on top of her bedside table she flung herself onto the bed, it was comfy sure but it wasn't home.

As her thoughts turn to her brother and his own inner circle, each of the members in it becoming like family themselves, tears flow freely from her heavy eyes and her chest rises with her increasing sobs.

She doesn't even care anymore if the Stray Kids members can hear her, she's distraught about leaving them behind but she understood why Namjoon had done it and that made the pain in her heart burn a little less brightly.

She'd done this for them, to stop the bloodshed and pain that invaded their lives daily and if her living here was the only way to do that she would have to suck it up and deal with it. As she's about to go to sleep her phone, which she had almost forgotten about, buzzes to life with messages coming through fast.

Jeon Cena 💪🏼:

Y/N?

Are you okay?

Do I need to beat some bitches up?

Cause I swear I'll come down there and

fuck

them

up

😡

God of Destruction 💀:

Please tell me you got there safely? 💜

Kook calm down, I'm sure everything's fine

Jiminie Cricket 🦗:

Speak to us Y/NNN

If you don't answer I'll be forced to cut a bitch 🔪

J-Nope 🔆:

Has anyone heard from her yet?

Guessing not?

Motionless Min 😴:

No

Starting to worry now…

Jinnie Choos 💁🏼‍♂️:

Lil Tae Tae 🎤:

If she doesn't answer in the next 5 minutes I say we burn their building to the fucking ground

Jinnie Choos 💁🏼‍♂️:

Motionless Min 😴:

Wouldn't we risk killing Y/N doing that?

Seems counter intuitive? 🤷🏼‍♂️

God of Destruction 💀:

No one is doing anything until she gets in touch and that's final

Everybody got that?

Jeon Cena 💪🏼:

What if she doesn't get in touch?

We sit around and do nothing?

Strawberry Shortcake 🍰:

Guys!

I'm fine!

Please don't burn the building down 🙈

Just been given a room so it could be worse

Seems like I'm stuck with Lee Minho for the time being 😫

She can't help but laugh as fresh tears roll down her cheeks "fuck I'm going to miss these idiots"

Y/N wipes the tears from her eyes before quickly explaining to the guys exactly what had happened from Minho tying her up, which was met with many furious responses, to Chan agreeing to the truce.

It takes her a few hours but finally the exhaustion finally kicks in and her swollen eyes close as she begins to dream of her happy life back at Bangtan.

Once she felt she'd given a good enough update she bid them all good night and buried herself under the unfamiliar covers.

[miirohs]

my baby, she's trigger happy [l.m.h]

pairing: Mob Boss!Lee Minho x GN!Reader wc: 1.1k cw: guns. also minho makes the reader think shes gonna shoot him. an: remember that all the things i write are fiction and are meant to be interpreted as such. non of this is okay in real life and i do not support the actions of the criminals. also what is with this piece LMAO

Hands sneaking into his waistband, you pulled out his gun, holding it above your head with both hands. It was heavier than you expected and for a moment it nearly slipped from your grasp, but you caught it, eyes wide as you looked back at Minho. 

He made no attempt to stop you from fooling around with his gun, watching you through hooded eyes, a passive look gracing his face as he sipped his drink.

“What are you doing bunny?”

“Looking.” You replied, turning it in your hand, hands running over the smooth black metal of the gun. In the faint light you could see numbers imprinted onto it, big enough to be seen- if you paid close enough attention.

Your fingers slid down it, fiddling with the mechanics until you reached the trigger. You didn’t do anything but press on it. Minho noticed, a calculated look in his eyes as you attempted to move the trigger once again.

He tsked, putting down his glass and attempting to reach for the gun as you pulled it away from his grasp.

“You’re gonna hurt yourself messing around with the gun, bunny,” he said, rubbing circles into your scalp, “give it back to me.”

“Nope. You’re not getting it back until I figure out how this works.”

He rolled his eyes, sitting back and letting you continue with your examination. “Take your time then, I'm sure you’re curious.” 

Something clunked and you groaned, shaking it vigorously and smacking it against your palm hoping that it would solve the problem. “Something wrong?”

“I think I may have broken it or something Min,” you looked at him as he put his glass down, staring at you with a look on his face that was indescribable. “It’s nothing I can't fix. You wanna see me do it?”

“Okay then,” you whispered, pressing the gun into the palm of his hand, “You should show me.”

“Alright, come here, you’ll get a better view,” he said, giving you a grin as you rolled your eyes at his theatrics. Gingerly, you crawled up from your position, attempting to get on his lap. As you adjusted yourself, one of his arms snaked around you, pulling you closer to him in a sudden movement. You gave him a smack as he snickered, heart racing slightly. 

His free hand seated the gun on your lap, moving to rest on your knee. “Hold on…” He messed with something as you buried your face into his shoulder, closing your eyes for a brief moment as you savored his warmth.

“Mmm, I'm done, you can look.” You looked out from his shoulder, looking at him as he picked up the gun, bringing it closer to him so he could make sure you could see it.

“I want you to watch me as I do this,” You focused on the gun as he moved around, mechanisms clicking and moving into place as he worked with the intricate machinery. 

“You’re gonna click this, and you’re just gonna do that,” In a swift motion, he cocked the gun, pulling the top of the gun off to reveal a barrel underneath, “that top part, it’s called a slide, okay? And that button there, it’s just to make sure that the slide stays open till I've fired my last shot. You got that bunny?” You nodded, and he continued, pointing out other parts of the gun even as it drifted in and out your brain.

“Since there’s already locks on the inside,” He said, bringing up the gun closer so you could see the trigger, “all you have to do is press on this tiny trigger.” He clicked on the trigger, gently placing your hands on the handle as they began to shake at the realization of what he was doing. 

“Min, what are you doing?” You shuddered, trying to move your hands away from him despite the grip he had on them. “W- wait this isn’t loaded right?” He chuckled, moving your hands with the gun under his chin, forcing you to press the cold metal to his Adams apple.

“Only one way to find out.” 

You squeezed your eyes shut, flinching as he forced your finger down on the trigger. All it did was click, and you opened your eyes. 

Nothing happened, and you felt you might have collapsed from the sheer amount of ice cold fear running through your veins.

“Hm. Your grip is a little loose, you let others move your hand too easily, you need to have a firmer grip so no one can just-” He yanked it suddenly, causing you to seize up, “take it from you.”

“Lee Minho!”

“What?” He said, eyes teasing as you clutched your chest with a look of shock on your face.

“I’m- I- You scared me Min. I thought i was-”

“Going to hurt me?” He questioned, his tone seemingly casual as he gently took the gun from your grasp and moved it out of reach for both of you. “I thought you were gonna make me fire it-”

“Bunny, you can’t even hold a gun without dropping it. In theory, you should be able to use it since I taught you how to, but you’re just about as harmful as a rabbit trying to hold a carrot.” 

You scoffed. Moving off his lap, you held your knees against your chest, looking at him from the side.

“What about Chan? I thought he doesn’t like it when people outside of the organization get involved.”

“What he doesn’t know can’t hurt him. Plus, I was going to teach you anyway, I think it’s about time you learn to defend yourself.” 

"Defend myself?" you repeated, your voice wavering slightly. "I mean, I guess it could be useful, but I never really thought about it."

Minho's eyes softened, and he reached out to gently brush his fingers against your cheek. "We'll start from the basics. I'll teach you self-defense techniques, how to assess and respond to different situations. And as for the gun, well, we'll take it slow. Safety will be our priority."

"Okay," you said. "I'm willing to give it a try. But promise me that you'll be patient with me and won't push me too hard."

He smiled, his gaze filled with warmth. "I promise, bunny. We'll go at your pace. It's important to learn, but it's equally important to be safe."

Leaning in slowly, Minho closed the distance between you, his lips brushing against yours as you closed your eyes. You could taste the faintest trace of whiskey on his lips, savoring his warmth as his hands pulled you closer to him.

As you finally pulled away, a smile played on your lips; you grabbed his hand, tracing the lines on his palm. 

“A rabbit with a gun, that’ll be something new.”

“Don’t push it Min, or i’ll paint your gun barbie pink like Felix did.”

“Understood.”

[leviackermanscleaningbuddy]

SKZ DRABBLE-Minho

Part III of Mafia!Minho, bitches. Saddle up. A/N: I know this isn't SKZ!Pack, but it's been in the works for a looooong time and I wanted you to have it. <3

Tags: SKZ, Stray Kids, Mafia!Minho, Lee Minho, Lee Know, Minho, Y/N, FemReader, SKZ x you, SKZ x reader, Minho x you, Minho x reader, Mafia AU, Part III, Skz imagines, Skz reactions, SKZ scenarios, Fluff, Angst

Genre: Angst, Fluff, Light Smut

Warnings: Mafia Shit-guns, death, illegal dealings, daddy issues and misogyny, allusions to sexual assault and rape, loss of viriginity, blood. Mentions of previous pregnancy loss, miscarriage, current pregnancy. Breeding Kink, kinda? You'll see. Minho's just REALLY in to pregnant reader. 😂

"He's dead."

His blunt, cold words ricochet around the inside of your head, like a round fired too hastily from a gun, sloppy and dangerous, wounding everything they touch.

There's no way. There's no fucking way.

You say as much.

"That can't be true-"

His face contorts in anger, and he leans down to pinch your chin in a vicious grip that makes you wince, yanking your head back to meet his gaze, hot and pinning.

"It is true. Would you like to see the pictures, girl? The reports from Lim? His blood splattered across the wall?"

You sink to the floor.

Not JinYoung. Not your brother. Fuck, it can't be-

He straightens, releasing his iron grip on you and straightening his suit, glaring down at you with little more than cold disdain in his dark, narrowed eyes.

"He's dead, and you're worthless." He growls out, stuffing his hands into his pockets and considering you with something akin to disgust twisting his features.

Hot tears fill your eyes, and your fists clench in your lap, twisting the fabric of your dress.

You bite your bottom lip hard enough to taste blood, and will yourself not to let a tear fall for him to see.

He scoffs, reaching down once more to take your chin in pinching fingers, making you whimper.

His eyes darken at the sound, as if he's a predator that has sensed weakness in his prey.

"You're worthless to me until you're wed." He hisses out, teeth clenched, muscle in his cheek bulging. "Remember that. You are nothing without a man in this world, girl, nothing."

He releases you without another word or look in your direction, whirling on his heel and stalking down the hallway, slamming the door to his office, probably already on the phone yelling at some poor inferior for killing his son.

You let your chin drop to your chest, and squeeze your eyes shut as you take several harsh, shuddering breaths, clenching and unclenching your fists.

It was his fault JinYoung was dead. His fault you were now all alone.

There was nothing you could do about it, not realistically, but you hated him for it all the same.

********************************************************************************

"You're thinking too much again."

You jump slightly at the sound of Minho's voice, still husky with sleep, his fingers finding the warmth of your bare skin beneath the blankets.

You sigh, wanting to be irritated at his perception when it comes to you, but can't quite manage, not when his fingers are tickling your sides.

"How did you know?"

"Mm." Minho hums beneath his breath, pushing himself up behind where you lie propped on your elbow in the big bed, staring out the window at the slowly rising sun.

His fingers trace up the curling lines of the snake that wraps your spine.

"I know everything about you, princess." He replies in a murmur, fingers still slowly ticking their way up your spine. You hear a slight smile enter his voice. "Well, that, and your thoughts are so loud currently that I feel like you're speaking audibly."

You give another sigh, this one conceding, and feel Minho brush a light kiss across the family crest that marks your shoulder.

"It's going to be okay, princess. I promise you."

You feel panic well into your throat at the surety behind his words.

"It wasn't okay before." You blurt out without really considering, hand tracing down beneath the blankets without thought to rest on the small swell of your belly.

It's normal not to feel any movement yet, you know that, and yet-

Minho's soothing, firm voice sounds in your ear, his warm breath brushing across your cheek, grounding you.

"That was before. This is now."

The surety is still there beneath his words-strong and constant-and yet, the acidic taste of panic is still slowly filling your mouth, making it hard to breathe.

"Princess." Minho says in a low tone, taking not of the rapid rise and fall of your chest. "Look at me."

His hand snakes around the front of your throat, and he gently squeezes with his fingers, angling your head back until you're staring up at him, his gaze serious and dark.

You drink him in like you're parched and he's the only water source-the soft curve of his lips, the upper fuller than the lower, the tan sheen of his skin, the sharp angles of his face, the dark wave to his tousled hair, the black ink trailing across his upper chest and arms, teasing at his throat, the pink, fading scars littered across his otherwise flawless flesh.

Minho is the only thing in this moment that's keeping you sane, and you hold onto that thread with a desperate fervency that frightens even yourself.

The corner of his mouth curves slightly as he stares at you, one hand around your throat to keep you in place, the other slipping beneath the blankets to cover your own where it rests on your bare belly.

You glance down, and the sight of his inked fingers covering your own calm the hammering of your heart.

"It's going to be okay." Minho repeats softly, firmly. "Whatever happens, princess, we're going to be okay."

You stare up at him and force a shuddering breath from your lungs, your fingers intertwining with his own.

"Okay." You whisper back with finality, because whatever happens, with Minho here, you're going to be okay.

********************************************************************************

You pause, hand splayed on the cool, carved wood of the door, and glance behind you to where Minho stands, several feet back, lingering in the mouth of the darkened hallway.

"You're not coming in?" You question softly, hesitantly, sudden butterflies swarming in your stomach.

Minho arches a brow, leaning against the wall, his expression unreadable.

"Do you want me to go with you?" He queries back, voice low and neutral.

You hear the quiet chatter of men's voices from beyond the door, the clink of glasses, and a shudder of fear goes down your spine at the thought of facing them alone.

"I don't know-" You stutter out, staring at him, trying to get a read through your suddenly mounting panic. "I just thought I need-"

You.

You don't finish the sentence, the words dying in your throat, and Minho's expression shifts slightly, his eyes darkening, his lips pulling into a serious line.

"Princess." He steps toward you, reaching out, and his fingers creep beneath your chin, tilting your head back to meet his gaze.

His features soften slightly, and he takes in a slow breath.

"I will always stand beside you, I will always be here whenever you want me, but let me make one thing very clear-you do not need me."

You stare up at him, words thick on your tongue, and the corner of his mouth quirks into the hint of an amused curve.

He lets a finger stroke along your chin, his voice dropping slightly even as his eyes grow fiery.

"You do not need me-or any other man-to make you powerful. You are powerful entirely on your own, and it is a beautiful sight to behold."

You take in a shuddering, sharp inhale, his fervent words settling into your bones, and let your fingers slide beneath the cuffs of the expensive suit he wears, tracing the ink you know is hidden there.

Minho smiles. "Who do you think runs the criminal world, darling? It's not the men. We're the face, yes, but behind every great man is an even greater woman."

He tilts your chin once more, and you let your head fall against the door behind you, staring up at him openly now.

He reaches out, and brushes a stray hair from your forehead with gentle fingers.

His skin is warm, and you lean into his touch, as he presses his lips to the flesh just below your ear, brushing a kiss there as he utters beneath his breath, for only you to hear, "Women mask lethality behind femininity, and it is their greatest weapon. You are not powerless, princess, no, far from it. You do not need anyone, because you are the queen."

He presses another kiss against your throat, right above your fluttering pulse, and pulls back.

You stare at him for another moment, and then straighten the gown you wear.

"You're right. I have the power here."

A smirk flickers across Minho's lips, his eyes heating with admiration as he watches you.

He jerks his chin toward the door and the voices beyond.

"Yeah, you fucking do. Remind them who's the queen. Give them hell, princess."

********************************************************************************

"Yeong-ah." Changbin whines, stamping his foot impatiently where he stands beside the island, a dramatic pout on his face. "You're taking too long!"

Yeong-Ja giggles at his antics, glancing up from pulling on her second shoe. "I'm almost done, Uncle Binnie!"

You hide your smile behind a sip of coffee, as Chan appears, tossing the car keys to Changbin-who catches them easily- before crouching down to finish helping Yeong-Ja with her shoe.

"Thanks, Uncle Channie!" Yeong-Ja beams, bouncing to her feet beside him, as Chan grins and straightens, patting her head.

"You're welcome, Yeong-ah." He straightens the bow in her hair, before he glances to Changbin, already standing in the door way, keys in his hand. "Now, let's get going huh? Your mom and dad have a very important appointment today, and we have puppies to see."

"Okay, Uncle Channie!" Your daughter's face lights up at Chan's words, as she slips her hand into his, her tiny fingers curling around his own, dark with black ink, reminiscent to Minho's.

It never ceases to amaze you how gentle and loving all these big mafia men are with your daughter.

"Oh, fuck me." Minho grumbles beneath his breath at Chan's statement, brow furrowed in a sour expression, as he leans against the counter beside you and takes a long gulp of his own coffee.

You hide another grin behind the rim of your cup.

Chan glances up at Minho's muttered curse, ever sharp, ever alert, and gives your husband a crooked grin, brow arched.

"What do you say, boss? What color of puppy do you want? Brown or Black?"

Minho levels the other man with a glare, as Yeong-Ja bounces excitedly beside him.

"I could not care less, Christopher."

Changbin grins broadly from the doorway, enjoying the little goading match from afar.

"Ah, c'mon. Don't you want a matching set?" He motions with a jerk of his head toward Suwon, currently sleeping under the large kitchen table. The black Doberman barely raises his head at the commotion.

Minho takes another drink from his coffee.

"The only matching set I want is you and Chan's heads on sticks."

"Sorry, boss!" Changbin calls, ignoring Minho's dark threat entirely, a grin slipping across his lips as he twirls the jangling keys around his finger, turning toward the door. "Can't hear you. Gotta go."

"Okay, on that note-" Chan clears his throat, coughing over a chuckle, as he herds your daughter toward the door. "-let's get going."

"Bye mommy, bye daddy!" Yeong-Ja calls over her shoulder with a little wave, before she disappears, dwarfed between the two large men.

Changbin throws one last amused, knowing look over his shoulder in Minho's direction, giving a cheeky little wave, before they all leave from sight.

"Fuck." Minho swears vehemently beneath his breath and promptly moves around the counter to dump the rest of his coffee down the sink.

********************************************************************************

"He's going to ask to see her again, you know."

Minho glances up from his phone to meet your gaze from across the backseat of the car, his expression darkening slightly at your words, and the open worry etched across your face.

He tucks his phone back into the pocket of his suit coat, and slides across the seat to sit beside you, hand coming down to rest on your own.

"And my answer will be the same as it always is." He replies back in a hushed, but dangerously serious, tone, his fingers squeezing your own. "When he comes to see her as his granddaughter, and not just as an heir to a massive criminal empire, then he can meet her."

You take in a shaky breath and glance out the window.

The roads are becoming familiar, you're close to your father's estate.

"Princess."

Minho's cool fingers tilt your chin back to him, making you meet his gaze. The corner of his lip curls into the hint of a smile.

"You do not reside on your knees for him any longer. He has no power left to lord over you."

You take in another breath, and will the butterflies to soothe in your belly.

You give Minho a small, shaky smile, and squeeze his hand. The metal of his rings are cold, grounding, against your palm.

"I know."

"If anything-" Minho glances past you as you pull into the long drive, your father's opulent mansion rising quickly in the distance.

He gives you a smirk and an arch of his brow as you turn into the gate.

"-now that you have myself and all my resources at your disposal, he should be absolutely terrified of you."

The car comes to a stop, and Minho slides out, straightening his jacket and offering you his hand.

You take in another steadying breath, holding onto his arm as you walk toward the entrance of your childhood home.

The door swings open as you approach, and your father appears, stepping onto the top step of the staircase, watching the two of you with a penetrating gaze.

You resist the urge to shudder under that look you know so well.

Minho pulls you up the stairs with him, his steps confident, and you try to borrow some of his courage, stiffening your back and shoulders as your father steps to meet you both, a fake, overly large smile sliding into place across his pale, thin lips.

Of course he would greet you personally, no butler was good enough for Lee Minho, not when you were trying to keep up appearances.

"Ah, there he is, my son-in-law, man of the hour." Your father extends a hand, and Minho shakes it, though you can see by the slight tic of the muscle in his jaw that he doesn't enjoy the contact.

To his credit, your husband does a hell of a good job putting on a front, his slight smile in your father's direction much more believable than the man's who raised you.

"Boss Park. A pleasure, as always."

Your father doesn't even glance in your direction, motioning for Minho to follow him into the cooled, dimly lit air of the front entrance hall.

You can hear a record playing from somewhere farther within the mansion, probably your father's office.

"Now." Your father waves away an approaching maid, and she scurries to grab an empty tray, headed for the kitchen. He turns, that same sickly smile on his face, and rubs his hands together gleefully. "Shall we get straight to business then?"

"You know I don't enjoy small talk." Minho inclines his head to your father, who takes that as a yes to his previous question.

"Of course." He motions for Minho to move down the hallway, his arm extended. "I'll have Maria bring us refreshments in the parlor. Shall we?"

Minho's hand moves to the small of your back, warm through the thin material of the dress you wear, coaxing you forward with him as he moves to step past your father.

You're thankful for the support, you worry the trembling of your legs will give you away.

"Ah, ah, ah." Your father holds out his arm, stopping your forward motion, and for the first time since you arrived, his eyes flit to you, the corners of his lips curling up into something akin to a disgusted sneer. "You know the rules of my household, daughter. Women are not allowed in business meetings. You can wait here. Catch up with that little maid and the old household cook you were so fond of growing up."

You swallow, your mouth suddenly dry, and something triumphant flashes across your father's dark gaze.

He knows that the cook you were 'so fond of growing up' was executed-shot in the garden while you were made to watch-on his order.

Can't have your daughter getting too close to the help now, can you? Not when secrets could be spilled, reputations dirtied.

Minho is talking, his voice fuzzy through your panicked memories, and you blink, focusing in on what he's saying, staring your father down with a serious, almost deadly, expression.

"I'm sorry, Boss Park, but when your daughter married me, she became my wife, and where I go, my wife goes. Those are my household rules. You understand."

Your father's lips part as his gaze flicks to you once more, as if he's thinking about disagreeing with Minho, but the flash of threat in Minho's dark eyes must convince him otherwise, because he plasters a strained smile onto his face and laughs, throwing his hands out.

"Of course. My apologies. Right this way then."

Minho glances at you, giving you a small reassuring smile, before he squeezes your hand, and you fall into step behind your father.

********************************************************************************

"Try to relax, (Y/N)."

Your doctor gives you a kind smile, the ultrasound wand posed and ready above your bare belly, the screen tilted toward the bed.

You swallow hard and nod, trying to focus on relaxing the tense muscles of your entire body one by one.

Minho squeezes your fingers where he crouches beside the bed, keeping up the pressure until you glance at him, your bottom lip sucked between your teeth as you worry it incessantly.

He reaches out to free the raw skin from your hold.

"Breathe, baby." He admonishes quietly, inked fingers stroking your knuckles in a reassuring pattern.

"Ready?" Your doctor asks, glancing between the two of you, lowering the wand slowly as she waits for your go ahead.

You stare at the blank, dark screen behind her, and try not to vomit.

"I'm scared." You admit to Minho in a whisper, hand tightening around his own, your breath coming slightly erratically now.

Minho pushes himself to his feet without a word, releasing his hold on your hand, and you almost reach out to grab for him again, before you realize he's sliding behind you on the bed, tugging you back against the warmth of his chest, his arms going around your shoulders protectively as he tucks your head beneath his chin.

"What did I tell you before, princess?"

You swallow again, gaze darting to your waiting doctor, and the screen beyond her shoulder.

"That it's going to be okay."

"Mm. Good girl." Minho hums a sound of approval in his throat, and you feel his lips brush across your forehead. "And it's going to be."

You take in a shuddering breath, and then give a little, jerky nod.

Minho's fingers find your own once more, and you feel him lift his chin from your head, glancing at the doctor.

She must see what she needs to in his gaze, because with a nod of her own, she finally touches the ultrasound wand to your belly.

Your body tenses at the contact as she begins to move the wand around slowly, her gaze laser focused on the screen.

Minho reaches his hand around to the front of your throat, his fingers finding purchase beneath your chin, and you don't resist him as he tips your head back, guiding you to meet his gaze.

"Just look at me, baby. Deep breath."

You force your chest in and out-once, twice-and Minho gives a nod of approval, leaning down to kiss your forehead once more.

"Good girl."

There is quiet, you don't know how long it's been since the doctor started her exam, and you feel your stomach twist, bile burning your throat, the longer the oppressive silence drags on.

Fuck, shouldn't you have heard something by now?

What if-

"Ah, there we go." The doctor murmurs, almost to herself, and suddenly, the sound of a heartbeat-fast and fluttering, like a hummingbirds wings, echoing the frantic pace of your own-fills the room.

Minho grins down at you, and you see the relief flash across his eyes as the heartbeat continues, strong and steady. "See? Nothing to worry about."

Your body sags with relief, and you glance at the screen beyond the doctor's shoulder-no longer dark-a shimmering, spiking line flickering constantly across the monitor in perfect time with the rapid heartbeat.

"Baby sounds perfect." Your doctor continues, smiling up at the two of you, as she moves the wand around and the heartbeat heightens a little. "Right on track."

"Oh my god." You breathe out, putting a trembling hand up to your mouth, sudden hot tears filling your eyes. "Fuck."

Minho laughs a little, leaning over to press a lingering kiss to the crown of your head, his arms squeezing you protectively.

His next exhale comes out more than a little shaky.

"Fuck indeed, baby. Fuck indeed."

************************************************************************

There is blood.

Blood smearing the inside of your legs, blood pounding hard in your ears, blooding staining the disgusting cock of the man looming over you, leering.

You glance to the door where your father had disappeared, giving his men free reign over you, some sort of lesson, and you know, deep down, that there is blood on his hands too.

But unlike the crimson marking you and the man creeping in, it's not the visible kind.

There is blood.

Dripping down between your fingers, coating your palms in slick red, so thick and so ingrained that even the running water is not enough to wash it away, not completely.

You scrub frantically at your hands, but the crimson only seems to multiply, filling the cracks and seeping into the edges of your vision.

You are hyperventilating, your chest heaving, tears streaming down your cheeks, and without your bidding, your gaze slides back to the man on the floor.

Dead.

Lying in a quickly congealing pool of blood and slaughter, your bucket and rag left hastily beside his blown out head.

The rag is already wet and sopping with blood, even after only one quick stroke across the cement.

You lean over the sink and vomit.

There is blood.

You can feel it, pooling beneath your hips, but you're too scared to look beneath the covers, too sure of what you'll find, your heart already shattering in your chest.

You feel sick to your stomach, and the cramping is worsening.

Rolling to your side, you curl your body into the safety of the fetal position, and try to drown out the low murmur of the doctor's voice from the other side of the room.

Screwing your eyes shut, you keep it all inside, and scream with rage where no one will hear.

There is blood.

Flecked across the tawny skin of his cheekbones, spattering the front of his white dress shirt, his prized shoes, congealing and blending with the dark ink that flows across his knuckles until they are almost one.

He steps toward you, and you run to him without a second thought, terrified enough that the breath in your lungs refuses to leave, not until you've got your hands on him and made sure he's all right.

Your bodies collide, and Minho holds you up as a sob tears from between your lips.

You reach up and put your palms on either side of his face, the crimson splatters, sprinkled across his nose like morbid freckles, accentuating the gold flecks that flash in the dark recesses of his eyes.

Minho's lips twist into the hint of a smile.

"It's not mine, princess. Don't worry."

You feel your lungs collapse, your chest caving, and you throw your arms around him violently, never willing to let him leave your grasp again, at least for tonight.

************************************************************************

There is blood.

You step around the puddle on the floor with nothing more than a disinterested glance, your sneakers squeaking on the concrete.

Behind you, Felix makes a muffled sound of disgust in the back of his throat.

"God, they really need to clean up down here."

You glance over your shoulder at him, as he steps around the bloody puddle on the floor with an open look of horror on his face, a grin breaking free from your lips.

You wait for him to catch up to you, and link your arm in his as you continue down the long hallway.

"C'mon, Lixie. I think it's charming."

He gives you an arch of his brow, and you laugh a little.

The interoggation rooms built beneath the mansion serve a purprose-regardless of how dark-and honestly, you're grateful Minho had thought of them.

It's a way to keep the men you hold dear close enough that you know they're not in danger while they do their jobs.

Plus, hearing the screams when you come down here can be therapeutic in a way.

"Besides-" You reach the end of the hall and stop in front of the door there, glancing over at the man beside you as you reach for the knob. "I guarantee, when they come down here, cleaning is the last thing on Changbin and Chan's minds."

Felix rolls his eyes. "Savages."

You grin once more, and roll the door knob in your hand, pushing the door inward easily.

"It's why we love them."

You step into the room, Felix close on your heels, and as the door shuts behind you, your eyes flicker around the small chamber, taking everything in.

Chan is standing against the far wall beside Changbin, muttering something to him rapidly in a low voice.

There's a wall of instruments on the north side, anything from clamps to syringes, all used to get enemies talking.

And in the center of the room, a hunched form of a struggling man, bound to a chair, face covered with a sack.

You can just make out the muffled swears coming from beneath the rough fabric.

You take a step into the light that beams down on the man, encircling him in the gloom, and Chan and Changbin push up from the wall as one, their chatter ceasing immediately.

Changbin grins at you dangerously, as Chan rolls his head from side to side, waiting for your instructions.

Felix, silent as a ghost, leans against the door behind you, watching.

You tilt your head toward the man.

"Show me his face."

"Gladly." Changbin's teeth gleam sharply, as he leans forward and rips the cover roughly off the man's head.

The man looks around, disoriented, his long, gray hair wild, eyes wide and white with fear, the gag held between his teeth stained with spittle.

You feel a spark of fear light in your stomach at the sight of his face-older now, lined, but still recognizable-but force it back down with a long breath, stepping closer calmly, until the man's frantically roving eyes land on you.

"Take off his gag."

Chan steps up silently now, untying the gag at the back of the man's head, and as soon as it's loose enough, the man spits it out, licking his dry, chapped lips, as he glances between you and the men surrounding him with fury in his eyes.

"What the fuck is this? Who do you think you are? I could have you thrown to the bottom of a lake so no one would find your bodies, you know-"

You tsk your tongue in disapproval, and the man halts his tirade, his eyes narrowing, his weaselly features sharp.

"Empty threats." You sigh, stepping toward him, cocking your head as you study him.

He's shrunk after all these years, his skin almost paper thin, his hair greasy.

The eyes are the same though.

Hungry, predatory, evil.

His lips lift into the start of a snarl, revealing yellowing teeth.

"I don't know who you think you are, you bitch, but I assure you-"

Changbin's hand tangles into the man's stringy hair, yanking his head back roughly, shutting him up.

"Shut the fuck up, old man. Watch your tongue." He growls, glaring down at the man, his eyes blurring with tears as Changbin tugs once more on his hair painfully hard. "Or else I'll make sure that what she does to you will feel like mercy when I'm done with you."

He shoves the man's head forward, and he sputters, trying to catch his breath, his chest heaving, spittle flying from his lips.

Chan steps around the chair and holds out a knife toward you, his brow arched.

You take it without hesitation, and play with the razor sharp tip for a moment, ticking it off your fingertips as you study the man, lost in thought.

He glares up at you, his eyes full of hatred.

You almost laugh.

Oh trust me, not as much hatred as I hold toward you, Wu Chen.

You sigh, a long suffering sound, and address the man sitting, still now, before you.

"Do you recognize me, Mr. Wu?"

His dark eyes flash with something full of anger, but no recognition crosses his murderous gaze.

"Why should I?"

You cluck your tongue in annoyance, glancing up from the gleaming knife held in your hands.

"You took something from me once."

A brief flash of confusion swirls with the fury, and then his jaw clenches, his features going hard.

He gives a humorless laugh.

"I've taken things from a lot of people." His eyes glint with the predator, his tongue darting out to wet his lips as he lets his gaze fall down the length of your body. "Quite a few of them delicious, mouthy little cunts such as yourself."

He's trying to unnerve you.

It's not working.

You've given him enough fear for one lifetime already.

No more.

You step forward, and lean over him, your hand going on the back of the chair, the knife held alert between the two of you, dangerously close to his jugular.

His eyes flick down to the steel, and you don't miss the way his throat bobs with a swallow.

"You took something. Long ago. Took something from someone who couldn't fight back. Something that was never yours to begin with. Do you remember what that was, Mr. Wu?"

Your voice is quiet, steady, but venomous and deadly as a viper waiting to strike.

His eyes meet yours, and when it's clear he's not going to respond, you sigh, sliding the knife up the column of his throat slowly, watching as the crimson appears in the shallow cut you leave behind.

He flinches, but remains quiet.

"A girl." You continue, voice dropping to nothing more than a deadly murmur.

Something like recognition flashes in the dark of his eyes, and suddenly, the man sitting bound before you looks a hell of a lot more nervous than he did before.

You let a small smirk flick the corner of your lips, as you lean back, taking the knife away from his throat.

"She wasn't strong enough to fight you back then. But she is now."

You lift your chin at Chan, and he steps around in front of your prisoner, leaning over to rip open the closure of his suit pants.

"What, what are you doing?" He splutters, immediately writhing in the chair once more, as Chan proceeds to easily tear his pants open, baring thin, scarred legs to the cold air of the room.

Changbin steps up as Chan finishes and goes around the chair, back to his side, holding the man still with firm hands on his shoulders as you approach once more.

You lean over, and easily shred the boxers he wears with one quick flick of your wrist that holds the knife.

The man before you screams and struggles, as his shrunken, shriveled cock springs free for all to see.

"Mm." You hum in your throat thoughtfully, staring at the man and his member with consideration. "It's a lot smaller than I remembered."

Changbin leans over the man's shoulder to get a look and grins, his eyes glinting.

You glance back to your prisoner, and a smirk curves your lips as he cries out in terror, fighting against his bonds and the hold of Changbin's hands.

You step closer and hold up the knife for him to see, the metal glinting in the overhead light.

"No, no, please-" He flails, begging pathetically, but you ignore him, angling the knife expertly as you close in.

The smirk doesn't leave your lips, as you arch a brow and stare down at the writhing, pathetic excuse of a man before you.

Your voice is steady when you speak, rising above the sound of his pleas.

"You took something precious from me, Mr. Wu. Now it's time for me to take something from you."

************************************************************************

You hear Minho before you see him.

The door to the bedroom sounds, and the room is immediately filled with curses and general angry lamentations as he struggles to get through the crack he's made in the door without letting the dogs on the other side in with him.

You can hear him yelling all the way from the ensuite bathroom.

"Get back, you hairy fuckers!-Jesus-Suwon, don't do that, you damned beast!-fuck-and you! Fucking bane of my existence!-ow-Give me back my fucking shoe and go find a ball, you damned fucking demon hound!"

The door finally slams, and you hear rapid paws head down the hall on the other side, Suwon and the new puppy, probably in search of Yeong-Ja.

Minho appears then in the doorway of the bathroom, looking frazzled, a lone dress shoe held in his hand, his lips smashed into a thin line of rage.

You try to hide your smile, glancing at him over your shoulder, as you continue to ready to get in the already running shower.

"Have a bit of a struggle, Boss Lee?" You query innocently, eyes wide as you regard him, like you haven't just heard everything that occurred.

He swears under his breath and tosses the chewed shoe into the trash, reaching up to swipe a hand through his disheveled hair with an agitated rake of his fingers.

"Fucking dogs. That fucking puppy is even worse than Suwon was."

You grin now, turning toward him, and his eyes trail down your naked body, catching on the prevalent bump that now takes up your midsection.

"Baby, Bohoja will learn, just like Suwon did. You won't be stuck with ruined shoes forever."

"Mmm." Minho hums something like distracted agreement under his breath, his eyes still on you, as if he's lost his train of thought and is no longer thinking about the hellhounds that roam the halls. "He had better. Or I'll have Chan's head on a stick." He takes a step toward you. "But that's not what I came to talk about."

You arch a brow, playing innocent for awhile longer.

"Oh? What did you come to talk about then, husband?"

His eyes darken predatorially at the lilting tease to your voice, a challenge, and he growls, closing the space between you, his hand going up to grip your chin.

Your bare chest brushes his through the material of the dress shirt he wears, and you can already feel his arousal, long and rock hard against your leg.

It makes you want to shiver, even though the steamy bathroom is more than a little warm.

His eyes trace up your body once more, and then flick to your face, catching on your cheekbone, before he reaches up with his free hand to brush something on your skin.

You lean into his touch, brushing your lips over the inked skin of his knuckles.

"You have blood on your face, princess."

You arch a brow. "Does that turn you on?"

Minho's eyes flash dark, dangerous, and his lip curls up to reveal a flash of his teeth, his voice a husky growl in the back of his throat.

"Incredibly."

You smirk, and he stares at you for another moment, hunger clear in his eyes, and you think maybe he'll give in and take you right here, against the bathroom counter, but instead, he sighs, and lets his free hand tangle into your hair, tilting your head back so your gaze meets his.

"You found him then."

It's a statement, not a question.

You nod. "Yes."

Minho's brow arches, and the corner of his mouth lifts into the start of a smirk.

"And?"

You sigh, pulling from his grasp as you step away, turning back when you reach the waiting shower.

Minho hasn't moved, watching your every move.

Eyes locked on his, you step backward into the flowing water, and it immediately coats your skin in hot rivulets, making everything slick.

You arch a brow, watching the predatory look come back into Minho's eyes as the water wets your skin, pooling in streams down between your breasts, your thighs.

You cock your head, as if considering, and then say without preamble, "And I cut off his pathetic excuse for a dick. I gave it to cook. She's going to make a fancy pate out of it and feed it to the dogs."

Minho breathes out, you see it in the way his chest rises and falls and then he's striding to the open air shower, ripping his tie off as he comes, stepping into the stream of water in the rest of his clothing without a second thought.

He takes your chin in a bruising grip with one hand, and snakes his other hand down between your thighs.

Your breath hitches as he touches the wetness there, just for him.

"God, you're so fucking beautiful, princess." He grits out, tilting your head back so that he can look into your eyes while he finger fucks you.

"So you tell me." You try to give him a teasing smile, but the expression is lost as your mouth parts and a gasp escapes your lips when he curls his fingers.

"No, I mean-" He backs you against the wall with his body, the water drenching the shirt he wears, you can see his tan skin and the ink across his chest through the wet material, and lets his gaze travel appreciatively down your length once more. "-you're always fucking beautiful, but god-"

He groans gutturally , leaning into you, mouth open against your own, as he hits a spot that has you gripping onto him, keening audibly.

"-there's something so incredibly fucking sexy about you when you're pregnant."

His words send a thrill of heat straight to your core.

"Take this off." You practically beg, pawing uselessly at his shirt, and he pulls his hand away from you to undo the buttons, tugging it open impatiently, as you reach down to free him of his pants.

You're eager for him to take you, to claim you, but instead of immediately finding purchase inside you, Minho drops to his knees in front of you, and runs his hands reverently over your swollen belly, glancing up at you through the streams of water.

His hair is dark, dripping, and you bury your fingers into it.

"I put this here. You, carrying my kid, princess-" He takes in a deep breath, his fingers still caressing your skin. "Fuck, now everyone knows who you belong to. Everyone knows you're mine."

You stare down at him, this man on his knees for you, this man who has given you everything-and you smile.

"I don't think there was ever any doubt about who I belonged to, Lee Minho. It's always been you."

Minho surges to his feet and covers your mouth with his own, your tongues tangling instantly, your body melting into his, his fingers finding you once again right where he left off, making you jolt against him and gasp in pleasure.

"What do you want?" He asks, voice husky, gravely, against your lips.

"You." You breathe back, hand already trailing down between your two bodies to find him. Your fingers close around him, and Minho shudders. "All of you. Always."

"You have all of me, princess. Always." He repeats in a hoarse voice, before he sheathes himself fully inside of you without warning, making you both cry out.

And you know he means it.

************************************************************************

"Ow." You huff beneath your breath, shifting on the chaise, as Yeong-Ja looks up from playing with the puppy on the floor in front of the fire.

"What's wrong, mommy?"

You give her a smile that's more like a grimace as the baby kicks you strongly again, foot sinking up under your ribs.

"Baby brother is just kicking me, that's all, baby. I'm okay."

Yeong-Ja immediately turns back to Bohoja, teasing him with a rope toy.

"'Baby brother'?" Minho queries, leaving his desk and sliding in beside you on the sofa, his arm going around you as he pulls you close.

You smile, glancing up at him. "Just a feeling."

Another kick, another curse under your breath.

"Fuck. Minho. Tell your son to behave please."

Minho chuckles, burying his nose in your hair and breathing you in, his hand sliding down to rest on the apex of your stomach.

"Sorry, princess. You know how we Lee men are."

The baby kicks again against his palm, and Minho curves his fingers along the curvature of your belly, as if holding the unborn baby close from the outside.

You sigh, and snuggle back into him.

He presses a kiss to your forehead.

"Well-" You acquiesce, stifling a yawn as you lean your head on his shoulder, and watch Yeong-Ja playing happily with the puppy, Suwon dozing near by. "-I'd better get used to it then, because I wouldn't have them any other way."

You feel the warmth of Minho's breath as he buries his face once more in your hair, holding you close.

"I love you, princess. And the murderous little creature currently growing in your womb."

You grin and kiss his chest through the thin material of his dress shirt.

"I love you too, Boss Lee."

Love.

There is so much love.

[kpop-fanatic-lover16]

Turn Traitor - Hwang Hyunjin

Pairing: Skz Hyunjin x fem!reader

Genre: Mafia!au, enemies to lovers!trope, supernatural!au

Word count: 29k

Warnings: murder, talks of death, panic attacks, mentions of hell/satanic behavior (it's light not heavy), torture, drowning, suggestiveness, some intensive fight scenes, fighting scenes aren't written well...let me know if I missed something.

Disclaimer: none of these characters depict or display the members of Skz accurately. The personalities are purely fictional for the plot of this story.

A/n: it's finally here!!!!! Yeahhhhhh 29k is my apology for not posting sooner. Once again this is different from what I've written before and my writing style has changed some. Anyway hope you enjoy!

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Darkness…emptiness…despair. Three feelings circling the room like tornado clouds that were waiting, begging, to form a funnel of destruction. Those dark clouds began to form overhead, blocking the ceiling, thick and rolling. Just like a real storm, the atmospheric energy erupted goosebumps over your arms; hairs on the nape raising uncomfortably. Just looking at him, you knew his mind was completely lost in his anger.

“You’re scaring me,” your voice was weary, only ever seeing this emotional reaction twice in your life. Both of those times being from your father not your older brother.

His words flowed through his eyes, like a river of death daring anyone to pass through and suffer the wrath of its currents. He was a raging river of death.

They would all pay. All of them.

“Minho,” you whispered, it took all your courage to approach him in his anger to lay a hand on his left cheek. His eyes were glossed over in anger. “Minho, please stop.”

Lee Minho. Storm user and Darkness user.

When the clouds flashed with lightening, fear struck through you. Out of fear of what might happen, a strong thick fog of pure white shot from you and filled the room from floor to ceiling, taking all of the anger and atmospheric energy with it. A hand reached out to you.

“Y/n,” came his breathless voice. Like an echoed whisper calling for you. “Let go.”

You grasped the hand tightly as ice cold tears streamed down your face, hair completely white, skin ice pale. A hiss sounded in the distance when your hand intertwined with the person reaching for you.

“Y/n!” the voice was strained. “Let go!”

In an instant, the fog drew back to you with the speed of light. The room became silent as you collapsed to the ground. When you came back to your senses, Minho was staring at you with wide fearful eyes. Another person had joined the two of you. He was familiar to you, familiar like family.

Chan. Healer and…Death.

“Sit up,” he instructed, lending you a hand to help you into a sitting position. He too hissed when his skin touched yours, which confused you. “What are you feeling right now?”

Your head was throbbing, but more so you were freezing, “I’m cold. I’m so, so cold.”

“Has this happened before?” Chan was now directing his attention to your shocked brother. Chan slapped a hand on Minho’s shoulder to redirect his fearful gaze to him. Minho had registered the question and after another moment he shook his head slightly.

“What happened?” your voice was meek, recovering from the moment previous.

Chan peered down at you as he thought for a brief moment. How was he going to explain to both of you just how important and dangerous the skills performed minutes ago were?

“Y/n,” Chan set himself onto one knee to look into your eyes and at the same level. “As you know you are a White Mist user. But what I think you just demonstrated out of an emotional explosion belongs to a White Fire user. A one-of-a-kind user that only appears every ten millennial's.”

“What?” you furrowed your eyebrows. Minho took your hand in his and gulped.

“Do you not remember what just happened?” he asked you, concern wrinkling his handsome features. You only shook you head, remembering the fog. Out of your own fear, you squeezed his hand in yours for reassurance. He gladly gave it.

“There was only a white fog that filled the room. I couldn’t see, I could only hear your voice echo in the distance…”

“Y/n, you were on fire.”

Chan nodded, “Pure white fire. It’s similar to fire in the way that it hurts to touch it, not because it’s hot but because it’s so cold it burns. Like ice made into fire.”

Now you were looking at your hands, your arms, your legs, even touching your face and hair trying to find any trace of burn or scorch marks.

“I’m assuming the fog you experienced is what was happening in your mind as your body lit up in the flames,” Chan continued. “The amount of time you were on fire is what is concerning me and needs special attention training to control it from happening. You could be very vulnerable if you go into that state again.”

“What do you mean the amount of time? I was gone for only a minute.”

Chan and Minho shared a concerned look. Minho shook his head, “No, more like an hour.”

Now you were terrified.

Y/n. White Mist user. And…

White Flame user.

Years passed; seasons changed frequently. You spent every waking hour, in the rain, the heat, the wind, and the snow, learning to control your new gift discovered the night of your parents’ murder. By dedicating your time to training, you were taking every opportunity to be reliable for Minho, the now head boss over Mafia Grim—your home, your family, your lifeline.

Despite being sent to the very top of the tallest mountain in your homeland and told to remain there until you had mastered the ability, your brother often came to join in on teaching you how to train; Teaching you things he’d learned from your father before he died. Sometimes he’d bring his other network friends who became his inner circle as years passed on.

Only when you completed your training with the masters of the mountain did you return home.

Though there was a problem when you returned. The other opposing mafia, Mafia Malefic, knew you and Minho were hiding something from everyone else when you were sent to the mountains for years. To them, it had to be something vital since Minho sent you away the same night the rulers of Mafia Grim were slaughtered.

And the boss of Mafia Malefic? He wanted to know what it was you were hiding.

The crickets chirped and sang in the darkness of the night, providing the only other noise next to the sound of footsteps walking down the gravel dirt path to a warmly lit-up cabin. It was a cool evening and despite it being almost the peak of summer there was smoke coming from the chimney on the roof.

With a determined step, he walked up to the door and lifted his fisted hand to knock, but before his hand came down on the dark wood, the door unlocked and swung inward. His determination stopped faintly when he realized just how little power he had here.

Inside the cabin was warm. Almost to an uncomfortable level. The light inside was a warm glow from the raging fire located to the left of the front door. Plants of all different kinds hung from the roof, sat on windowsills, stood on handmade stools and benches, some even resting on the wooden floors. Brown dried herbs hung over the fireplace and even some fresh green ones were tied to start the drying process.

With a skeptical gaze, he scanned the rest of the cabin. Every other wall in the cabin had a floor-to-ceiling shelving system with hundreds of bottles. Most of them were either labeled, in colored bottles, or in some sort of compartmentalize box.

“Good evening.”

The voice startled him as his attention flew to the person standing by a table of instruments. The Healer raised his eyebrows as his hands (left hand with a cleaning cloth, right hand with a dangerous looking knife) worked. The blood on the knife didn't go unnoticed.

The Healer was strange. He wore attire completely unfit for his title, such as a hoodie with the hood pulled over his cap, and a pair of dark baggy sweatpants. Only socks. No shoes. His decorative jewelry flickered in the light whenever he moved with enough motion.

“Hwang Hyunjin,” Chan continued. “New Mafia boss of Malefic.”

Hwang Hyunjin. Electricity and Fire user.

“Healer–”

“Chan.”

Hyunjin startled at the interruption. He took a moment to recompose himself before starting again.

“I’ve come to ask a favor of you.”

Chan looked down to finish wiping the knife and then set it down among its companions. He reached for a set of gloves and began to slide his fingers into them.

“Hyunjin I’m afraid your father did not teach you just exactly where I fall in line with the two Mafia’s,” his hands reached for something underneath his table. The bottle he placed down on the table was rich with green liquid. “And where my abilities stand.”

“I was told you could tell me something I want to know regarding Mafia Grim,” Hyunjin spoke, walking closer to cool off from the fire.

Chan ignored him, “My role is neutral. I do not bend to either Mafia. Thus, the abilities I possess are not on the table for those to bargain with at their own gain.”

“Is you holding information on them from me and everyone else not a clear violation to your said neutrality?” Hyunjin reached to grab one of the bottles off the shelf closest to him when his hand lit up with strong licks of pain and almost brought him to his knees before it flickered out as if it hadn’t even touched him.

Chan was staring at him with strong focused eyes, daring him to do it again. With a calculated step, Hyunjin stepped away from the shelf remembering who was in charge here.

“Like I said,” Chan took the green liquid and poured it on the cloth and began to slowly coat the instruments, watching it sizzle and burn the impurities coating them. “It does not matter what I know. Only that by me remaining neutral means that I will not grant you knowledge for your own evil gain.”

Frustration hit Hyunjin hard at the Healers words, “Do not talk to me of evil gain. You are Death itself. There is nothing pure about what you are or anything you’ve done for that matter.”

An explosive force jolted through Hyunjin as wind whipped around him so strongly, he lost his balance. Purple waves and black smoke like tendrils erupted from the Healer. His voice was a loud echo as it dropped a few octaves.

“I am both Life and Death! Leave or you will discover what I have done to only a few by yielding the power of both!” The Healer’s voice was booming viciously. Hyunjin fought his way to the door, grabbing the handle and opening it with much difficulty. But in the midst of his escape heard Chan’s last words.

“What you seek to gain will result incompatible with what you desire the most—”

Hwang Hyunjin wanted power. And he knew Mafia Grim had it. He wanted it; he wanted the power so badly.

“Destruction.”

The sun hadn’t broken the edge of dawn when you woke. Now that you were home, it was hard to get used to your bed and the routine. This time of day you’d already be out on the peaks playing and training with the air as the sun rose. Being in a room wasn’t going to stop you from continuing your morning fun.

It was cool when you stepped outside. The stars were fading away as the light from the sun began to diminish them to sleep. Your eyes scanned your surroundings for a comfortable place to put yourself for the morning, which after a moment of deciding, you settle on the roof of the fortress.

Once you were perched right on the top of the roof, your eyes slide shut as you reached deep inside you for your power. Everything was quiet. The smell of sweet dew filled your nostrils, and the feeling of a thick cool mist touched your skin in a gentle greeting.

When you opened your eyes, the fortress and land around you was enhanced by the thick mist. Not fog, with that you couldn’t see the beautiful mountains beyond and the trees filling the valley.

“Is this a morning ritual?” came a soft voice to your right. You simply smiled at him as he took a seat next to you.

Jeongin. Force field and invisibility user.

And a part of your brother's inner circle.

The two of you sat side by side in silence for the morning. Jeongin watched your powers work in interest and awe. He’d only visited you when you were off the training schedule. Minho had only told him the things you could do since he’d seen them in person. It was amazing to have you back home and experiencing all that you had learned.

“This is only a tiny sliver of my power in its calm state,” you mumbled, not wanting to disrupt the beautiful silence. Jeongin’s heart thundered in excitement as he only imagined what it would look like in all its glory.

“Breakfast?” he asked after the sun finished peaking over the edge of the horizon. He took your hand in his and together you climbed down the roof to enjoy the rest of the morning.

Once inside, Minho came to you looking slightly rushed.

“There you are,” he looked at the two of you standing together. “Somethings happened. Meet me in my office.”

You looked at Jeongin as Minho scurries off to go find everyone else. He shrugged causally but kept focused as the two of you walked to the said office to wait on everyone else.

When everyone has gathered around, Minho began.

“I just received news from the Healer that the Ancient Peacemaker passed early this morning.”

“The last one?” Han was in shock at the sudden passing. “But that means–”

“Mafia Malefic is no longer suffering repercussions from when they disrupted the peace between us by killing my–” Minho glanced at you, “our parents.”

“War is upon us now,” Han sighed out.

Han. Illusion and Time Master.

“Does Chan know if it was an ill murder or natural passing?” Jeongin spoke up. Since Mafia Malefic had already done something horrific, it wouldn’t come as a shock if they were behind it.

Minho clenched his jaw tightly, “Chan said there was foul play. I could taste blood in the air the same time it happened.”

“It has to have been done intentionally. Whoever committed the crime is using it to frighten enemies and to assert dominance,” Han spoke, but his mind was far away reality, lost deep in thought. You shifted uncomfortably at the sudden realization that you weren't safe. 

“So, what does this mean for us?” you piped up. “I mean, what do we do moving forward? What if Mafia Malefic is behind this and they took out the Peacemaker to get to us again?”

“We keep our guard up. Chan spoke of a funeral. A funeral which everyone in this land attends to honor the Peacemaker before a new one is born,” Minho answered. The room was heavy. “I can only hope that if both Mafia’s are present the means of the funeral will be enough to keep any attacks from sprouting. Though I can’t promise anything. Mafia Malefic would be stupid for showing themselves after all these years despite their attendance being mandatory.”

“Then I guess we will have to see,” you replied, standing up from your chair with a mission you wanted to complete. Worry was striking your heart and you needed some peace of mind. 

“Where are you going?” Jeongin asked, stopping you from flying out the door.

“I don’t want you going far with the Peacemaker dead,” Minho warned. You shot him a smile. Where you were headed off to be was a place no one would dare attempt to attack you.

“Don’t worry. I won’t go too far.”

The sun was now high in the sky directly overhead, beaming down hot rays against your head and skin. It was uncomfortable but the last thing on your mind as you trekked through the forest with a quick step. Birds sang in the distance, and everything was lush and green. What did that mean? There was water close by.

In only but a couple hundred feet did you start to hear the sounds of rushing water. Then you were upon it. Clear rushing water sparkling under the sun with pebbles and rocks at the bottom. It was about knee to ankle deep like you remembered it.

No one else was here except for the person you were expecting. He stood on the other side of the bank smiling at you with the prettiest smile. He looked the same as you’d left him that night in Minho’s office. The small path of dry rock sticking out from the rivers current gave him a way to you.

“I thought you might show up,” the Healer smiled at you warmly when he reached you, taking your hand in his and bringing it to his lips politely. His lips barely touched your skin before he was pulling away and returning to his herb picking.

“Then I suppose you know the exact reasoning behind my presence?” you inquired, walking to the water’s edge.

The water sparkled up at you like it was giving you an eye smile. Without even lifting a finger, mist fiddled upward from the water surface and caught the reflected light in a warm hug, casting a rainbow. Chan watched from the corner of his eyes, knowing full well that it took an incredibly strong mindset to be able to perform one’s skill without lifting a finger. On the inside, the Healer was chuckling to himself as he remembered the visitor in his cabin all those years ago who wanted to understand what you were.

Oh, he was going to have a field day.

“I know of your intentions, yes,” Chan nodded, taking out a cloth and placing some herbs on one side and folding the rest of the cloth over top of them. “But I cannot grant them.”

Now you were looking at him. “Why not?”

“It is for your own gain,” Chan only smiled. “You of all people know my ways.”

“What if I were to give you something in return?” the two of you held eye contact for a moment. The slight glint in his eye was a peek of interest.

“I’m forbidden to accept or bargain if it be for your own gain,” Chan made his way to you as you stood from the bank of the river. “Though, I am listening.”

“Two twines of Mullein herb from the deep pockets of the Senator caves.”

Chan’s jaw clenched, hard. He desperately needed the herbal medicine for his chronic cough patients.

“Five twines.” he bargained.

“Three.”

“Four and a bushel of Feverfew and we have a deal.”

You lifted your chin slightly, “Fine, deal.”

Chan smirked slightly and stepped away to pick fruit from nearby trees. It was silent for a few breaths as the wind rustled through the tree trees and the soft flowing of the water behind you made your heart yearn to jump in and swim.

“So,” Chan smiled once more. “Tell me what you request.”

“I thought you already knew my request?” you teased, pressing your lips into a line to hide your growing smile as the Healer quirked an annoyed eyebrow at you.

“What I know could make or break you, Y/n,” Chan warned lightly. “Tread carefully.”

Now you were slightly nervous. He was right, but this information wasn’t for you, it was for your brother.

“Will Mafia Grim fall?”

Chan was surprised. He was expecting some request at your own gain. Perhaps he didn't know you all that well...that made him nervous. You watched as the surprise in his face changed to a grim and darker shadow. His eyes held an apologetic glint in his eye.

Your stomach dropped at what he was telling you. Instantly you looked away, your thoughts running a million different miles at the revelation. What were you going to do? How were you going to protect Minho?

“Will it be Mafia Malefic who does it?”

Chan didn’t respond.

Without another word you began walking back in the direction you came, needing to get as far away from the Healer as you could to avoid him being injured. You were about to explode. You could feel it.

“Y/n!” Chan’s voice stopped you in your tracks. “Mafia Malefic will not be responsible for the downfall.”

A breath of tension as your mind began spiraling. Chan’s eye shifted to sadness.

“Y/n, you will be the downfall of Mafia Grim.”

And then darkness covered your eyes.

Chan watched as your eyes fell shut and just like the night in the office, thick flames of white fire shot up in a perfect circle around you. Fire engulfed you entirely as a pulse stronger than anything Chan’s ever felt washed over him in waves. This time it was double the amount of strength it had once been.

But then a cloud appeared over the two of you and a thick drizzle began to fall as thick rolls of fog came over the river and seeped from the bottom of the treeline. Chan stood in amazement as he watched the drizzling water put out the fire slowly.

Once the fire was extinguished, Chan realized just how much exertion the outburst took from your body. You fell to your hands and knees as you regained consciousness. Chan came over and laid a hand on your shoulder as he extended a cup of medicine he’d created with his skill.

“Drink.”

You did with strong, fast gulps. The drizzle was beginning to make you feel cold and weak.

“I’ll take you back home,” Chan mumbled, lifting you up before taking you in his arms and beginning the walk back to your home. His words were the last thing you heard before slipping into an exhaustion ridden sleep. “Just call for me when this happens. I will always help.”

Months later you were worse. Chan’s words rang through your head like a ritual chant, taunting you over how you’d be the one to make Mafia Grim fall. It kept you awake, distracted you in the mornings, and made you suffer in so many other ways. And with the news spreading fast that someone (probably Mafia Malefic) had murdered the Peacemaker, the tension was high.

Most nights you thought to grab your things and disappear permanently before anything happened. During the day you avoided Minho as much as you could without being suspicious, but you knew he was catching onto your weird behavior. You tried your hardest to remain unbothered, but your thoughts were restless. Constantly bothering you.

As for the others, Han and Jeongin seemed slightly out of the loop on your behavior and were instead putting on full focus after learning the passing of the Peacemaker. Things could change at any minute and they needed to be prepared. Nobody was stopping Mafia Malefic from attempting to slaughter the rest of you before the funeral. Nobody except for Minho; he wouldn’t allow it. Not after losing both parents.

By the time the funeral for the Peacemaker came around, your emotions were getting out of control. Episodes like the one you had at the river began to happen frequently. You would wake up after being unconscious and find yourself in bed drenched in sweat or on the floor heaving for air--sometimes in different parts of the house at night. They were hard to understand and to control.

“Hey,” Minho’s hand gently grazed your elbow as he took a seat beside you the night before the funeral. His eyebrows were furrowed softly, “talk to me.”

After dinner you disappeared fast, prompting him to look for you. He found you in your room on the floor, fog filling the floor and a chill so cold he almost couldn’t enter.

“I’m fine, really,” you insisted, trying to avoid this conversation without suspicion. “Minho, I promise.”

“How long have you been having episodes?” he pushed. You debated on telling him the truth.

“Since the day we found out the Peacemaker passed.” Truth. Minho listened intently. “I think since Mafia Malefic is no longer facing consequences, I’m nervous about them attacking us and making us fall.”

Lie.

“I won’t let that happen,” Minho’s eyes were hard and determined. He hugged you strongly, holding you in his arm comfortingly. The sudden show of affection only made you feel worse. Tears slipped past your lashes as you squeeze him back. 

You had to leave as soon as possible.

It was the morning of the funeral when you got up from bed and sensed for the first time in a long time, peace. It was strange but welcome as you got ready. It was smart to wear something formal yet protective in case of an attack.

Minho, Han, and Jeongin did the same with their apparel in preparation for the funeral. Once everyone was ready, the four of you gathered into the main foyer and circled up. Minho watched the clock and just as it struck 9 o’clock, he nodded.

You stepped forward, extending your hands out for Han to grab and for Minho to take, leaving Jeongin  placing his hand on your right shoulder. Heavy thick rolls of fog erupted from underneath you and engulfed the four of you as you apparated to the Cliffs of the furthest mountain range.

The sky was gloomy as if it understood the situation and mourned for the Peacemaker. Deep dark blue puffy looking clouds rolled in from the west despite the early morning. Those clouds filled Minho’s soul with relaxation as he took a deep breath through his nose. This was just what he needed to start his morning. Just like a fresh cup of coffee. 

“Minho,” Jeongin spoke up, speaking through his teeth. “Your 12 o’clock.”

Directly ahead stood the trio of Mafia Malefic’s inner circle. They all stood in pitch black leather with thick dark royal blue cloaks sitting off their shoulders. Their leader was absent, but that didn't deter them from looking intimidating.  

“Figures,” Minho mumbled below his breath. “They always overdress any occasion.”

The broad muscular one in the center caught your attention first. He was very familiar to you due to your observation training and studying the night previous. 

Changbin. Blade Conjurer and Darkness User.

He was Mafia Malefic’s most lethal weapon; literally. He could conjure up any blade known to man and that mixed with his darkness...he was not something to be trifled with. His accomplice to his right was not to be reckoned with either.

Seungmin. Mind Controller and Whisper User.

Seungmin, in your option was much more dangerous. He could infiltrate anyone and anything without even lifting his finger if it weren’t for his limit; he was cursed with it years ago after crossing a bad line with a Witch Cursor. This limit however didn’t stop him from using his skill dangerously.

“Remember what we went over,” Han said to you, noticing Seungmin’s gaze now homing directly on you. A wicked smirk lit up Seungmin’s face indicating he heard what Han had said with the use of his Whisper skills.

“What doesn’t kill him, disappoints me,” you mumbled back to Han under your breath. Now Seungmin was smiling wickedly with a playful glint in his eyes like he was ready to have some fun. He was in for a rude awakening.

The last one was Hyunjin’s second in command. He seemed softer and if you viewed his skill from an outside perspective, it seemed weak, but have you ever tried to look into the sun and won the challenge?

Felix. Sun and Light User.

It was rare to see Felix use his powers to harm others, though he could do it and create massive damage. He was often used to help the other two in combat, providing loopholes and pockets for them to use to their advantage. Felix enjoyed making people happy rather than destroying them.

Despite all three of them being able to hold their own, one of them was missing.

“Only time will tell,” Minho said to you as he noticed your eyes sweeping the area for said person.

Felix himself was observing you and your family, homing in on you more specifically. Changbin raised his chin up slightly in defense while glancing over at Seungmin to figure out his assessment.

Han scared Felix in most ways because of his skill. He’s been on the short end of that skill and paid for it heavily, having been bed ridden with petrifying nightmares for weeks. Seungmin helped control the worst of it but barely managed to keep Felix at bay.

As for Jeongin, he was a lot stronger than meets the eye and very light on his feet which made his close up attacks lethal and dangerous. Despite Changbin’s fierce abilities, Jeongin has given him a run for his money not once, not twice, but three times over. Changbin has never once slipped since then but only dreamed of delivering such a blow in return. Jeongin always managed to evade it.

Now Minho, Felix had heard of him but didn’t know what to expect considering he was only a child before his parents died. However, he was expecting him to be strong and not worth stirring up.

A brisk wind washed over Felix right as his eyes landed back on you. You were the one nobody knew anything about other than the Healer himself. Rumor has it something bad happened at your expense the night your parents died and the only ones to witness it were Minho and the Healer. When you were sent away to the mountains, Felix knew whatever you possessed, Minho didn’t want anyone to know about it. All of them wanted to know just exactly what you had up your sleeve. Just how dangerous you were and what to look out for. Especially since you were now known by whisper as Minho’s strong hand. That wasn’t common in a Mafia according to tradition.

“How easy is it to get into her head?” Changbin whispered to Seungmin. Felix didn’t have to possess the skill of Whisper to hear what the Blade Conjurer had asked.

“Aht,” Felix clicked his tongue in disapproval. “Orders are orders. You aren’t to do anything unless boss says.”

“I didn’t tell him to,” Changbin countered, eyes still focused on you. Felix pinched him under his armpit.

“You’re insinuating it,” Felix bit back.

Just then, the world began to fall away. The ground was being replaced by old cottage wood flooring and the sky was being blocked out by an old hay roof forming overhead. Panic struck through Felix like a lightning bolt and his knees buckled at the impact of how fast everything was changing. How fast the one place his nightmares stemmed from was forming around him.

Walls closing in and ear deafening screams—

In the blink of an eye it disappeared, leaving Felix gasping for air as he re-centered himself. Changbin was experiencing the same as he too recovered. Felix’s eyes shot to Han, Illusion Master, who was returning the gaze with a sharp warning look.

Felix looked at Seungmin who was glaring at Han.

“Get away from her mind right now!” Felix demanded, knowing the only reason Han did that was because Seungmin had been poking at your head.

Seungmin looked away and faced his group before lazily casting his gaze to the open cliff. “She dared me to try it.”

Just as you were smiling to yourself over how easy it was to taunt the Mind Controller, you felt the hairs on the back of your neck stand up and the atmosphere held a strong buzz. Minho took your hand right as a blue buzzing light with great magnitude struck the ground twenty feet away. A person, more specifically a male, stood on the now smoldering black ground as he adjusted himself. Loud cracks and popping left him as he took steps towards you.

He stopped in front of you, eyes scanning your figure, your face, searching your eyes. His gaze pressured you unlike any other. He was undeniably handsome. His eyes were a fierce almond shape with dark luring iris’s, his jawline sharp, lips plump and gorgeous while his nose was straight. His hair was long behind his ears and on the sides of his temples, pitch black in color. Just like his skill, his hair had a kinked curl to it.

Hyunjin. The most lethal Mafia boss to ever rule Malefic. There was no explaining what Hyunjin had done in his reign. It was nothing short of evil.

“Hyunjin,” Minho acknowledged, stepping up beside you.

Hyunjin didn’t tear his eyes away from you, “Minho.”

“Look at me when I’m talking to you.”

Hyunjin only cracked a small smile as his gaze moved to Minho briefly. “I don’t listen to little boys.”

Hyunjin’s attention flew to the strong painful frostbite feeling as his left hand. It burned badly and almost floored him—then it quit. Hyunjin was already looking at you.

“That’s a warning,” you said simply.

“An Ice User,” Hyunjin smiled, noticing his inner circle had gathered behind him. “I could have sworn you were a White Mist User. Shame. I was hoping for a challenge.”

Though Hyunjin’s words rang out, he was very unsure of them. No Ice User had ever given him that much pain. You were something entirely different and he wanted to know what.

Jeongin snorted loudly, having seen your skills up close, knowing that Hyunjin would actually break a sweat going up against you. Hyunjin didn’t miss the mockery.

“We’re not here to fight,” Minho cut in, stepping in front of you. “Though I have complete justification to do just that.”

“Wise thinking.” All of you turned to the new voice. The Healer was wearing something other than his hoodie for once, opting for a black button up and some dress pants. His hair was styled, and he smelled of pine.

“I might advise you to wait until after the funeral is over to avoid adding an additional coffin,” he was looking at Hyunjin as if he would be the one dead. “I’m sure your inner circle would agree.”

You caught the wink he sent you before leisurely walking over to where the coffin rested. Hyunjin gave you a once over before spitting at Minho’s feet.

You let out a breath you didn’t realize you were holding as soon as they were far enough away. The four of you shared looks before making your way to the seating area.

Hyunjin mumbled under his breath just enough for Seungmin to hear right as the ceremony started.

“Break her.”

The ceremony was just about halfway done, led by a local preacher. During the ceremony he explained just how much a Peacemaker takes care of his community and how much he contributes. Until a new Peacemaker is born that duty falls to the people for the time being. It was very factual and informative for you to know such things.

But what occupied your mind instead of the preacher speaking during a scripture reading, was if the duty fell to the people while the Peacemaker was gone then you needed to leave town by tonight to avoid disaster.

Thoughts of you destroying everyone here at this moment made your heart race. What if this was what Chan meant by you being the downfall? Or would it be through other means? There were children here from the town along with women and babies. There was no guarantee you would not harm them in the process.

Within minutes, your emotions had taken over and you were beginning to panic. All you could see were the images passing through your mind like a film canister rolling through a film camera. No training had ever been given to control your emotions due to the calm and peacefulness of the mountains. This hadn’t come up before.

Do it.

No, no. You couldn’t have an attack right now. You had to fight it.

Just let it happen.

Now you were slightly shaking, breaths becoming staggered, numbing rushing through parts of your body. Tunnel vision and dizziness. Your stomach turning with nausea. While your thoughts were fogging over, so was the ground. Just like all the other attacks, thick fog began to creep along the ground, alerting some people as it crept past their feet underneath their chairs.

Hyunjin noticed the fog instantly and looked at Seungmin to see him concentrating deeply. Hyunjin was now more than confused as the fog was an indicator of a White Mist user. You could be both an Ice user and a White Mist user, but they weren’t very common.

When you felt that ice cold feeling in the middle of your spine, you panicked. You looked up frantically to see Minho glancing back at you worriedly. From across the aisle, Chan looked at you, knowing exactly what was happening, but remained seated. What sent you into pre-attack was the look on Hyunjin’s face.

Gotcha.

And then a faint breathless whisper right next to your ear, “Do it.”

Chan threw a protection spell around you as thick white fog exploded from you, right before white flames covered you. A drop of sweat fell from his brow as he knelt down on the ground, trying with all his might to prevent those fleeing away from you from injury. Mafia Malefic was up in an instant rushing to attack. Chan was faster, knowing this was not the fate he’d seen many years before. Chan released the protection spell and split the cliff in half, opening it to the fire pits of hell, letting the rift separate both Mafia’s. Hyunjin halted at the edge, ready to attack if things came to that. 

Minho was fast at work, getting the rain from the clouds to begin a soothing treatment to calm you. Han and Jeongin remained still at the command of Minho, waiting to jump in and help when called. They took it upon themselves to be physical barriers between you and Mafia Malefic. Though they were your family, it did not settle the nerves spiking in their bodies over the sight of you. 

Just before Minho could release the rain, you attacked.

White fire shot straight at Mafia Malefic, aiming at Seungmin who barely dodged. But he wasn’t quick enough to dodge the second as he was hit with a wall of more fire. Minho watched in complete shock and horror as you shot to the sky and put out that thick white mist to snuff everyone out into a disadvantage.

Hyunjin whipped his blue loud popping electricity right from his fingertips as he strategically felt through the mist for any movement. Then he felt it. That ice cold feeling he felt at his hand in stark contrast to the heat coming from the bottom of the split cliff. He spun around just in time to dodge your attack and used a zap attack to try and disable you. When the mist cleared just enough for Hyunjin to see, you had a white fire shield blocking his attack. Your eyes were glowing white, filled with a hatred he’d never seen before.

A cold chill ran down his spine.

“Hyunjin move!” Felix called out right before white fire bolts were raining down on top of him. But Hyunjin was moved not on his own accord.

Jeongin had moved him with the help of his skill to spare him from the worst of the bolts. His shoulder was on fire and his hand was injured, barely escaping the edge of death. 

“Don’t attack her!” Han called, using his time skills to know the exact moves you were about to use only seconds before they happened. “You all will die!”

Felix emitted light allowing for better vision. Changbin was now battling you with a blade of mass destruction, however to Hyunjin’s horror, you had your own blade made of the same fire as your shield, repeating spar after spar of sequenced moves to exhaust Changbin.

Then, Changbin was struck down in two moves, completely defenseless as you arched your weapon. Just before you could deliver a devastating blow, you were knocked out cold. You fell to the ground, still bright in white flames. Changbin conjured a massive weapon and made a move to bedhead you. Minho acted fast and used a lightning bolt to block the attack.

“Enough!” Chan roared; hand still extended toward you after using an Anesthetic spell. He was knelt down by an unconscious Seungmin who had deep rose-pink marks on his skin. His clothes had seared holes and his skin was paler than a sheet of paper. Hyunjin came over and took a hold of Seungmin in his arms, wincing at how cold he was. They needed to get back home immediately.

“Don’t touch her!” Chan demanded when Minho went to roll you over onto your back. The flames had ceased and you were now unconscious, but that didn't mean you were safe to be touched. “Or you’ll end up just like him.”

Everyone looked at Seungmin to see if he was still breathing. Barely. Guilt swarmed over Hyunjin knowing he told Seungmin to get into your head which is why you attacked him first. Hyunjin feared if he hadn’t asked Seungmin to do it, he would have been the one you attacked instead.

“You told him to get into her mind didn’t you?” Minho asked, fury slipping off of him like a deadly poison. Hyunjin ignored him and kept looking as his friend, examining wounds he’s never seen before. “Answer me!”

“You are to blame!” Felix cut in. Tension rose as Felix's voice became louder. “He never should have gotten into her head, but you should’ve told everyone what she was! By hiding her and keeping us in the dark is the reason both of them are in this state.”

“I don’t have to tell you anything!” Minho’s voice thundered. Deep rolls of thunder sounded in the distance. “Why would I after you attacked and killed my parents and the Peacemaker? Why would I tell you what she is when all you would do was kill her too?”

Everyone was silent.

“I’d rather keep her a secret and have you lose someone out of sheer stupidity than reveal her and have you take her from me,” Minho’s words were like a knife, cutting through everyone. “At least then you’d know how it feels.”

Hyunjin released Seungmin and extended his hand that was now popping and whirring with electricity. Changbin limped forward and put a hand on Hyunjin’s chest, facing him.

“Not right now,” his voice was strained. He was putting all his strength into his step. “Seungmin is top priority right now.”

Hyunjin shoved Changbin away and faced Minho again. The two Mafia bosses said nothing as it slowly began to sprinkle. Rage was pulsing through Hyunjin’s heart and he wanted nothing more than to rip Minho to shreds.

“What is done in the dark always comes to light,” Minho snapped, instantly grabbing the fist punch Hyunjin threw at him, taking the chance to deliver his own attack. Han jumped straight into the middle and pushed the both of them apart, clearly at his wits end. Hyunjin threw him a dirty smirk with an eye roll as he slow began to back away.

“Stop!” he demanded Minho in a low voice when he made another step to jab. “Don’t let him get under your skin.”

“Get Seungmin back to your headquarters,” Chan looked to Felix who nodded once and helped Changbin haul Seungmin onto their shoulders.

Hyunjin began to laugh slightly, wanting to taunt Minho. “You’re a coward, Minho. You couldn’t even train her to kill me the second I was in front of her. One day you’ll be bowing before me asking for mercy.”

Minho gritted his teeth, “I won’t be there. I’ll be at your cremation. And the best part about it will be her doing it.”

Another sharp laugh escaped Hyunjin as he glared at Minho. What terrified him was he actually feared you doing something like that to him. Not a moment later, Hyunjin was transporting his team back to headquarters.

Chan sealed the cliff back together within seconds afterwards and got straight to work. Minho stood by Chan's side, praying you'd be okay, and he wouldn't lose you. Han placed his hand on Minho's shoulder when Chan was unsuccessful three times in a row. It didn't look good and there was no telling what the outcome would be.

Later in the evening, Hyunjin knelt down next to Seungmin’s bed waiting for Chan to come by. The groans of pain coming from his close friend worried him with every passing second. He couldn't touch Seungmin for fear of hurting him further and his patience with Chan was running thin. 

“Why did you do it?” Felix asked from the door. Hyunjin let his head fall to the edge of the bed at the question.

“I shouldn’t have,” Hyunjin mumbled looking at Seungmin once more. “I just wanted to know exactly what she was and why they were hiding her. My inability to stand by and observe almost cost me.”

“You should have known since that night.”

“I didn’t want to believe she was the one who did it.”

Two sets of footsteps echoed down the wood floor hallway, nearing the room Felix, Hyunjin and Seungmin occupied. A few more steps echoed and then Changbin appeared with Chan by his side. The two of them said nothing as Chan clapped a hand on Felix’s shoulder before entering the room. The Healer came over to the bedside and moved around Hyunjin who got up from the floor and out of the Healer's way.

After some long painful minutes of Chan examining Seungmin, he spoke.

“He’ll recover,” he looked through his trusted bag and pulled a few bottles out. “Do you have any clean cloth I can borrow? And a warm basin of water?”

Felix was leaving the room without moments pause to fetch the things Chan requested.

“His wounds will take time to heal,” he continued, “But just like his curse, the wounds will leave their mark.”

“What are those wounds if I may inquire?” Hyunjin asked. Changbin placed himself beside the Mafia boss, curious as well.

Felix came back with the said items and aided Chan in his practice. Chan took the cloths from Felix and answered, “These wounds are frostbite burns. The areas that are worse will leave their mark, but some of them can be persuaded.”

“How?” Changbin asked. Something about the idea of somebody possessing the ability to create wounds like this didn’t settle with him very well.

“I think your boss can tell you that,” Chan replied, dabbing a medicine-soaked cloth onto a burn traced from Seungmin’s left shoulder down in front of his chest to his ribs. Seungmin stirred at the contact and let out a deep groan before his eyes were peeking open. Changbin went around the bed and sat down on the mattress.

“Son of a–” Seungmin groaned, heaving breaths of air as he fought the pain. This face contorted and then slowly relaxed as relief washed over his body. Chan drew back and began to work on another burn, less bad than the previous.

“What is she?” Seungmin gritted out. Sweat covered him now as his body began to fight the wounds on its own. “And why did she explode like that?”

“She’s a White Mist and Fire user,” Chan glanced at Hyunjin who remained expressionless. “She’s the first one of her kind in 10 thousand years. As for why she exploded, she’s dealing with a lot mentally. Don’t blame her for the explosion when you’re the one who poked her.”

“How was I supposed to know when you wouldn’t tell me what was happening?” Hyunjin snapped. Felix gave him a warning stare.

“You wanted to kill her,” Chan simple stated.

“Can you blame me after hearing and seeing the horrors of that night?” Hyunjin barked out irrationally, halting when he realized he had revealed something he meant to keep to himself.

His team stared at him dumbfounded. Hyunjin jumped to answer before they could bombard him with heated questions. “Yes, I was there.  I saw a bright light flash and I watched her go into such a state of shock that even I almost forgot what happened. Her parents were dead when she woke up. I didn't do it.”

Chan was now looking at Hyunjin very seriously. Felix had to sit down and both Changbin and Seungmin had grown still, well as still as Seungmin could get.

Hyunjin gulped, “I saw her in the room her parents were, and when they revealed some sort of information to her that was when I saw the bright light. When I looked once more, they were both dead. She was crying over them right as I was discovered in the hallway by a guard.”

“Did you see anything else?” Chan pushed, giving Seungmin a bored look when the Mind Controller spit a nasty word at him over the pain. 

“No…” Hyunjin lied.

He did see something else. He knew you saw him but now he was sure you hadn’t been conscious when you saw him. Your eyes had been the same glowing white.

Chan sighed deeply. The stress growing on him hadn’t been this strong in years. He needed to take some time alone to think things over and understand exactly what was going on here. When Chan was leaving, promising to check on Seungmin in the morning, Hyunjin pulled him aside.

“There’s something else." Hyunjin said, his mind reeling over the question. "Do you know anything about soulmates?"

Back at home, the second you regained consciousness, you were in Minho's room under the covers. It took you a few minutes to fully understand why you were in his room. Memories of the funeral came flooding into your mind the instant your feet were on the floor. The rush made your head throb and panic filled your heart when you couldn't remember what happened after you exploded.

Your feet carried you fast across the wooden floor to the door of Minho's room. It opened with a bang against the wall behind it as you threw yourself into the hall, catching your balance on the wall in front of you. Everything was dark. It was night outside and there was no sound in the house. 

"Minho?" you called out loudly, walking down the hallway in a panic. "Han? Jeongin?"

No answer.

Fog began to seep in through the windows and underneath doorways the longer you walked the floor plan of your home, looking and searching for any signs of life other than your own. The entire house was dark and no one was in their rooms asleep. Their rooms were a mess from getting ready for the funeral just like you left them and there was no note left for you explaining what was happening.

When you came to the living room, you collapsed on the floor in the center of the room, letting out a sob as tears streamed down your face.

Y/n, you will be the downfall of Mafia Grim.

The words stung your heart and you gripped your hair, yanking at the stands. How could this have happened? It was just like the night your parents died. Why was it that when you experienced an episode as strong as you did that night and like the one last night, that people died or disappeared? What was the root of all of this?  

A tear escaped your eye at the sound of Chan's words repeating itself over and over in your mind. Taunting and tormenting you to the point of no return. You couldn't live with yourself over what happened. The truth of the matter was Minho was gone. Han and Jeongin were gone and there was no way of getting them back.

The mountains were the place you needed to go, to escape. You needed to get far away from everyone.

Hours later, deep into the forest is where you found yourself, aimlessly trying for the mountains. Each step you took only quickened as your breathing became heavy and you felt your chest caving in with your pulse rushing in your ears. This panicking had to stop, or you’d explode again. You could not bare to loose control again. More tears were streaming down your face. 

“Don’t tell me,” a voice echoed loudly, halting your steps as you frantically began glancing around you. “You're running away to try and be….mmm what could it be? A hero? A protector? A good sister?”

You whorled around to see none other than Hyunjin. He smirked deeply, “Don’t make me laugh.”

Despite your current state you couldn’t help the snarl coming from your lips, “Says the one who’s a clown making a joke out of his choice of location right now.”

A wicked sociopath smile creeps onto his face as he tucks his fingers behind his back. “Then you’re the perfect punchline to my little joke.”

“Bite me, see what happens.”

“It would be fun.”

He didn't deserve a response. With a quick step you turn back around and began walking in the direction that you were going in before he showed up and stopped you.

“I know what's happened,” he called. You hated the way your feet stopped in place at his words. “Running away will not get them back nor can you find them yourself all alone.”

A scoff coughed up from your chest, “Oh yeah and I’m supposed to believe that you know what I can and can't accomplish on my own?”

“I know you are capable of finding them on your own, but I also know that if they're gone, you're going to be next. You're venerable Y/n. I know it and so does whoever it is that killed the Peacemaker and took your family."

Silence passed for a beat. His words rang true in the air and you hated it. You hated how he was right and more importantly, you hated how you knew this from the beginning and chose to ignore it.

“What are you proposing I do then?” you inquired, throwing your hands up dramatically as you let every defense you had up, down. You were tired. So incredibly tired. 

“I don’t reveal my plans to prying ears.”

You glanced around realizing he wasn't referring to you, and suddenly you felt a hundred different things listening in on the two most dangerous people in the valley. You had to agree with him on keeping this conversation private.

“You’ll just have to trust me.” he finished. 

For a moment you gave it a thought, going over every scenario and instance you could conjure up before finalizing your thoughts. Maybe if you went with him, he could help you get Minho back. With a few steps you stood in front of him, “Lead the way.”

He smirked once more and extended his hand for you to take. Unbeknownst to you, Hyunjin noticed the tears on your face. He would fix this, he just needed you to accept his offer and then he would know.

You furrowed your eyebrows and rejected his hand. Hyunjin only rolled his eyes as you spoke, “I said I’d follow you, not take your hand.”

Hyunjin looked at you incredulously, “Do you know just how far you’ve walked? It would take us three hours before we reached my headquarters.”

Three hours?! Had you really been so lost in your thoughts that you didn’t realize just how far you’ve walked?

“Fine. But we’re going my way not yours.”

“No deal.”

“I don’t know you which means I’m not allowing you to take us through your means of apparation.” You snarled meanly.

Hyunjin glared at you, “I could say the same thing except for I didn’t almost kill everyone so automatically my way seems safer.”

Pain struck you in the chest at his words. The thought of Minho being dead almost had you dying from a broken heart. A huff escaped you as the guilt overwhelmed you. You hadn’t meant to almost kill everyone. But according to your anxiety that’s exactly what you meant to do.

A breeze blew by as the two of you stood together. It was warm and welcoming, drying up the tears welling in your eyes. You turned your head away from the Mafia boss and simply nodded, placing your hand in his. To your surprise, his hand was gentle and soft. Hyunjin only gripped enough to keep a hold on you as pops and zaps filled your ears followed by a bright electric blue flash.

Your feet sunk into the surface underneath you slightly as you took in your surroundings. 

The room was welcoming, white furniture, dark cement-colored walls, herbs and plants decorating the window to the East. A lush white carpet gave cushion to your feet and a great white comforted bed sat quietly on the south wall. The rest of the room was spacious. A bathroom sat directly opposite the bed.

“Rest if you need and get cleaned up,” Hyunjin spoke, lighting a candle over on the desk. “When you’re finished, touch the wire running along the wall.”

Sure enough, there was a very thin wire running along the perimeter of the room, almost snug with the wall.

Then he was gone. For maybe half an hour you stood in the middle of the room questioning and wondering just exactly what you were thinking when you agreed to come with him.

Eventually, you explored the bathroom (a huge white tub, a shower with three different shower heads, a toilet with enough buttons to confuse you, two sinks and a linen closet full of the softest towels you’d ever touched) long enough to waste more time before deciding to shower. It took longer when you couldn’t figure out how things worked. What kept you even longer was the hot water and how baffled you were to find the exact scent of shampoo you used.

To say you were skeptical when you finally touched the wire running along the wall, would be an understatement. You were officially creeped out by your scenario. After a few seconds, small bead-like pulses of blue light began running down the wire toward the door. When you were out into the hall, both sides of the hall lit up blinking in the direction you needed to go, like an airport runway.

With a good, paced step, you follow the lights all the way into an open dining room. The hallways were similar to your room but much darker due to the small number of lights igniting the ceiling. The floor was marble which was slightly darker than the other flooring you'd been walking on.

After a few minutes, you came upon the dining room, entering it. Discomfort swarmed you like a beehive when you saw who was sitting at the table.

Changbin and Felix.

Even looking at you seemed detestable in Changbin’s book as Felix turned his head to face you, providing a simple nod and then he was returning to his plate. You remained at the entrance not daring to move. Their presence reminded you why you agree to go with Hyunjin in the first place. Your family.

“We promise not to bite,” Felix’s deep voice echoed slightly. “If you can promise the same.”

No answer.

“Changbin,” came a higher, smoother voice. You looked to your left to see Hyunjin descending a set of stairs into the dining room. “Care to greet our guest.”

Changbin scoffed slightly, “I won’t entertain your jokes Hyunjin.”

A lick of flame stirred inside you. Hyunjin ticked his tongue rapidly at his Blade Conjurer. “Now, now, don’t attempt to stir anything out of its sleep.”

“Don’t speak of me as if I don’t possess a soul or contain feelings,” you interrupted. Now you had all three of their gazes trained on you. Felix glanced at the other two before nodding.

"That's fair," he said lightly, "Apologies."

It took you a bit before you sat down at the table and even after completing that task, you didn’t eat.

Changbin complained about the only vacant seat being next to him when Hyunjin went to sit down. With little care, Hyunjin simply put the chair next to Felix who didn’t seem to mind at all, though he'd always been a more reasonably tolerable person in Mafia Malefic.

“So, in order to help you, I need your full cooperation,” Hyunjin began, taking a bite out of his food. “Then I can tell you what we'll require to complete our task.” 

Your full cooperation? Like hell you were going to give in that easily. “I need to know exactly what I’m getting myself into before I give you my full cooperation.” 

“No deal.”

He says that a lot… 

“Put yourself in my shoes for a minute,” you stared straight into his eyes as you spoke. “I’m in the opposing Mafia’s headquarters, sitting with the opposing enemy, being offered help that won’t be revealed until I sell my entire cooperation over to the boss. Now you tell me, would you say yes if you were in my shoes?”

Felix gulped and reached for his cup awkwardly, giving Hyunjin a look before taking a drink. The Mafia boss didn't like the look his second in command gave him. Hyunjin only stared back at you, looking as if he knew something you didn’t.

The tension in the room was palpable and not getting any thinner. How long was it going to be like this before two dominant personalities agreed on equal control or one of the two caved? You needed to keep your independence and not rely solely on Hyunjin to help you find Minho, Han, and Jeongin. You needed to make it clear that the Mafia boss couldn't control you.  

The room began to get cold. The hair on the back of your neck stood up as fear zapped down your spine. No, no, no, no, no... 

You were up from your seat in an instant and backing away from the three of them. You knew why there was only three of them dining with you tonight instead of four. You knew they would all be in the same state if you didn't get out of the room. This was a mistake. No matter how evil they were, you couldn't kill them when you needed their help.

"Y/n," Hyunjin began softly, standing up. You panicked and held out your hand for him to stop.

"No, please, don't come near me," your voice was loud as the rolling mist began to filter in through the openings in the room. "I don't want to hurt you."

For a split second in the moment of Changbin getting up and yelling for Hyunjin to take care of you and get rid of a potential attack, you saw Hyunjin's gaze soften slightly as he ignored your cries for him to stop coming closer to you. How could he feel and react this way toward you with so little information and knowledge of you? How could he when he didn't know you? 

"Kill her now!" Changbin's voice rang through your ears as it bounced off the stone and echoed. Panic filled you to the brim, choking you as you looked at Hyunjin fearfully right before everything exploded. You saw Hyunjin jump toward you; a warm touch engulfed your body sending a spark through you right before you lost consciousness, and everything went black. 

The next day you found yourself next to your window, looking out. Due to the sworn secrecy, you never knew exactly where Mafia Maleifc's headquarters were. Now that it was daylight and you could see everything in vast majority, you knew exactly where you were. Hidden deep on the other side of the main valley in a deep forest canyon where the second biggest valley lay. Hyunjin must have had someone enchant the place to hide it from the view. From what you could observe, it appeared the fortress was built into the side of the canyon wall. 

Rich green and deep cement colored rock was all you could see from your window besides the massive drop to the sloping rock below your room. It was beautiful and private which was comforting. It soothed you like when you lived in the mountains. No one to bother you or see you. It was like you'd never be harm to anyone again. Though you knew better than to think that. 

A light caught your eye. It was the wire summoning you to Felix's office.

Last night didn't end very well. When Hyunjin refused to see your side of doing things, and you became anxious, that thing inside your head began to chant for you to get out of the building. You lost all consciousness and when you woke, you were back in your room. 

Chan had been there next to you, tending to you and nursing you back to your healthy state. He informed you hadn't injured anybody, thankfully, and everything around you stayed intact. That information struck you with surprise. 

"Hey," Chan's voice was soft as he gently laid your awaking figure down against the soft comforter of the bed. "You're okay, just take your time."

Your body felt hot, and your limbs ached deeply. Out of all your attacks this was very different. What confused you even more was the white figure-eight like band wrapped around your left thigh, right below your hip. You would find this later when you changed into something for bed. Unlike most of your attacks where you felt anxious and afraid after the fact, you didn't feel anxious or out of control after today's attack or while you were in the middle of it. You needed answers. 

"What happened?" you asked after a minute of silence. "Why am I feeling this way?"

"Explain to me what you're feeling," Chan countered. He knew exactly why you were feeling this way. Hyunjin had him on standby before it happened, knowing that it would. Chan also knew exactly why the attack felt different for you. Now he was curious to know what you'd felt and seen on your end. 

"I feel hot and achy," you explained, tapping into your central NeuroSystems to try and understand what else was different. There was something pulsing that was helping you stay grounded and feeling calm. You shut your eyes slowly to really search for the source of that feeling. Endorphins. It was Endorphins that were keeping you calm and... happy. When you went to explain more you couldn't collect your thoughts to overcome the feeling.

"What do you feel, Y/n?" Chan was sincere. You blinked a few times, trying to find words to explain it.

"Chan, something happened. Something I can't even place." to your relief, Chan only nodded as if he understood. "Do you know what it is?" 

"I do," Chan nodded. But before you could launch into a heap of questions, Chan continued, "It is not my place to tell you why you are feeling this way, however, I can tell you that from now on, you won't have another attack like you used to have. You won't hurt anyone ever again."

Now you were buzzing with questions. "How is that possible?" 

Chan shushed you and pressed a firm, yet gentle, hand on your shoulder to lay you back down against the pillows. "I can't be the one to explain it. Just know that you should have full confidence to practice and learn to know your true powers without harming anyone."

Chan refused to give you anymore answers as he helped you recover and mend you before you went to sleep for the night. Before he left you, he promised to be at your disposal whenever you needed, all the while encouraging you to take and work with Mafia Malefic. It took a few tries, but eventually you promised to try before giving up completely. Truth be told, you didn't know if asking for their help in finding Minho would be useful or not and you wouldn't know until you went to the office. Tomorrow you would make your final decision.

So here you were, standing by your window, dressed in clothes that were comfortable but easy to defend yourself in, as you stared at that pulsing blue wire. One side of you knew you needed to go, and the other half was stubbornly keeping you in place. It wouldn't hurt to keep them a few minutes. Deciding to be fashionably late satisfied your stubborn side enough to move you from your spot and follow the pulsing blue light. 

You arrived at a double door entrance into a pit-like room with shelves and shelves of books and a great table in the center. A great big hole at the top provided the light into the very bottom where you located Hyunjin and Felix. They were both talking in low tone voices, having a deep conversation about something. You sent a rush of mist like water droplets to fall over them, announcing your arrival. They got the message and looked up to see you staring down at them.

One look at the stairs made you want to curse. Surely, they didn't go up and down that many steps daily. You'd be winded and done for the day if you attempted to descend those. Without much thought, you carefully climbed over the railing and jumped off the edge, allowing the water droplets in the air to slow your descent, enjoying the way the rush of wind flowed through your hair and across your face. You landed softly on the floor at the bottom of the pit right in front of Hyunjin and Felix. 

"Good morning—"

"You're late." Hyunjin cut Felix off, giving you a roll of his eyes. 

"And you woke up on the wrong side of the bed," you sneered at him. Who does he think he is?

"I don't sleep in a bed." Hyunjin rolled his eyes again. Doesn't sleep in a bed? Then where—no you don't need to know. That wasn't important right now. 

"Enough," Felix dragged out, extending his hand for you to take, which you did. He began to pull you toward the middle of the room. "We have work to do."

Hyunjin grabbed your arm right as you went by him and pulled you back, pressing his lips to the shell of your ear. "Keep your tongue tied, or else I will do it for you."

The rush of endorphins flooded you and you thought you were having a different reaction between your legs, like urinating yourself, but remembered the band around your thigh. It was becoming warm. The reaction had you stumped, and you could tell Hyunjin knew exactly what was happening to you. The slight smirk on his lips didn't go unnoticed by you. You yanked your arm out of his grasp with the little remaining control you had and spit at his feet. 

"I'd like to see you try." you revealed in the disappeared smirk and anger now prevalent in his eyes. 

Felix led you over to the center of the pit right next to the table. Before him was a great map surrounded by books on different areas in your country. There were also a few history books, mainly on the Peacemaker and Mafia Grim. Your hand reached for the book on your family when Felix stopped you.

"We'll have time to read that later, right now you need to tell me all the events leading up to the Peacemaker's funeral."

"All of them?" you asked, anxiously to reveal everything that had happened. Hyunjin came over to the table and sat down at one of the chairs, busying himself with a pen and a sheet of paper. Felix only nodded.

"Well—"

Hyunjin interrupted, "And in as much detail as you can remember." 

A scowled appeared on your face at his interruption and audacity. Felix took the pen next to him and threw it at Hyunjin's head, completely ignoring the cry and fury on Hyunjin's face once the pen made contact. You didn't miss the small smile that appeared on Felix's face as he turned his attention back to you. Hyunjin seemed to let it pass which struck something inside you. And then, a small smile broke across your face too. 

The rest of the morning you shared all that had happened leading up to the funeral. You kept some personal things, like your attacks, to yourself only informing how many had occurred since then. 

"There has to be a correlation between everything happening around us and also directly to you," Hyunjin spoke up, focusing on a spot on the table as he tried to make sense of everything in his head. The room became silent as the three of you thought through all the information to see if there were any red strings attached. 

"More importantly," Felix reached for the Mafia Grim history book. "Is there someone angry enough to take out Mafia Grim all at once?"

"Let's not acknowledge the elephant in the room," Hyunjin's tone dripped with sarcasm as he let his feet come off the table surface. Felix raised an eyebrow at you when you didn't say anything despite the words being directed at you. 

You rolled your eyes, "I have no doubt that it could be Mafia Malefic that kidnapped them. How you could be playing me right now like a cat with yarn, reveling in the fact you have complete control. However, I'm willing to play my cards."

"It's not as simple as us just kidnapping them," Felix spoke, heaving a sigh as his body relaxed into his chair. "If we wanted to get rid of Mafia Grim completely, which we can't, it would've been done long ago. Not now all of a sudden."

"You tried to before," you gritted out. "What's stopping you this time?"

Hyunjin leaned forward, clearly pissed off. "How about the fact that in order to take Mafia Grim down completely, you would have to be weak. To our unfortunate luck, Mafia Grim has displayed and demonstrated the exact opposite for as long as I can remember. Also, how about the known fact that Mafia Malefic wasn't responsible for killing your parents."

"Choose your next words very carefully," you said. Felix raised his eyebrows at you in surprise.

"As if you'd be stupid enough to attack me in my own home," Hyunjin scoffed. "You might work on that temper while you live under my roof." He got up from his seat and straightened his tight shirt. "And while you're doing that, maybe educate yourself on what happened the night your parents died instead of believing what everyone feeds you."

You shot up to attack when you heard him mumble, "Thought you'd at least have your own spine."

Felix pressed a hand to your stomach area and stopped you from moving forward. When Hyunjin had gone, you settled back into your seat and let out a strong huff. The view of the Mafia Grim book stared at you as you let your anger fester inside you. You needed to find them. You needed to get your revenge on whoever did this. Felix ran his fingers through his hair as he opened the Mafia Grim history book and jumped back into your investigating.

Every morning for two weeks, you gathered in the office with Felix and sometimes Hyunjin too. You narrowed possible areas and potential people on the suspect list. It was gradual and none of them were solid enough to completely know for sure. Every night you continued your search, sometimes asking Minho to send you some sort of sign on where they were. To help you in your search to find him.  

One particular morning you positioned yourself in front of Felix at the table with your head laying on your folded arms, listening to him go over some information regarding the Peacemaker and some of the enemies he had. You weren't really listening due to how physically exhausted you were from last night's events when you went walking to clear your mind.

Your feet carried you far until you came upon a river rushing rapidly. It was pitch black out with only the half crescent moon creating little light to guide yourself. 

In the spur of the moment, you let your fog creep onto the water as you took a seat at the bank of the river to watch. You played with the fog like it was smoke in your hand, enjoying nature in its stillness. The stars twinkled above you in masses of millions, comforting you oddly enough. It didn't take much to prompt you to stick your feet into the rushing water and let the water soothe you. 

A cricket began to chirp as you released a slight mist into the air to create some humidity for the life around you. In the peace of the moment, you closed your eyes and asked deep down for Minho to send you some sort of sign. You waited. A breath...nothing. Defeated, you huffed a breath and hung your head shamefully, letting the tears fall down your face. How was it that you couldn't find him? Were you so weak that you couldn't even find your own brother?

The feeling of something touching your leg had you flinching away. You looked at what had touched you only to see a small white rabbit twitching its nose at you curiously. The thundering of your heart was all you felt as you slowly relaxed and extended the back of your hand to its nose as an offering of peace. It inspected your hand briefly before hopping closer and nibbling on the plant by the water. Its fur was soft as you stroked its back lightly. 

"Hello," you whispered out to it. It carried on as you continued to pet it gently. 

A force sealed your lips completely shut as your body lifted into the air. Panic nearly choked you as you struggled against the strong force taking control of you. The sight below you of the rushing river that you were now suspended over had you thrashing harder. Your eyes scanned the clearing desperately to try and see who was behind this. A hooded figure in the trees was all you saw right before you went under the water. Having not taken a breath of steady air before you were bound, you were already struggling for air.

The force pulled you deeper into the water all the way to the bottom of the river. Rocks scrapped against your body as you thrashed around to fight against whatever was holding you. Having no more strength and will to hold your breath, you inhaled deeply. Water burned your nostrils and throat as your lungs lit up in flames at the amount of water now occupying the air space. More water filled your stomach and lungs as you continued to fight. Black clouded your vision, and you were still inhaling water after a few seconds longer. Within a few more second all your strength left you and you went still. This was it. This is how you were going to die. 

Everything became light for a brief moment of your consciousness before something solid wrapped around your frame and you were being pulled upward. Gravity weighed on you greatly as you landed on bank. A strong hand violently pressed into your chest, forcing water up your throat and nose. The feeling had you regaining consciousness, coughing and vomiting water onto the grass. Everything hurt. Everything.

Huffing and slight coughing was next to you as you looked at your rescuer. Hyunjin.

"Is she okay?" a voice filled the air as you began vomiting again. Hyunjin crawled over to you and held you up as best as he could while you heaved for air. He looked through the dripping wet strands of hair hanging in his eyes and on his face at the Light User and Blade Conjurer who were standing a few feet away.

Hyunjin only nodded, patting your back slightly. He let you collapse onto the ground when you stopped vomiting.

"Who was it?" Hyunjin asked, looking to the two standing. They exchanged a glance.

"We didn't see who it was, but they ran away as soon as we attacked to keep their identity hidden." Changbin spoke up. 

"Get her back to headquarters," Hyunjin mumbled, making a move to stand. "I need to check the perimeter and track down who it was."

You reached out for Hyunjin's arm when he began to move away. Hyunjin stilled as he felt your hand. Words could not form in your throat due to the rawness in your vocal cords, but Hyunjin didn't need words when all you did was squeeze his hand. 

"Changbin," Hyunjin huffed, slipping an arm under your neck and the back of your knees. "Run a perimeter around the river, and hurry."

Hyunjin lifted you in his hold as he motioned for Felix to grab onto his shoulder. The three of you were back at headquarters in seconds. Heat surrounded you as you began to cough violently, water scraping its way out of your lungs and onto your chest. Everything still felt on fire as Hyunjin laid you on a surface. 

"Call for Chan immediately," Hyunjin began beating your back to help you cough up more fluid. Within another minute, Chan was walking through the door, eyebrows furrowed at the sight of you. 

"What happened?" he asked, replacing Hyunjin's place as he pressed a stethoscope to your wet chest to hear what was happening inside. 

"It was an attack from someone," Hyunjin said, taking your hand that reached for him. Chan looked at your joined hands and pondered deeply about it as he went to work on drying up the water on the inside of your lungs. It hurt like hell, like you were becoming ash, but the IV in your arm, inserted before Chan began working, was helping you stay hydrated during the process. 

"Okay," he pulled out some bark and gave you a cup of steaming tea. "Take a sip of the tea to soothe your throat and then eat the bark."

Hyunjin got behind you and braced you into a sitting position, acting as your anchor. The Healer aided you when you struggled to swallow and slowly, you began to feel better. Your head fell back into the Mafia boss's shoulder from exhaustion when the pain ceased into almost nothing. 

"Y/n," Chan's voice was tender and caring. "You can't go off on your own like this."

"I'm well aware now," you grumbled, voice still hoarse. 

"Did you see who it was?" Chan asked, packing his things back up. You shook your head and watched Chan and Hyunjin exchange uncertain glances.

"I only saw a hooded figure." 

​​​​​​Hyunjin unconsciously squeezed your elbows gently in his hands, leaving you feeling warmer than you had a few seconds ago. His presence, being your rescuer, comforted you and made you feel safer. It was reassuring. 

Felix's words sounded distant as you slowly came back to reality. He didn't seem to notice you had dosed out of reality for a bit. After a few minutes longer, you noticed the light Felix had created to give light to your materials laid out on the table. You focused on one individual ray of light and reached deep within yourself to cast a thin layer of mist right at the light. 

A rainbow appeared softly, shining brightly for a second, then fading as the water evaporated into the air. 

Felix caught the rainbow in the corner of his eye and paused in his sentence. He'd never seen anyone do that so closely to him. Subtly, he moved the light a bit closer to you as you created more mist. The rainbow was a lot brighter this time, lasting longer. You hadn't registered the silence until the door to the office opened. Hyunjin stepped into the room and closed the door. At his presence you sat up straight. 

The last you saw of him was when he walked you to your room and enforced more protective spells around it to help you feel safer while sleeping. Truthfully, you wanted him to stay with you and hold you due to how fearful you were, but you kept your mouth shut and nodded simply when he bid you a good night. 

"Good afternoon." Hyunjin greeted, he set down a cup of hot tea, from herbs left by Chan, in front of you and rubbed your back lightly. "How are you feeling?"

You offered him a small grateful smile as you nodded and pick up the mug, "Better."

Hyunjin was satisfied with the answer as he dragged up a chair to sit on. 

"So Changbin could only trace the attackers whereabouts two miles South before they disappeared," Hyunjin was pointing at the location points on the large map of the valley. "If they headed South then that only leaves us with three options. The Healers cabin, the Breath Takers located in the sharp points of the mountains, and lastly the Peacemaker's Ruins."

Breath Takers...soul sucking monsters. You prayed that Minho, Han, and Jeongin hadn't been taken by those things. Unfortunately, there was a very high chance, and it made your stomach turn. 

"Did Chan see anything?" Felix asked, surprised at the mention of the Healer. You thought about Chan. If anyone saw anything it'd be him.

Hyunjin shook his head, "Changbin did find traces of Feverfew near the area. I questioned Chan about it, and he said someone broke into his supplies a few days ago and he's been trying to catch them. Now that he sees a connection, he's not pleased. Needless to say, whoever this is, they won't try to cross him again."

"I think we should call it a day," Felix began to close up books. He looked to you, "You need rest."

There was no arguing with him since you felt so tired. Sleep sounded wonderful; you might have considered a bath if the fear of drowning wasn't going to give you a heart attack. Somewhere deep inside, you knew you had to overcome that fear though. 

Felix departed when Changbin came to get him for other responsibilities. It was just you and Hyunjin now. There wasn't any tension or animosity between the two of you which was welcome. The two of you slowly began to clean up the office and reorganize it, silently. You made no effort to strike up a conversation due to your sudden shyness. The question you wanted to ask seemed a bit personal and you didn't want to come across as nosy.

"I think that's all," Hyunjin finally broke the silence and turned to face you. He gave you a short smile before making his way over to the stairs. 

"Wait, Hyunjin?" your voice came out rushed as if you were afraid that he was suddenly going to disappear on you. He paused by the steps and gave you his attention, watching as you came over to his side. "Will you let me take you to the top?"

"Take me?" Hyunjin raised his eyebrows in surprise. You looked away for a moment from slight embarrassment, but nodded, nevertheless. The mafia boss pondered over the request for a moment before deciding to let you take him to the top of the steps.

"Okay," you breathed realizing you didn't think you'd get this far and wasn't sure exactly how you were going to take hold of him to get him up to the top of the stairs. You reached down and gently took his hands, wrapping them around your waist and securing your arms around his neck. The new proximity brought your faces closer together and pressed your bodies flush against each other. You knew you couldn't hide the small blush that appeared on your face as you tried to focus on lifting the two of you to the top of the stairs.

"Y/n, wait," Hyunjin whispered. You opened your eyes and looked into his, suddenly feeling your heart beating faster. What was wrong with you? If Minho saw you like this, he'd bury you into the ground himself and disown you until his death. You felt Hyunjin's arms wrap around you a bit tighter. "Let me show you something."

You didn't dare say anything this close to him, so you simply nodded, putting your trust into his hands. There was something about the way he held you that made you never want to leave his arms again. It was as if there was an invisible pull keeping you tethered to him. The feeling made you sick to your stomach since you didn't know what it meant, and you had been raised to hate this man with your entire being. All of that was slowly unraveling.

Within a flash of light, the two of you disappeared from headquarters.

Rushing wind whipped around you and the roaring of water filled your ears. A waterfall. When you heard the sound of water and noticed that you were extremely high up, you tightened your grip on Hyunjin. Heights didn't agree with you well and often intimidated you while the sound was traumatic. This waterfall seemed to be the tallest you've ever been to or seen.

"Are you afraid of heights?" Hyunjin's voice penetrated over the roaring water of the waterfall. You looked at him.

"I'm afraid of a lot of things," you admitted. The expression on his face changed. It was one of understanding. 

Hyunjin slowly released you, keeping a hand firmly grasped onto your arm to secure you, "Me too."

He pulled you down the side of the waterfall down to a small hidden path just wide enough for one person to walk on. Hyunjin went first, keeping his hand in yours all the while guiding you along the edge of the waterfall, right underneath it. You focused your attention on the mist pouring off the waterfall, moving it away from the two of you to keep you dry against the cooler weather. Hyunjin thanked you through his body language right as he went under the rushing water. 

"Do you trust me?" Hyunjin paused, waiting. 

You looked at him for a second wondering why he was suddenly asking you this after you agreed to let him take you from the office without so much as knowing just exactly where he was taking you to trusting him through your fear. His question was a genuine one, asking for reassurance that you felt comfortable and safe before moving forward. It was new. 

"Only if you promise not to throw me over a cliff," you joked. The joke settled well with Hyunjin, and he took it as a yes that you did in fact in this moment, trust him.

"Then close your eyes for me."

A rush of chills decorated your skin as you closed your eyes for him. Hyunjin noticed the bumps appeared on your skin and smiled to himself. Gently, he took both of your hands and pulled you through a hidden archway right under the waterfall. Your ears picked up on the gentle falling of more water as you smelled a deep water-like earth smell mixed with floral. The rush of the waterfall was gone. Hyunjin stopped slowly and stepped to the side.

"Okay, open."

A soft gasp left your lips as your eyes looked at the scenery in front of you. The two of you were inside a beautiful cenote. Flowers lined the walls, drinking from the water falling through the open hole in the river. The light reflected off the water making it sparkle. Small beams of light reflected onto the stone walls not covered in deep magenta flowers. The sight was amazing and one you'd never seen. 

"It's beautiful," you smiled at Hyunjin, stepping forward to dip your hand in the water. It was lukewarm and crystal clear.

"Do you want to swim?" his voice was careful. You looked back at him with a puzzled look. Hyunjin only smiled, "The water has healing minerals in it. It'll help soothe sore muscles and replenish the body, but if it's too much for you considering last night..."

The thought was sweet. "But I don't have a swimsuit, and I won't go in naked." 

Hyunjin laughed, his laughter echoing off the walls. "I wouldn't ask you to get naked, and your training clothes are sewn to make you a swimsuit if you ever find yourself needing to be in water."

Hyunjin, being a man, gulped down the idea presenting itself. He had to stay focused, or he would lose his control and blow everything. You raised one eyebrow right before your skeptical look changed into shock as Hyunjin unzipped his shirt and pulled it off. He was sculpted like a Greed god with broad shoulders, big arms, and a toned chest with a few abs. He tied back his hair and transformed his pants into shorts before stepping into the water, sharing your gaze. 

What was this man doing to you?

"The water is nice," he taunted softly, splashing water onto his skin to make it shine against the light. You swallowed hard. 

"Turn around," you chided. Hyunjin laughed and rolled his eyes before turning around. His back is ripped too??

It took you a few minutes, but you eventually figured out how to transform your outfit into a two-piece bathing suit, not thrilled with how much it was lacking in coverage, but satisfied enough with what it was covering. You placed your clothes next to his and tied your hair up just like Hyunjin had. You took a deep breath and slowly stepped into the water, letting it engulf you up to your waist.

"Okay," you said softly. "You can turn around."

Hyunjin only looked over his shoulder, wishing he hadn't as his insides turned inside out after seeing you in your swimsuit. Your chest and neckline looked so soft to him and your shoulders too. He wanted nothing more than to touch you and kiss every inch of skin on those areas. Wanting to show you just how much you affected him. Playing it cool, he smiled and treaded into the water further; he swam closer to the water softly falling over the edges of the wide whole in the middle of the cavern and waited for you to join him, which you did with deep breaths. 

Since the water was still and crystal clear, it was a bit easier to force yourself to walk toward Hyunjin. He met you halfway and took your hands in his, helping you feel grounded. It wasn't as hard when he was touching you.

The two of you soaked in the mineral water and allowed the water to heal injuries and sore muscles, which you in fact had quite a few. Hyunjin had a few cuts and bruises on his back and chest that you watched heal wondering if he acquired them while trying to save you last night.

"How do you know about this place?" you spoke after a long while. 

"Chan told me about it a long time ago," Hyunjin said, swimming a little closer to you as the conversation struck up. "Over the last few weeks, we've been bringing Seungmin up here to help heal his wounds."

Guilt overwhelmed you at the mention of the boy you'd almost killed. You thought about going to apologize in person, but he was so well hidden in the compound that it was difficult for you to build up the courage to seek him out. It did bring you some comfort that a place like this was here for him during his healing process. Not knowing how you gave him the wounds, scarred you beyond measure. 

"Oh," you replied softly, looking away for a moment to tie your thoughts back together after wondering about Seungmin. Maybe Hyunjin would be honest with you, so you took a leap and asked, "Is he okay?"

Hyunjin raised his eyebrows slightly before nodding gently, "He's recovering. He's awake more now that his wounds are mostly healed. With time he'll be back to his normal self."

You only nodded. Hyunjin noticed the guilt even before you asked the question. He sees that a lot in you whenever things go sour or mentions of past horrors come up in conversation. Hyunjin avoided those if he could in order to make you not feel deep levels of guilt that might manifest itself.

When your legs began to get tired you caught yourself slipping into the water a bit further. Hyunjin moved before you registered it, taking you in his arms and holding you up. You inhaled heavily at the close proximity and looked into his eyes. They were a beautiful chocolate brown with sparkles of reflected light coming down as he looked into your own eyes and searched your face. 

Hyunjin Mafia of Malefic was incredibly handsome through his visuals but also through the way he held himself when he walked or stood, when he sat down and gazed over a crowd, but more importantly through the way he touched and handled you. His hands being gentle and respectful as they held you at your waist and the soft gaze in his eyes when he looked at you made you melt slightly in place. It was very hard to keep your distance when he gave you nothing to stand on, keeping you suspended all the time.

The longer you stared at him, the closer he pulled you into his chest. His soft skin against your own was addicting and enticing. With every passing second, your heart rate sped up, beating rapidly. And just when you didn't think it could progress further, Hyunjin pressed his lips against yours for a brief second. 

You gasped, pulling back slightly to stare at him with surprise. His grip on you tightened a bit as he waited for you to say something. Something about the way he pulled back didn't sit right with you as you moved your hands to rest just under his ears and returned the kiss. This time Hyunjin didn't allow for either of you to pull back as his hand moved to hold the middle of your back, to press you against him, and the other holding the underside of your left thigh.

When he needed air, which took him a long while, he pulled back and inhaled deeply before attending to your neck. You tipped your head back to give him better access to your collarbones and Jugular area enjoying the way his hot plump lips felt against your skin. He kissed your chest before his lips came back up to kiss yours, hard. You did not miss the way his hands were kneading the flesh of your skin while his lips bruised yours. 

"Hyunjin," you breathed out, closing your eyes when you felt his hands at your waist. He rested his forehead against yours, heaving for air as his brain fogged up. 

"If you say my name like that again," Hyunjin panted, kissing your lips again. "I will not be able to hold myself back."

A small laugh escaped your lips before you ducked your head into his neck. Now it was his turn to laugh as he squeezed you in a hug, resting his temple against yours. The water was a bit warmer as your powers let heat flow from you. You couldn't tell if it was the minerals in the water or Hyunjin that were making you feel better; you wanted it to be the latter. 

For a few hours, you let yourself forget all your stress as you swam around cenote with Hyunjin, being playful and bold with him. You let him kiss you and make you feel like a queen, you let him touch you and worship you like you were going to be gone from him in the next second. He let you do the same, kissing him deeply and letting himself be shaped by your touch. It was healing for the both of you even though you both knew things would not be the same when it was time to return to headquarters.  

By evening, you had showered and dressed yourself into some more comfortable clothes. It was close to dinner time and despite having a very intimate moment with Hyunjin and still trying to wrap your head around the feelings you were experiencing, it did not deter you from your search for Minho. The idea of Minho finding out what you did with Hyunjin in that cenote made you laugh softly to yourself. He'd blow his top off at just the thought. 

First, you needed to find any strengths or weaknesses on Breath Takers and also more history surrounding the three areas suspected from this morning. This strategy had been one of the first of many you learned when growing up under your parents. Always start with information to better able yourself. The library was where you were going to start.  

The problem for you was going to be finding it. The hallways all looked the same but if you walked long enough you might find it and get more information before dinner started. Minutes had passed and you were slowly leaving a trail mist on the floor to help you find your way back when you came upon a windowed hallway. It piqued your interest enough to make the right turn, seeing that the windows looked out over the river. It was a bridge hallway. 

The water rushed below, surrounded by deep green trees and shrubbery. Suspended at the same level as the hallway was a balcony with seating and tables to sit at. The longer you observed it, the more you were able to see what was behind the glass window beyond it. With a few more steps, the light glaring on the glass disappeared and you saw it.

A shelf full of books. 

When you entered the library, it was so quiet you could hear yourself breathing. Taking in the books made you realize that this wasn't a normal library with books labeled and sections on display to help your search. All of the books were of a deep brown with thick heavy spines, dozens of pages, and no titles on the front. Maybe you could get lucky.

You decided to start on the left side and work your way back and then repeat on the other side coming from the back to the front. If you picked up a few books every now and then, glancing through them, you might get lucky and find the section you were looking for.

So far you had found factual books on intellectual studies such as herbs and plants and guides on how certain life forms grew and prospered under a specific instruction. There were at least three rows from top to bottom on understanding all forms of skill as well as those who use them. You'd be lying if you said you didn't get caught up a little in those books. It was especially amusing for you to discover that Changbin's kind was actually huge softies. You just had to gain their trust and full comfort level in order to see it at its peak. 

"Trying to find a way to befriend Changbin?" a voice scared you into dropping the heavy book as panic rushed through you. 

Seungmin, was leaning against the bookshelf on the opposite end of the isle with his arms crossed in front of his chest, watching you. The panic eased almost immediately, but not through your own means. It was almost as if it never happened.

"Taking away my panic so I don't attack you?" you countered, picking the book up from the floor and putting it back on the shelf.

"Maybe," he replied, remaining in his spot. He quirked an eyebrow at you pulling another book off the shelf and skimming through it; repeating the action a few times. "Wouldn't be the first time."

You were a few seconds short of biting back something harsh, when you remembered what you had done to him the last time the two of you were this close to each other. You only heaved a sigh and continued to look through the books. Seungmin followed silently which seemed to be putting you a little on edge the more you were looking for information. 

"You're digging for something," he suddenly spoke, finding his comfort in leaning against another shelf. 

"How incredibly observant of you." 

"The information you're seeking is not in this library," he said, straightening up into a normal standing position. His words made you falter slightly in your reach for another book. If what you were trying to find wasn't in here, then where was it? When you looked back at Seungmin he was observing you again.

Then he spoke again, "If you're as smart as I think you are, I'm willing to trade information."

"No way." you shot down the offer immediately. There was no way you were going to unfold your families' secrets just like that. 

"Only specifics." he bargained lightly. "More specifically, information about you."

Now you were puzzled, "You don't want information on my family to exploit them?"

"Don't need it when I can simply convince the information out of them."

The two of you stood silently with heavy tension as you thought over what he was offering. Whether he was trying to take advantage of you or gain strength for himself through other means, it was hard to tell. Seungmin was hard to read. The longer the silence went on, the more impatient he was becoming.

Something didn't feel right. You shook your head slowly, finally coming to a decision. "No."

Seungmin smiled widely, retreating slowly. "Very well. You know where to find me if you change your mind." Seungmin turned and was almost out of sight, "and you will."

After hours of searching after your encounter with Seungmin, you were exhausted. He had been right about you not being able to find anything. And he was right about you dying to gain information for your benefit that only he had. It did take a few hours of you sitting in your room, torn over your own self-ego and the surrender of yourself to Seungmin's will; ultimately, you did give into his wants, having no other options. 

When you entered the hallway, you stood for a minute pondering over what he meant by where to find him. You had explored most of the compound in the weeks you had stayed, but Seungmin's area or room was one you didn't go looking for in case he wanted to kill you outright, which he was more than justified to do. 

You supposed you could just start walking and hoped to find his quarters soon.

His door was the only one you'd seen, so far, that was solid black and had no handle. For a moment you didn't know how to approach it. You tried to push inward and with no luck, it remained shut. The second thing you tried was a knock. Nothing. A sigh escaped you as you pondered over any other options. Your fingers grazed around the door for a button and you inspected the floor for any triggers. There was no physical way in. If there was a mental one, you didn't know how you would use that. 

"I should do this to my room," you mumbled to yourself, realizing how much protection was provided. Maybe you could ask Felix to help you on that. You inhaled deeply and closed your eyes. You needed to think. How would you get into this room? You had to put yourself in the shoes of Seungmin. 

You started by voicing specific words meant to open things—like abracadabra or open sesame. When those didn't work you imaged the door opening for you. Again, nothing. You turned to walk away when you paused. The last stretch of hope extended your hand to where the doorknob would've been. Your fingertips came in contact with cool metal as you wrapped your hands around a doorknob. 

You breathed a sigh of relief but also cursed the Mind Controller. The doorknob had been so black that it was invisible against the same black of the door. A mind trick without any effort. You pushed the door inward after turning the handle and walked into the room. To your surprise, you raised your eyebrows and paused halfway in the door. 

"You heard all of that didn't you?" you started at the Mind Controller who was sitting in a chair facing the door. His hands held a stopwatch that was paused with a good five minutes recorded. 

"Glad you aren't completely stupid." he only smiled, setting the stopwatch down on the table in front of him and gesturing to the chair opposite of his. He watched as you followed his request without question. The room was very dark and simple. The room you were in was a living/study area. From what you could tell there were two other rooms; one to your right and the other to your left. The air was cold to you and you were confused to see that there was a fireplace but no fire going. 

"Start one."

You looked at Seungmin for a moment only realizing a second later that he was asking you to make a fire. You shook your head. "My fire doesn't bring warmth," you told him. Seungmin looked like he was trying to figure out how to ask why, but you beat him to it. "I've tried." 

Seungmin tilted his head back slightly as of remembering just what your fire could do. He smirked slightly, "I know it doesn't."

"Why ask?" you grumbled as you looked at him. He sighed and pulled back the collar of his shirt to reveal one of the now faded pink scars. 

"Because this is a wound from powers unknown to most," he shrugged. "Doesn't mean you aren't capable of igniting a fire that produces warmth. Though if you really tried, I suppose you're right." 

You furrowed your eyebrows and grew uncomfortable at his assumption regarding your lack of trying. It wasn't because of lack in effort, but in pure ability. You weren't gifted the skill to provide warm fires. "Just because they aren't warm doesn't mean they won't burn you." 

"Now that," he uncrossed his legs and stood. "I figured out the hard way."

He walked over to one of the shelves and collected two large books. One that looked older and the other looking merely untouched. Seungmin set them on the table in front of him and motioned for you to take a seat across from him.

"Now, the information you need is in this book here," he laid a hand down on the book to your right while he rested the other hand down on the book on the left. "And the information I want to know will be recorded in this one."

"Recorded?" 

Seungmin nodded, "I'm half the reason all the books here are written the way they are. I either stole the information or asked people to explain."

"Why do you want my story?" 

"Because," Seungmin leaned forward. "You are and will be legendary."

"And what's in the other book."

"The last bit of the Peacemaker's enemies."

Hours later, you were walking out of Seungmin's room with a rushing heart. You pulled the door to as you tried to wrap your mind around the information revealed to you moments ago. Everything made sense. All of the information clicked for you and you had no time to spare. 

Just as you went to take a step, there was a gravitational pull at you. It was comforting, familiar. Tears were welling up in your eyes at the feeling, having not felt it in so long. You were practically sprinting in the direction of the pull coming to a door on the other side of the compound. Your hand closed around the handle and turned the knob pushing it inward. 

Then your heart dropped to your stomach. 

Jeongin was barely holding himself up at a desk in front of Hyunjin with Felix next to him. Tears streamed down your face as they all turned to see who had opened the door. Jeongin breathed a sigh of relief at the sight of you, squeezing you into his embrace when you sprinted to his arms. 

"Oh my gosh," Jeongin was huffing and puffing, locking you into his arms tightly. "You're okay, oh my gosh." 

He hushed you softly while carding his fingers through your hair comfortingly, barely comprehending you standing in front of him. He took all your tears as you sobbed into his neck and held him closely.

"It's okay," Jeongin whispered, kissing your temple. "You're okay."

 "Okay," Hyunjin spoke up breaking the moment. "That's enough. Release her."

Jeongin ignored Hyunjin's command as you sunk further into his embrace at the voice of the Mafia Malefic's boss.

Felix saw how Hyunjin was getting worked up over watching Jeongin, but you needed this moment.  Carefully, he stepped forward and laid a hand on your back when enough time has passed. Jeongin glared ever so slightly at the touch, yet knowing what Felix was trying to avoid, he softly helped remove you from his embrace into Felix's arms which you didn't want.

"Stop," you interjected, when you tried to pull away from Felix, but his grip tightened. 

"Y/n," Hyunjin's voice rose in warning, eyes dangerously staring at you to stop resisting.

"Let her be," Hyunjin only rolled his eyes at Jeongin's words. Jeongin eventually got you to calm down and go with Felix, assuring you that he wouldn't be leaving. 

"Please," Hyunjin grumbled, standing from his chair. "Just because you are standing here does not explain your actions and why you are here. I will protect everyone here in this room except for you. "

"If you love her," Jeongin leaned onto the desk, getting right in Hyunjin's face. "Then tell her."

Love me? What?

"If you say it again," Hyunjin's voice mumbled for only Jeongin to hear. He leaned closely, threateningly, "I will kill you in front of her."

"Y/n," Jeongin turned to look at you. Hyunjin tried to interrupt but Jeongin was looking straight at you. "Do you have any kind of marking on your body that wasn't there before?" 

Now you were dead still. You hadn't told anyone about that and even at the cenote, Hyunjin hadn't seemed to notice that it was on you. That mark. You knew it had significance. 

"Perhaps," Jeongin continued, "A white figure eight?"

"How do you know that?" your voice was barely above a whisper. Felix heaved a heavy breath. This is not how he wanted this conversation to go.

"Show her," Jeongin was now directing his stare straight at Hyunjin, demanding that he show the matching mark. Hyunjin made no move to do anything only staring at Jeongin with a look that could kill. He wanted to be the one to tell you when the time was right, not through the means of this moment. 

Felix looked at Hyunjin almost pleading with him to just reveal the mark. This had gone far too long. "Hyunjin. Just show her."

Hyunjin finally looked at you and saw the confusion in your eyes and how wet they were from crying. He didn't want to be the cause of that. So, Hyunjin unbuckled his belt and unsnapped the buttons connecting his shirt to his pants, and folded down the waistline of his pants to reveal the same mark wrapping around only his left hip bone.

Your knees gave out at the sight of it.

Your mind was reeling with thoughts as to what that actually meant and if your mind was steering in the direction you thought it was, the sight of the mark wasn't good for you. In fact, it would throw your entire plan completely for a loop and you would be doomed.

Felix helped to stabilize you as the information hit you like a fast train. This could not be real. A part of you was overjoyed by this information, and the other was terrified, having this information confirmed. All of it being so new and only in the span of a day. 

"Soulmates," Jeongin stood up straighter, staring at Hyunjin with a strong glint in his eyes. "If I could kill you without it affecting her, I'd do it without any hesitation."

"Soulmates?!" you gasped; your suspicions being confirmed. "Kill him??"

"I think you've over welcomed your stay," Hyunjin looked at Jeongin, after hearing the desperation in your voice. He needed to speak to you alone. "Since you can't be trusted, enjoy a cell." 

"You have no idea what you're doing." Jeongin shook his head, standing unafraid of what Hyunjin might do. "If you trap me, she will die."

"Over my dead body." Hyunjin's voice rang out, sending a rush of shivers over everyone's skin. "She's mine. I'll do anything it takes to ensure her safety."

Jeongin opened his mouth to reply, but Hyunjin beat him to it. Electricity lit up Hyunjin's fingers threateningly, "Say goodbye." 

"No–" you were out of Felix's hold in seconds trying to keep Jeongin with you for a little longer. He could confirm who had done this and tell you how to get to Minho and Han. It didn't matter to you how he was standing here now without them.

When you went to reach out for him, a strong hand wrapped around your bicep and pulled you back. Hyunjin held you by his side.

"Y/n stop," Hyunjin demanded when you applied every ounce of energy into trying to escape his hold. "That's enough!"

"Go to hell!" you screamed in his face. Within the next second, he held his hand out to Jeongin and sent him away.

Hyunjin gave one look to Felix and the second in command was out of the room in a matter of seconds. When the door shut behind him Hyunjin released you. This gave you the perfect opportunity to turn and slap him hard. 

Hyunjin recovered and grabbed the hand that came back up to slap him again, "I said that's enough! Listen to what I have to say." 

"Do you think I care what you say?" you growled through gritted teeth. "What was that? Lying to me about this mark we share that will change everything? Who do you think you are to keep that from me?"

"Yours." Hyunjin was now looking deep into your eyes. They searched your face for acceptance and a kind of wanting you weren't used to seeing. He drove you mad.

You swallowed the knot in your throat, half lying to yourself, "I don't want you." 

Hyunjin let go of your hand with his jaw clenched tightly and turned away to put as much space between the two of you as he could. His eyes avoided you as he gathered a few knives. The rejection was something he was expecting but didn't want to hear. Not when he tried so hard to build trust. Not when he thought even for a moment that you returned the affection. 

"Hyunjin," you closed you eyes as instant regret hit you. "Tell me why Jeongin was in here. Tell me why you chose not to tell me?"

"Jeongin," Hyunjin snapped. "Is the one that attacked you. He attempted to drown you. Forgive me for putting him far away from you."

"He was forced!" you exclaim. "I know who attacked me. I need Jeongin to help me go fight and get Minho and Han to safety."

"Absolutely not," he instantly shot you down. "I will not let you out yourself in danger. I will deal with Jeongin and take care of everything."

You watched as he grabbed a bag next to the desk and hoisted it onto his shoulder. He walked up to you and tried to grab you hand, but you moved away from him. His hands gathered the front of your shirt and he forces you closely to him. 

"Maybe when things settle down," he slowly moved his lips to your ear. "Then you'll kiss me like you did under the falling water and touch me like you love me and can't control yourself." 

You hated yourself deeply for the way your breath escaped shakily at his words. It affected you in ways you didn't want and made you want to cry at how cruel he could be. This was toxic, he was toxic. Why did it give you such a thrill? 

His lips kissed your cheek lightly before letting go of you slowly so you could stabilize yourself back onto the floor.

"Then I'll go by myself," you mumbled. 

Rage was pulsing through you as he began to walk away from you. Out of spite, you reached for his hand and as gently as you could, stepped up to his side. Hyunjin stilled when your hand came up to his jaw, turning it to you. You stood still for a second before shoving his jaw up and back as white fire-like ice ripped up through your hand and into his neck.

Hyunjin cried out and got out of your grip as fast as he could, eyes wild and high on alert as he dropped the bag on his shoulder and touched where you had attacked. His eyes flashed angrily as he counterattacked by trapping both your hands into a twist with his own, holding them against your stomach and pinning you to the desk with a strong force. Now that he was leaning over you, Hyunjin gritted his teeth before sending a huge wave of pulsing electricity shooting into your body. Bright blue static lines popped through you as you screamed loudly from the pain. 

Hyunjin let it go after a long brutal minute, practically shoving himself off of you and gathering his things in a huff. He was fuming and needed to leave before he did any crucial damage to you. A minute long of being electrocuted seemed to just about disable you from attacking him again. 

"Screw you, Y/n." Was all he called out before leaving you shaking on his desk; the buzz still pulsed through you and tears cascaded down your cheeks silently. 

Changbin was the one that came to you after what felt like forever, only being a few minutes in real time. He wrapped you in a blanket before touching you and carried you to the medical ward where someone treated you for Shock. To your grateful surprise, Felix stayed with you during the entire procedure and made sure you weren't alone. For a brief moment you wished Felix had been your soulmate instead of Satan himself. 

You were safe to shower in water and move about, but you would feel weary for the next day or two. 

Hyunjin picked up a rock laying on the ground at the edge's cliff and hurled it out into the deep drop. This is where he had gone after your fight; the only place that was familiar to him, comforting to him.

He roared out as he threw another stone. Tears rippled down his face as his heart ached to the point of no return. His tears were hot against the cold air and he felt the rocks bite at his knees when they hit the ground. Stinging erupted from his scalp—his fingers working up knots in his hair over and over again. 

"This cannot be happening," he pleaded out loud to himself, desperately trying to run through the events that had just happened. The words you said to him and the look in your eyes when you found out he was your soulmate. Hyunjin would rather be dead than to be feeling what he was feeling right now. His breath was coming how in short huffs as the tears continued to fall down his face.

"Is she dead?" he asked.

"You'd know if she were," came the reply. Felix stood not to far off from where Hyunjin was kneeling. "You shouldn't have handled it the way you did."

Hyunjin was not in the mood for a lecture. His sorrow turned to anger as he got up from the ground and faced Felix. "Fight me. Distract me from my thoughts."

Felix tilted his head down slightly, an unamused glint glossing his eyes. He raised his hand and a flash of light so bright blinded Hyunjin in half a second. He closed his eyes and submitted himself to the dark, thriving off the sounds in his ears and the sensations through his hands and feet. Felix was deathly silent on his feet, but every once in a while, he slipped up.

click.

Hyunjin attacked behind him and opened his eyes slightly to see if the attack had given him his sight back. The light was gone but Felix had blindsided him and thrown a nasty punch to the back of his head and made direct contact. Growling from frustration, Hyunjin stomped on the ground, sending a pulsing wave of electricity. Felix was up in the air in seconds, dancing on sun beams and narrowly missing the waves before arching his next attack right at his friend.

Hyunjin blocked.

The light absorbed Felix into nothing, leaving Hyunjin to guess where he would appear next. He waited with his eyes on the next cloud in the sky, mere seconds from blocking out the sun. Right as the cloud covered the ball of fire, the Mafia boss caught sight of his second in command coming back from the light with a series of more physical attacks. Hyunjin geared up another attack, only for Felix to blind him again and deliver the final blow.

Felix stared down at his friend laying on the ground, "You need to talk to her and explain everything before it's too late."

"I already tried that." Hyunjin grunted as he took Felix's outstretched hand. "That's why things ended the way they did." 

"You aren't trying hard enough." Felix boldly spoke. "You better get yourself together and treat her the way she wants to be treated." Hyunjin glanced at Felix to see the hard serious gaze he was giving him. "Minho was right you know. She is her own person and needs to be treated as such. You'll never lose her if you do that."

An angry roar left Hyunjin's throat. He was now left alone on the cliff's edge. Alone to his unending thoughts. 

It was only a few hours later when you woke. Your mind was only thinking of one person and one goal the second your eyes opened, but they were harder to reach because of your condition. The effects of Hyunjin's attack made it very difficult for you to function properly. Even something as simple as walking was challenging.

When you could move without struggling too much, you sought out the person on your mind. It didn't take you nearly as long to find him this time around, having desperation at your back and hateful revenge in your hands. 

The leaves crunched underneath your feet as you stumbled to the front door. The lights were on inside and the forest around the building was silent. Inhaling, you reached for the knob and pushed inward.

The fireplace was glowing brightly, igniting the inside with light. You barely glanced around, looking to make sure there was nobody else inside. Completely empty. This prompted you to investigating all the walls for a trap door or secret latch that would open into another hidden room. However, there was nothing.

Panic filled your throat as you racked your brain to figure this out. There was no telling how much time you had left. Sounds outside had you searching for a place to hide immediately. The corner behind one of the chairs next to the fireplace seemed good enough. 

Though as you ran to the hiding spot, your foot hooked on the edge of the rug on the floor and you fell face first into the wooden floor. The sounds we're getting loud and you had to make sure it didn't look like anyone was in here. Your hand grabbed the edge of the flipped rug to tug it back into place when you saw a hidden latch. 

It was now or never, you pulled the latch upward and climbed under the trap door, trying your best to place the rug back before you pulled the latch shut. It was pitch black in the small space you were limited to. Praying the rug was in place, you lit your hand with the white fire to inspect the space. 

There was a ladder leading from the small square space you were crouched on top of down into the darkness. You shot the fire down the hole. It disappeared after lighting up what looked like a hallway. 

This had to lead to Minho.

You quickly made work of the ladder and landed on the cold stone floor at the bottom. A gasp escaped you at the sight of the hall. Bloody dead bodies hung on the walls like trophy's on display. Fear was drowning you as you walked as fast as you could down the hall. You became very uneasy when you saw who was hanging above the door at the end of the hallway.

The Peacemaker.

When you opened the door you gasped again. Minho and Han were shackled to the wall. The shackles had needles on the inside, sticking them through their wrists and ankles as some sort of deep purple liquid filled their bodies. It looked as though Jeongin had been here before escaping as there was a place for a third victim.

"Minho," you whispered frantically, lifting his head and seeing if he was dead. He was incredibly weak, but he opened his eyes to see if he heard your voice or if he was simply imagining it. 

"Y/n," he couldn't even say your name properly. You moved to check and see if Han was also alive, finding him to be in the same state as Minho.

"Y/n," Han's voice was slightly better than Minho's as he called for you.

"Yes, yes," you touched his face tenderly. "I'm going to get you out of here."

"Y/n," he looked at you. "Run."

The source of his fear stepped into the dark stone room and leaned against the wall, eyes directly on you. "Y/n," Chan greeted you stone-faced, putting his hands in the front pocket of his hoodie. "Oh Y/n, y/n, y/n. You finally figured it out."

You slowly rose from your crouch and held your head high. "With some help."

"Oh yes," Chan reached behind him and dragged Seungmin into the room and tossing him onto the floor at his feet. "I'm well aware."

"You won't hurt him," you gritted out at Chan. "I won't let you."

"Why would you want to help the one person that is the key to my betrayal?" Chan furrowed his eyebrows and quirked an eyebrow at you like you were strange. "He may have given you the last piece to your puzzle. But ultimately, he did what I asked him to do."

Seungmin's eyes shut in shame as The Healer clapped a hand on his shoulders and squeezed tenderly. Chan looked back at you and your stone still figure. The new bit of information wasn't comforting in the slightest knowing he had a spy in the middle of Mafia Malefic. There's no telling how long this had been going on. 

It was more baffling to you that Chan was behind all of this. He was the valley's Healer and caretaker. Always willing to extend a hand to help and soothe during the hard times. Seeking to care for his patience's and at a beckoning call at any hour of the day or night. Why was he doing this after all that? After all he'd done to help you during the last five to six months.

"Should we tell her, Seungmin?" Chan taunted him, gliding his fingers through Seungmin's midnight black locks before gripping them between his fingers tightly and yanking back hard. Seungmin cried out as Chan put his lips to the Mind Controller's ear. Seungmin's hands went back to try and control how hard Chan was pulling as you took a step forward in panic.

"Wait, stop! Don't hurt him."

"I think we should tell her," The Healer's voice was airy as he kept a strong hold on Seungmin's head. You had enough of this. You widen your stance and let your fire consume both hands to form your attack. Chan slowly moved his gaze to you and chuckled.

"Let him go or I will make you." you said smoothly. Seungmin opened his eyes to see you circling over to him.

"No," Seungmin grunted out. "don't!"

Chan only smiled. The floor began to shake roughly destabilizing you and just as it stilled, the floor split open to reveal hell at the bottom. You grabbed a hold of the closest thing near you to ensure you weren't meeting fate too soon. Huffs of air escaped your chest erratically. Seungmin only watched you from the corner of his eyes in horror.

The Healer was calm as he spoke "Let me tell you the whole story."

"Back before your parents died, I had issues with an old friend. Because what I wanted went against his rules and regulations and he had a higher position of power than I did, he kept me under his thumb and prevented me from leveling out the three-power party system that the valley had been running on for centuries. For years he kept me under that thumb; he did that for so long that I had to play an entirely different part from what I wanted," Chan laughed incredulously at the recalling of his memories.

He loosened his grip on Seungmin's hair but didn't let go. Your grip was weakening, and you peaked at the open ground, wondering if you could hold on for much longer. 

"So, while I waited to take out both the highest Mafia's in the valley, I worked my way into both of them. Seungmin came in very handy with that. His little encounter with the Witch Cursor. Of course, it wasn't actually a Witch Cursor, but rather an encounter with me. He would've gone free, but he decided to challenge me and put up a good fight, almost defeated me. I think you know how it ended though considering how beautiful he looks in my clutches." A sadistic smirk appeared on his lips as he looked at the Mind Controller. 

"Once I had him under my control, I was able to infiltrate Mafia Malefic with ease. The best part is he knows how to break the control I have over him. Most curses come with a catch and well, that's just the thing—Seungmin here can't repeat it once it's been said. Which works out perfectly for me. Now my next step was to infiltrate Mafia Grim, and it was too easy. My pawn for the perfect match,"

You readjusted your grip and tried to move toward Seungmin. To your horror, Chan tightened his grip again, making Seungmin cry out once more. It made you pause again.

"You. You were born and from your birth I saw that you were different. No one knew, but I sensed it. The night when your parents died, I was there. I was there when they told you exactly what you were, and I saw the very second you lost all control. That was my chance—my opening into taking down Mafia Grim. To kill your parents while you had your reaction and to be there for you when you woke up. It just so happened to work in my favor that Hyunjin was just outside the room, watching you."

The sudden news of Hyunjin not being responsible for the death of your parents had your mind spinning in chaos. Your attention was long gone away from Chan and Seungmin as memories of that night flooded your head. How could you believe him? Was he really telling the truth and revealing what had been lost to you for so long? Or was he playing you like he had everyone else in his life.

Your head hurt and the palms of your hands were growing sweaty.

"And you were so gullible too. Taking everything I said very seriously, listening to Minho's suggestion for you to train in the deep mountains far away from gaining your full potential next to Minho, that you'd gain full control of your gift and be stronger than everyone in the valley including me. Well, I couldn't let that happen, so I strongly encouraged Minho to send you away."

"Stop," you begged, not wanting to hear anything more.  

"Now that I have a full grasp on exactly what you are all thanks to Seungmin, I can finally finish my plans," Chan chuckled darkly. 

You needed Hyunjin now, knowing you couldn't do this alone. But there was no sign of him coming to your aid. Especially after the way you treated him the last time you saw each other. Would he be willing to listen to your even after all that had happened?

The ground shook again as it sealed shut. Chan released Seungmin and shoved him in the opposite direction you were, where he stopped himself from injury before turning back to The Healer. If only he had his limit lifted, he could do an ungodly amount of damage that he's been saving up. You came over to him in order to shield him from Chan.

"You're useless to me now." Chan's face went back to bored as looked at Seungmin. Slowly, he strolled over to a table full of instruments. "It's time for me to go, really wish I could stay but, I'm late to destroying all of you." 

And in that second, you attacked. Chan barreled out of the way as your fire came raining down on him. He watched carefully as your white eyed figure watched his every move. Truth be told, he was a little nervous over what you might do to him now that the soulmate bridge had been completed. Chan made his attack when he thought you'd be least expecting it and watched it hit you square in the stomach. While you were down and standing back up to recover, Chan threw his next attack at Seungmin who was still on the floor. 

Chan took a step back when you blocked the attack without even so much as putting very much effort. Chan's gaze darkened as he faded into the the dark. You felt him through the air as you waited to see where he would reappear. A warm feeling vibrated through the air making that spot your target. Splitting pain licked your ribcage area as you looked down to see the edge of knife sticking through your stomach. It hit you straight in your core, taking you down so far that you couldn't even think about getting up. Seungmin yelled your name, but you couldn't see anything. The only feeling was the one in your middle, consuming you inside and out. The knife was pulled back, ripping your insides up even more.

Chan suddenly felt the hairs on the back of his neck stand up right before a surprising wind picked up and he saw flashes of blue followed by loud pops and zaps filling the air. Hyunjin appeared inside the room, attack mode on and ready. He looked at Chan for a brief moment before seeing you on the floor. Chan began to walk backwards, stepping into the wall behind him as he dissolved into ash and disappeared. 

Seungmin flipped you over and began to inspect you as Hyunjin rushed over. His eyes went to Minho and Han—both pinned to the walls and shivered in fear at the sight of them.

"What happened?" Hyunjin demanded, taking you into his arms. He felt you gravitate toward him and pull him closer to you. The instant his body was on yours the feeling in your middle began to settle though it was still very painful. Blood was everywhere.

"There's too much to explain," Seungmin shook his head, tears slipping past his eyes. "We have to make sure she's okay."

Hyunjin was deep in the dark, but he heard your call and felt your pain which brought him here. There would be time to explain later; right now, he needed to tend to you. 

It hurt when he picked you up in his arms and took you back to headquarters, which to you was a flash of time due to your fading in and out of consciousness. The softness of his bed cradled you gently as he laid you down against the mattress and helped you settle into a comfortable position. Hyunjin moved the hair from your face while looking over your body for any physical lacerations, finding nothing visible to his eye. He called for Changbin the second they were in his room, needing him be on guard while his mind was otherwise directed toward you.

"What happened?" Changbin asked, appearing in the doorway with a nasty looking weapon drawn in his left hand. "Who did this?"

"That's not important right now," Hyunjin stated calmly, fitting his hand around the back of your neck to cradle your head while his other hand held your waist gently. "Y/n, open your eyes sweetheart."

You could hear him, you could feel him; you just couldn't respond. Hyunjin's gaze went to your left hand briefly pausing before taking the his thumb and index finger to aggressively pinch your palm. A small flinch was your reaction. 

"I got you baby," Hyunjin mumbled. "Just hang in there for me." 

"I'll go get the doctor." Seungmin volunteered, worry straining his voice as he left the room to go find someone to help. Hyunjin said nothing in response, only pulling you closer in hopes that he could help relieve some of the pain.

"Changbin," Hyunjin began, moving hair out of your eyes to keep you as comfortable as he was able. "Send a group to The Healers cabin. You will find the inner circle of Mafia Grim down there. Use caution and take an expert in medicine and torture instruments with you."

"What happened?" Felix asked when he arrived. 

"That question has expired," Changbin responded with a bit of attitude as he followed his orders. 

Felix only walked further into Hyunjin's room, coming over to the other side of the bed to sit. Hyunjin acknowledged him with a look and then focused his attention back to you. The room was still as no one breathed and the time ticked by slowly. Slowly, you felt yourself falling into a warm dreamy place, a comfortable slumber. The voice of the medical personnel filled the room just as you slipped into darkness. 

Cool. Soft. Damp. 

Hours later you were coming to your senses again, one of those being the cool, soft, and damp object at your forehead. It was a cloth being pressed to the skin of your forehead to help soothe. The owner behind the touch was intentional yet light in their touch which felt nice next to your now subsided pain. You opened your eyes slightly to see Hyunjin leaning over you with the cloth in his hand. 

"Hyunjin," you breathed out, trying to focus. "Chan..."

He shushed you softly, not wanting you to worry about what had happened before you passed out. "Don't worry about him."

"He's controlling Seungmin," you continued, this timing trying to sit up. "You have to help him."

"Y/n, lay back down," Hyunjin demanded softly. You looked around the room for Seungmin or anyone else that was at The Healer's cabin. You felt Hyunjin place his hand on the side of your face, drawing your panicked gaze back to his calm one. "Everything is under control. Right now, I need you to rest. You won't be able to help me stop him if you aren't in good shape."

"But—" Hyunjin shook his head gently while pressing into your shoulder. You fell back against the pillows again feeling just how weak you were after the intense blows aimed at you. It had been years since you felt this exhausted. 

Hyunjin put the cloth back on the side table next to his bed and reached for the glass of water, but paused when our hand came up to grab his forearm. He looked at your hand and took it in his gently before turning his attention to you. You pulled his arm toward you to cradle your connected hands into the curve of your neck. 

"Thank you," you closed your eyes as you spoke, losing confidence and becoming too shy to look into his eyes. Hyunjin squeezed your hand in his as his response, leaning down to press a kiss to your forehead. 

"Never thank me," you opened your eyes to look at him, confused. Hyunjin ran his thumb over the back of your hand as he continued. "It's my job to answer to your calls and to care for you. That goes for even sharing the truth with you and keeping you informed, which I didn't do. I'm sorry, Y/n."

It was still a problem that he chose to keep you in the dark for so long. Some of it couldn't be helped like the block of time you where you both were purposefully separated from each other by the means of Chan to further push the gap between the bonds. Chan had come close to being successful by making it harder for the two of you to become connected even after you returned from the mountains, if only he had prevented Hyunjin from bringing you home with him that night after the funeral. 

"I forgive you," was all you said. Hyunjin nodded, squeezing your hand again. "It's going to be a slow, long journey for us, but I'm willing to put in the effort if you are."

The look of relief and joy on Hyunjin's faced didn't even surface what he was feeling inside. It would all be worth it in the end if it meant he could try to win your heart little by little. The small nod of his head killed off any remaining tension between the two of you. Mistakes would be forgiven and the two of you would grow to know each other over time and accept what was between you.

"Just please don't attack me like you did the other day," Hyunjin said as he got up to change the water, he'd been dipping the cloth into. "I'm a strong man don't get me wrong but that was terrifying."

Your laugh hit him straight in the chest, making him feel bubbly on the inside. 

"It's good to hear that," came Felix's voice as he entered the room with food for both you and Hyunjin. He helped you sit up and set the tray in your lap then setting Hyunjin's on the desk in the room. 

"How's the progress going?" Hyunjin asked Felix through his teeth—a small bag of herbs was wedges between them. He returned with fresh water warm water that he set back down on the side table. 

"It's slow, but we already know where Chan lives so we'll start there."

Your ears perked up at the mention of Chan. "What's happened while I was out?" 

"Y/n–" Hyunjin's sentence fell silent as he looked at your pleading expression. 

"Please," you begged. "Tell me." Hyunjin nodded without hesitation and motioned for Felix to continue talking while he dug into his food. It had been a long minute since he last had a good meal in his stomach. 

"Seungmin revealed everything to us once he knew you were going to be okay. Mafia Grim is being treated downstairs for their injuries and lack of nutrition."

The mention of your family had your heart aching in worry. 

"Han, even in his recovery, is working on finding ways to break the bind Chan has on Seungmin so his limit can be removed. Since it wasn't a Witch Cursor's doing the spell might be persuaded. Seungmin mentioned there being a loophole through all of Chan's words and curses." 

Felix took a grape from Hyunjin's tray and popped it in his mouth while you pondered over the information. It was a lot to take in but nothing you couldn't figure out. 

"What did he say to you?" Hyunjin questioned, looking at you curiously. His question made you inhale deeply, trying to recall all the words The Healer had said. 

"He just told me his real intentions and that he planned to eliminate the system between my family and yours. His plans came into place once the person stopping him was dead," you explained, shivering at the memory of the Peacemaker. "The Peacemaker was the one person stronger than him up until he killed him." 

"That all checks out," Felix nodded. "We checked all of the timelines, and it matches up."

"Then let's get ready to take him down, " Hyunjin nodded determinedly. The three of you sat in silence for a while, thinking over all that happened and imagining what would happen in the future.

This was going to be messy. 

A few days is all Hyunjin would allow for everyone to get ready for a planned attack. Mafia Grim was still recovering, but they assured Hyunjin that they wanted to fight despite their condition. 

Hyunjin received a message from Chan himself yesterday to meet him at the Peacemaker's ruins today. He has no doubt that Chan knew he was bringing everyone. In fact he assumed that is exactly what Chan wanted. 

A knock sounded against Hyunjin's bedroom door. He watched you open the door and peer inside. You walked inside closing the door behind you, his eyes watching your movements. The wound from the knife had healed completely and your strength came back, giving you confidence in each step. Slowly, you approached him. 

"Are you ready?" you asked, taking his hand in yours when you stepped up beside him. His hand squeezed your hand back gingerly in response. You wanted to tell him you appreciated him, but the words got stuck in your throat.

Hyunjin saw the emotions behind your eyes and how your mind was turning. Boldly, he dipped down and pressed his lips to yours for a split second. He pulled back just far enough to look into your eyes, looking for rejection. A smile appeared on his lips the second he felt you raised up on your tip toes to kiss him back.

"I love you," he mumbled against your lips. His confession made you pull back. He wasn't afraid of rejection now. "I wanted to say it in case something happens."

"Nothing will happen," you insisted. "You and I will come back to each other when this is done." 

Hyunjin only squeezed your hand again like he was hoping your words were true. 

Another knock interrupted the moment you two were having. It was Changbin letting you both know that everyone was ready to go. Hyunjin nodded and grabbed his jacket that was laying on his bed before pulling you with him to where everyone else was waiting. 

Just outside Headquarters, everyone was gathered in battle attire. They stood tall and ready for anything thrown at them. Minho looked to you the moment you joined everyone outside and glowed with pride over the person you'd become. 

There was no hesitation in your steps to meet him where he was standing and give him a tight hug. His arm wrapped around your shoulders and his other hand cradled your head into his neck as he kissed your temple. 

"How are you feeling?" you asked him. 

"I'm much better," he smiled at you. A sharp sting erupted in your left hip as Minho smack it playfully. You stuck your tongue out at him as you checked on Han and Jeongin. 

"Okay, let's go!" Hyunjin announced. And just like the day of the funeral, Mafia Grim gathered and Mafia Malefic made a circle so you and Hyunjin could apparated everyone to the Peacemaker's Ruins, where Life and Death was waiting for you. 

Wind howled on the high cliffs. Huge arches and stone pillars made up a worn structure that was built possibly thousands of years ago. It had mixes of Greek and Roman architecture with intricate designs carved into the stone. Long ago a vast assortment of plants had inhabited the area, though when the Peacemaker's of the land die, so does the life around their fortress. 

Minho, Han, and Jeongin stood strongly behind you with all their guards up. Mafia Malefic had similar stances though with a different approach. They looked almost relaxed. A quirk of your eyebrow had Hyunjin smirking playfully. 

What did he have up his sleeve?

"I'm glad to see everyone," Chan's voice echoed off the stone. "Well...almost everyone."

The wind halted in its tracks, leaving the silence eerily loud. Everyone waited for Chan to make a move, having no interest in a casual conversation. 

"What's that one spell everyone uses for magic?" Chan asked, rhetorically. You glanced at your blind spot to make sure you were covered. A nerve hit you uncomfortably, making you ignite your palms with flames. Then Chan remembered, "Oh yeah!"

Everyone drew their attack of choice at Chan's realization. 

"Abracadabra!" Chan's voice boomed as the ruins shook violently and crumbled to pieces. The ground split and divided you from the rest of your family while dividing Mafia Malefic in the same way. Deep purple fire and lava flowed through the cracks in the ground as the middle of the ruins—a complete circle—was left untouched. Chan appeared in the middle of it with his hoodie and sweatpants, sparkling jewelry and a wicked grin. 

It was very hard for you to find your balance as the ruins continued to shake, pushing everyone to different heights, far from each other's reach. You jumped to the middle of your platform when lava bubbles burst erratically around you. It was very hot around you and the cracks of lava were widen enough that it took some effort to jump over. 

"I needed an audience for when I destroy the valley," Chan smiles cheekily with a shake of his shoulders, almost childlike with his excitement. "And then I'll enjoy killing you off individually."

A high pitch laugh squeaked from him before the middle of the ruins lit up in purple flames. Chan drew up a satanic cult-like symbol in the middle of the Ruins as if he were happily drawing a logo and let that glow brightly when he was done. Dark clouds in the sky formed overhead at the summoning of the symbol, flashing with purple lightning and releasing rain so dark it looked like the night sky was bleeding. Chan raised his hand to the sky and touched a lightning bolt that came down to strike him. He became a vessel that controlled the energy into the lines he'd drawn on the stone. With every drop of rain, the symbol began to glow neon purple, slowly becoming complete.

You had to stop Chan before the symbol finished forming. Inhaling deeply, you let all the built up strength you had sit in the middle of your chest as you allowed your power to consume you. The Healer only smiled at your white eyed figure before taunting you forward with his index finger. Though it wasn't you that attacked him first.

Blue electricity struck in three places around Chan as Hyunjin jumped from his lower level rock and landed at the same level as Chan. He whipped out long dangerous buzzing and popping whips for each hand as he began snapping at the ground around him. The Healer formed a crossbow and arrow of sharp bone. He shot his arrow before Hyunjin could attack, but the Electricity User was very gifted with his skill, simply whacking the arrow off its course. Chan raised an eyebrow irritated before creating his own whips of marrow. 

Changbin and Felix immediately got to work, providing Hyunjin with advantages through darkness and light while Seungmin, to your surprise, took a seat on his rock platform and crossed his legs comfortably. There was no time to argue or question the Mind Controller. You turned to Han. 

"Give me some cover," you said to him. He nodded and created an illusion that you were moving toward the fight down in the middle of the Ruins when in reality you were climbing to the highest platform where Minho was standing. Jeongin went with you at your request, moving some of the rocks to aid you in your climbing.

"What are you doing?" Minho roared over the pounding rain. He was trying to figure out how to stop the rain, but it was different from the H2O he was so familiar with. It was almost like blood from its thicker viscosity. 

"Stopping the rain is going to take too long. You need to work with Jeongin to split the rock from the inside out. If we break the circle then his plan will be demolished!" Minho squinted against the blackness at you and nodded looking at Jeongin who was assessing the rock below with furrowed brows. 

"If we break the rock from the center, the entirety of the Ruin's will explode taking everyone with it," Jeongin called out. You huffed worriedly and looked for a possible solution quickly. "It would be better if we disrupted the circle from the outside inward."

"Okay, do it. " you nodded. Jeongin and Minho left you standing at the highest platform, getting to work. 

Hyunjin suddenly let out an explosion of electricity as sparks went flying and a fire caught on some of the dead vines nearby. Changbin was now going head to head with The Healer as he reinforced his strong up-close combat. Chan wasn't too bad himself but he would tire quickly if he kept battling the Blade Conjurer for much longer. A cry from the Blade Conjurer had the hairs on your neck standing up. Chan was laughing maniacally as Changbin held onto his throat, clawing at it. Felix stepped forward with a dark look in his eye; a look so dark, he could've easily surpassed as Chan's accomplice. 

"Oh look," Chan smiled, leaning forward. "The sun after the rain."

Felix simply stared at Chan. You held your breath as you anticipated his attack. Then he closed his eyes—everything stopped. The rain, the lightning, the wind, and all sounds. Felix opened his eyes, lifted them to the sky and split the clouds in half to accessed the sun. He took in his hand a beam of light and broke it into ten different light orbs that began to circle around him at a moderate speed. The clouds shut and time remained as the rain began falling again. Chan's eyes widened as Felix drew from each orb and blasted with power so strong and bright you couldn't see how it hit Chan. 

The Sun User did it over and over, finding new ways to use the light given to him so lethally that you thought Chan was dead.  Though it didn't last for very long as Chan came back full swing with a black cloud of shrill screams that snuffed all the light Felix had. Chan was badly injured. Whelps, burns, and his vision half blind. 

"Now!" Jeongin cried out. Minho absorbed all the energy in the clouds and bought down a massive lighting bolt upon the edge of the ruins. Rock burst into a million pieces as the lightning took off a huge chunk of the circle, but not enough to break the symbol. Chan looked to the circle in panic and threw his next attacks aimed at Minho and Jeongin. Han stepped up to pull the attention off the two on the rocks and was now attacking with mind bending illusions that were testing Chan's limits, though never surpassing them.

Changbin was clawing at his throat again when Han wasn't there to distract him from the pain. It looked as though Chan struck him with some sort of allergic herb to keep him from attacking again. All of this was happening so fast and you knew you had to take down Chan long enough for Minho to have another strike at the circle. You backed up to the edge of the highest platform you remained on from the beginning and inhaled, running into a jump before you exhaled. 

"Jeongin!" you called out. Jeongin looked to you in the midst of defending himself and understood what you were asking of him, having done it a million times when you were growing up together, only this time it wouldn't be for fun and it could be the last time you did it.

Fire consumed you as Jeongin grabbed a hold of you using his Force and hurtled you down straight into the middle of the fight, right at The Healer. When you hit, a blast of ice fire exploded and pushed everyone back off the circle. No one dared to attack when they looked up to see both you and Chan in a globe of your white fire.

"This has to stop Chan," you spoke, watching to see if he would get up. His hoodie was no longer solid, but decorated in an assortment of holes while his hair was tousled and the exposed skin on his body scratched and bleeding. He gritted his teeth at you, deciding to stay on the ground.

"You don't understand," he chuckled out breathlessly. "This circle encompasses Truth, Lies, Control, Power, Life, and Death to their fullest. You cannot destroy this circle. Everything I've done, all I am is in this circle. If you kill me, everyone will parish. The valley will be gone. Is that what you want?"

Out of all the things he'd said to you over the course of your lifetime, this seemed to be the hard truth. If there was no way for this to be stopped then everyone was doomed. Chan did not miss the slight defeat in your eyes as you thought over all the things he was saying to you. There had to be a way out of this. Both Mafia's already won so much, this couldn't be the end.

"I told you," Chan growled. "You will be the reason Mafia Grim and Mafia Malefic fall."

You sunk to your knees at his words. Seungmin took in a breath, watching you closely. "Come on, Y/n."

"You are the reason all of us are going to die."

The guilt was overwhelming you and you couldn't even bare to look back at Hyunjin and the rest of them. No one knew about what Chan had said to you. Nobody knew of the words that plagued your mind for months after Chan had revealed it to you. When things turned around a few days ago and it seemed like Chan had made that up to scare you from taking him down, you felt at ease with the words, but no, you were back to feeling like you were going to throw up.

"But what if you made it all go away?" Chan persuaded, his tone airy and curious sounding. "Just say the magic words and I'll fix everything."

"Think!" Seungmin bellowed, his voice coming down like thunder across the Ruins. You felt another attack coming on. This is exactly what Chan wanted from you and you were about to grant him his wish. How could you stop it? There had to be a loophole. There had to be something in his words that revealed the truth to defeating him. Seungmin said there was a way to figure out the loophole. 

"Think!" Then— 

"But I can destroy a little bit of it," Chan looked over at your now extended hand over the tied neon purple connecting Control, Lies, and Truth. You quirked an eyebrow at him, "Right?"

Instant you broke the tie between all three, watching Chan fall to the ground screaming and crying in pain. Meanwhile on the rock platform, Seungmin inhaled deeply as his limit was released entirely, giving him back his full potential. Chan cried out again on the stone as he felt a part of him die, having put everything into this circle to destroy all of you and having saved none of it for himself. 

Seungmin landed on the stone with a echoing sound as you released the globe of fire. Everything felt heavy against to as you walked passed Seungmin who was making his slow steps toward The Healer. 

Your eyes made contact with Hyunjin. He took you in his arms and pulled you close to him, kissing your head deeply to say how proud he was of you. 

Chan, grunting through the pain, looked up to see Seungmin staring down at him with his hands in his pockets. Seungmin leaned forward and squinted his eyes mockingly. "Didn't see that coming, did you?" 

Without lifting a finger or so much as putting any effort, Seungmin entered Chan's mind and took full control of everything, bending him to his will completely. 

It was almost two weeks later. Everything was slowly coming back to normal after that battle at the Peacemaker's Ruins. Seungmin had Chan reverse everything, removing all the markings and dispersing the clouds and rain. The process shredded Chan into pieces until he was nothing, gone in a wisp of ash. 

To see Seungmin at his fullest strength was powerful and rewarding. He looked more relaxed and lighter than he ever looked, smiling and laughing when Felix ran up to crush him in a hug and ruffle his hair. Even Minho congratulated him. When he looked to you, he bowed deeply, holding it for a few seconds to express his gratitude toward you. 

Your bone crushing hug surprised him when he lifted himself back into a standing position. Seungmin didn't normally do hugs, nonetheless, he returned it with just as much vigor. 

After two weeks, you found yourself at much more ease that you had when you returned from the mountains to come home permanently. It's like The Healer's looming hidden dark energy was the root of how you felt all those months. Now that it was gone, you were free to move around as if nothing in the world could stop you. It also aided your relationship with Hyunjin. 

Like now. The heavy comforter weighed upon your back as you lay awake, tracing random shapes onto the chest beneath you. Short clipped nails dragged lightly against the back of your bare shoulder, admitting goosebumps all over your body. Hyunjin moved his free hand to rest on your bare waist and rub circles into your hip softly. 

"You are so soft," Hyunjin murmured quietly against your forehead. It was sweet compliment for a sweet moment. 

Last night after taking you on a day trip to the mountains, he asked you to spend the night with him the moment you two returned. Your response was a tender kiss to his lips.

Hyunjin smiled against your lips and pulled you against him to enjoy the feeling of you. Since you were just outside his door, you were lifted into his arms and carried passed the door. Hyunjin kissed and sucked against your bottom lip as he laid you on the bed.

"Hyunjin," you looked into his eyes once he was settled over you. "I love you and I do want you."

His heart almost stopped beating with how hard your words hit him. Hyunjin leaned down and kissed you hard like the time in the cenote, "You don't know how much I love you."

Both of your lips connected again in a fervent kiss that continued into a heated make out session. Hands gripping skin, fingers carding through hair strands with heavy breathing and dizziness. All you senses could feel was Hyunjin. Everything you felt, heard, and tasted was him. Likewise for Hyunjin. You were so soft to him and addicting, he couldn't stop.

"Hyunjin," you heaved a breath after the third time. "If we continue much longer, things will change significantly."

"Just tell me when you're ready," he mumbled, kissing your nose before worshiping your neck in kisses and massaging your side with his palms. "Take all the time you need, darling."

"I don't need time," you said. Hyunjin raised up to look at you. "I just need to make sure you're ready for that change."

"I'm ready for anything as long as I get to do it with you."

This lead to the following morning where you were laying in his arms enjoying the moment together. It was early in the morning and the sun was barely peeking over the horizon. Normally you would be asleep during this hour but the feeling of Hyunjin next to you, kept you awake. 

Hyunjin's eyes were shut but he was awake with you, feeling the happiest he's ever felt in his life. If he got the chance to go to sleep with you in his arms and then wake up in them too, he'd be on cloud 9.

"What do we do next?" you asked after a while of silence, thinking about the valley, about Mafia Malefic and Mafia Grim, what it would mean for both parties moving forward.

"That's your call sweetheart," Hyunjin squeezed your waist. "I think it's good if both Mafia's stay separate, but no matter what happens, I want to be with you."

"You always will be." 

The same day, you left Hyunjin and the others to go back to Mafia Grim's headquarters. There was a lot you needed to take care of plus spending time with Minho, Han, and Jeongin. Everything was the same as you left it that night, even down to the shoes you wore to the funeral laying by the front door. 

"Minho?" you called out, flashbacks of when you called out his name that night filled you, only this time you got a reply. 

"In the kitchen!" he called back. You began to make your way to the said kitchen, smelling food cooking the closer you got. Han was sitting at the bar behind the sink while Jeongin was nowhere to be found. Minho stood by the stove, stirring whatever was in the pot. 

He opened his arm to you as you settled into his side for a hug. Both him and Han looked a whole lot better than the last time you saw them. All three of them were still being treated for the substances put in their bodies. 

"Where's Jeongin?" you asked, going over to Han for a hug. The Illusion Master stuck to you like a koala while you took a bite out of his food. A long whine escaped him as you did so, shoving you away. 

"He's sleeping still," Minho answered. "I thought you'd be with Hyunjin."

"I was," you responded, not missing the way his hand gripped the utensil a bit harder. "But I wanted to see you guys and talk."

"About you siding with them or staying with us?" Minho refused to look you way, still stirring. Han looked at you with sorry eyes, getting up to give you and Minho some space to talk.

"Are you gonna say it or just stand there like a stubborn child?" you asked, your tone becoming bitter after his sassy question. "No need to extend gratitude to those of us who worked hard to save you."

Minho set the spoon down on the counter and looked at you, his eyes filled with annoyance and his jaw tight. "Do not sit there and tell me that just because they were capable of one nice thing that it dismisses all the other horrors they've committed!"

"Of course not!" you insisted. "But we're not all innocent either Minho and you know that first hand."

"So what you want to become all buddy buddy with them?" 

You got up from you seat to stand in front of him. He looked away, knowing he couldn't look into your eyes as your older brother and cave into what you wanted. 

"No," you answered. "I want you to accept that I can't change anything and that I won't pick sides. I will be a part of Mafia Malefic and Mafia Grim."

Minho huffed loudly, staring at your feet in anger. "What if I don't want to let you go? What if I want you to still be my baby sister that I love so much?" 

"Then you'll get to see me twice as often," you reasoned with a smile. He wasn't smiling though he was looking at you now. The two of you shared a long hug that was much needed after everything that went down since you got home. "You'll never lose me."

You felt someone on the other side of you join the hug and looked back to see Han and a reluctant Jeongin. The four of you had a brief group hug before Minho couldn't stand being vulnerable any longer. 

"So this means you're the boss of Mafia Malefic, right?" Han piped up.

You smiled to yourself knowing Hyunjin would not like that phrase if he wasn't included, "Yes, yes it does."

[tinytinyblogs]

Hello!!!

I saw your request is open and would like to ask for one! (I apologise if it's not)

Can you please write Stray kids' reactions to their s/o pulling up this prank on them? https://www.instagram.com/reel/DABkBvONJRd

Thank you!

Does My Shirt Smell?

Prank them by asking them to smell your shirt, only to lean in and kiss their forehead instead—then watch their reaction!

Hyung line, Maknae line(coming soon)

Stray Kids Masterlist 1.0 & 2.0

Your insights and reactions make these posts come alive. Love reblogs, comments, and all the good vibes welcome ✨

Chan

Without thinking much, Chan leaned in to check the smell, only to be met with a soft kiss on his forehead. A wave of warmth spread over him, and he couldn’t hide the smile that formed on his face. His lips curled into a wide grin as he looked at you, clearly delighted. He loved this kind of affection—it was unexpected and playful, just the way he liked it. "Darling, you play dirty," he said, chuckling as he spoke. His voice held a playful tone, and it was clear he enjoyed the surprise. His arms wrapped around you in a tight embrace, pulling you close. He placed a gentle kiss on your forehead, mimicking the action you had just taken. "I'll take my revenge," he said with a twinkle in his eye, a teasing promise in his words. You couldn’t help but smile at his playful nature, but before you could respond, he began to pamper you with a flurry of kisses all over your face. The sudden onslaught of affection caught you off guard, and you laughed, trying to push him away gently, but he was relentless. His kisses were warm and full of affection, each one making you melt a little more. You soon gave up, surrendering to the sweetness of the moment, your laughter filling the room.

Chan pulled back slightly, his eyes sparkling with amusement. "Feel this—the power of my kiss," he said, his voice still playful. "Your shirt doesn’t smell bad at all. In fact, I can only smell love between us, and it’s strong." He chuckled, the sound deep and rich, his joy unmistakable. You couldn’t help but smile at his words, feeling a surge of affection for him. His playful teasing only made you love him more. But he wasn’t done yet. "And next time," he continued with a mischievous grin, "I’ll be the one giving you this cheesy prank. You better be ready." There was something about the way he said it—half teasing, half sincere—that made your heart flutter. You knew it would be impossible to say no to him, especially when he was in this playful mood. His energy was infectious, and the way he showered you with love, even in the form of jokes and pranks, made you feel cherished and special. As you looked at him, his eyes still filled with a twinkle of mischief, you realized that moments like these were what made your relationship so unique.

Minho

It’s silent after he receives the kiss on his forehead from you. Minho stands there, caught off guard, his fingers still holding the shirt he was sniffing to check the smell as you had requested. His expression shifts subtly, the confusion in his eyes gradually giving way to realization. You can almost see the moment it clicks—he knows you pranked him. For a second, he looks like he might say something, but instead, his lips twitch upward into the faintest hint of a smile, though he tries to play it cool, as always. Before you can react, he takes a step closer, his movements deliberate and unhurried. His hand reaches out, lightly brushing against your arm, and in one swift motion, he pulls you into a kiss. His lips meet yours, firm yet tender, catching you by surprise. The kiss lingers just long enough to leave you breathless, but he doesn’t pull away completely, his lips hovering close as he speaks. “You could just ask if you really wanted a kiss,” he murmurs, his voice low and teasing. A smirk tugs at the corners of his mouth, one he’s barely able to suppress.

He’s trying to maintain his usual air of indifference, but it’s a losing battle. The sparkle in his eyes betrays him, revealing the amusement and affection he can’t quite hide. He liked it—the prank, the attention, and the love you gave him—even if he didn’t show it often. Minho leans back slightly, his hand still on your arm. His gaze locks onto yours, and he tilts his head, studying your face. “There you go, another kiss,” he says softly, his tone playful yet warm. “Or should I stop?” His dark eyes glint with mischief, and you can feel the challenge in his words. You laugh, your cheeks warming, and shake your head. “Don’t stop,” you manage to whisper, your voice barely audible. His smirk deepens, and he leans in again, this time pressing another kiss to your lips. It’s softer, slower, as though he’s savoring the moment. When he finally pulls back, his thumb brushes your cheek. “Maybe my darling is craving my attention so badly they had to come up with this silly prank,” he teases, his voice dropping to a hushed, affectionate tone. “You’re lucky I love you.” He finishes with a kiss on your forehead. “Next time, just ask. You’ll get all the attention you want.”

Changbin

Once you kiss Changbin's forehead, he freezes for a moment, caught in the middle of trying to smell your shirt. His confusion is short-lived as laughter bursts out of him, loud and rich, echoing in the room. That laugh of his—it’s something you’ve always adored. It’s vibrant, warm, and so uniquely him, filling the air with joy. It’s obvious your little prank has completely amused him. You bite the inside of your cheek, fighting back your own laughter. You’re determined to keep an innocent expression, as if you have no idea why he’s laughing so much. His sharp eyes catch yours, twinkling with playful accusation. “Is that your way of sneaking a chance to kiss me?” he teases, his voice thick with amusement. His grin grows wider, and the way his laugh lingers makes it harder for you to hold your composure. “I have no idea what you’re talking about,” you say, barely managing to keep a straight face. Changbin doesn’t buy it for a second. Shaking his head, still grinning, he steps closer. “Alright,” he says with exaggerated patience, his tone light but teasing, “you want a kiss? Here you go.”

Before you can process his words, his hands find their way to your waist, his grip firm yet gentle. He pulls you closer, the warmth of his presence immediately surrounding you. His movements are slow, deliberate, as if he’s giving you a chance to change your mind—but why would you? He leans in, his lips brushing yours in a kiss so soft, so tender, it sends a shiver down your spine. The world around you seems to fade as you lose yourself in the moment. When he pulls back, just enough to meet your gaze, his eyes lock onto yours. Those eyes—dark, intense, and filled with love—make your breath hitch. They seem to hold an unspoken promise, a quiet devotion that makes your heart swell. “Better?” he asks, his voice dropping to a playful murmur. “Or do you need more?” Before you can answer, a mischievous grin spreads across his face. He raises an eyebrow, the playful spark in his eyes unmistakable. “Or should I just attack you with kisses? You can count it as my revenge for that sweet little prank of yours,” he adds, his tone mock-threatening. Then, with a smirk, he leans in even closer, his voice low but full of teasing. “Get ready, love,” he says, wiggling his eyebrows. “I don’t have mercy when it comes to this kiss attack.”

Hyunjin

The first thing you see is Hyunjin’s irritated eyes and playful glare as you kiss his forehead. His lips purse as he dramatically wipes the spot where your lips just landed, a mock display of disapproval. “Come on, where do you even get these silly ideas?” he asks, but the lightness in his tone gives him away. There’s no real bite in his words—just a playful exasperation that makes you grin. Before you can reply, he continues, “You really need to step up your prank game. Maybe something more creative... like a kiss in the right place.” His finger points directly at his lips, and despite his effort to appear serious, a grin spreads across his face, a little too wide to be convincing. You roll your eyes, trying to play it cool, but he catches the slight flush on your cheeks. “Oh, don’t act like you’re not tempted,” he teases, his grin now bordering on mischievous. “But okay, I’ll let it go for now.” Before you can process what he means, Hyunjin pulls you down onto the couch with him, his arms wrapping securely around your waist.

The sudden closeness catches you off guard, and you yelp as he pulls you tighter against his chest. His legs wrap around you too, locking you in place as if you’re some sort of oversized teddy bear he refuses to let go of. The warmth of his embrace and the weight of him pressing against you is both comforting and slightly overwhelming. “See? Now I’ve got you right where I want you,” he murmurs into your ear, his voice dripping with teasing affection. You can feel the vibration of his words against your skin, and it sends a shiver down your spine. Hyunjin tilts his head to meet your gaze, his eyes softening as he looks at you. “I’ll make sure you get that kiss you’re so desperate for,” he says, his tone light but laced with a hint of challenge. His grin returns, mischievous as ever. “But don’t think you’ll get away without paying the price. Maybe I’ll keep you here all night... you know, to make sure you don’t try another silly prank on me.” And just like that, his laughter fills the room, pulling you into a moment you wish could last forever.

[captain19cb97]

Fairytale (M/F/A) P1.5 :: l.mh

Synopsis: Minho doesn't pretend to know everything, but he's positive that he knows this much is true.

Pairing: Mafia!Lee Know x Fem!Reader

Word Count: 2.7k

Genre: Mafia AU. Fluff, some angst, smut! Established friendship to relationship. Secrets.

Warnings/Triggers: 18+ audience! Small SMUT moment, mention of violence, mentions of weapons- (not in this part but in others) please don't read if anything related to violence are triggers for you in any way, shape, or form. This little series will not be without some deaths, sadly, I mean, they are mafia after all... Cursing, crying. The usual pet names- baby, jagi.

(A/N:: Just a little filler part that I wanted to do. I felt like it would be nice to see some of Minho's inner thoughts about them. I hope you guys enjoy! As always, please let me know if I've left any warnings out)

How did Minho know that things with you would be any different?

It was a question that Minho seemed to keep asking himself whenever he had to cancel plans with you because something happened or he had a mission, but you never questioned him about why he needed to leave your place at 2 or 3 in the morning to go to work, or why he was canceling dinner plans only hours before he was supposed to pick you up.

Before he knew it, months had gone by, and you two were still together, and even then, you still never asked him about all the little work related mishaps that he had to deal with. Until one night, about 5 months into being together, he came over and was sporting a nasty looking bruise along his jaw, and his lip was busted up a little.

You frowned at him the minute he stepped foot into your apartment, seeing the look on his face. “What happened to you?” You asked, quickly getting up from the couch and rushing towards him.

He sighed as he set his things down by the door, “Some crazy asshole tried to get to Chan today. I threw myself in between them so Chan didn’t get hurt.”

Mostly true, but then again, you didn’t need every detail.

You were silent for a moment as you gently touched his cheek, nudging his chin to turn his head so you could really look at the damage.

“Someone tried to attack your boss?” You asked, the genuine surprise in your tone not lost on Minho as you led him into the bathroom to put some ointment on the cut on his lip and to tend to the bruises you could see beginning to form along his jaw. “Why?”

“He was some protester, I guess.” Minho shrugged, leaning against the bathroom counter as you moved around him. “He’s convinced that the company is responsible for that accident that happened at that product factory a couple weeks back. And since it’s Chan’s company, he blames Chan for it.”

You frowned deeply, holding Minho’s chin between your fingers to keep him still, “Even an idiot would know that Chan and the company aren’t responsible for what happened at that factory.” You shook your head, “Chan’s got power and money, yes, but he’s not corrupt or evil. And he’s definitely not going to blow up his own factory and kill innocent people in the process for any reason.”

Minho flinched as you wiped an alcohol covered cotton pad across the cut, “You’ve never met him and yet you sound so sure about him.” He commented, admittedly letting his own curiosity of what you’d think loosen his mouth a little. “How do you know he isn’t corrupt or evil?”

You simple peered up at him, gently applying the healing ointment to his lip now, and smiled softly, “Because I don’t think you’d have put yourself in front of him, if he was either of those things.” You answered easily. “You’re not corrupt, or evil, so I doubt you’d work for someone who is.”

“I could be.” He said softly, his eyes following your every move.

You stopped putting the first aid kit away, staring back up at Minho with soft eyes and an even softer smile, “You carry cat treats in your pockets when we go on walks because of the stray cats around this neighborhood. You help Mrs. Yang down the hall with her groceries when you see her struggling in the lobby. You wave at kids on the street whenever we go somewhere.” You grinned up at him, “You are not corrupt or evil, baby.”

“You sound awfully sure about that.” He countered, an almost undetectable edge to his words.

You looked him in the eyes. “Because I am sure about it,” You replied easily. “I have never once felt unsafe with you, or around you. You actually make me feel the safest I’ve felt since I was a child and given all the things I’ve seen in my life, that’s as close to a miracle as it gets, Min.”

You were both quiet for a moment before you gave him a gentle smile, “Is Chan okay?”

He let out a small sigh and nodded, “Completely, yeah. The guy never got near him.”

“Thanks to you,” you offered him a gentle smile. “Did Chan have the guy arrested or is he pressing charges on your behalf?”

Minho hesitated for a mere second in his reply, knowing that where that guy was currently locked up was the furthest thing from a lawful imprisonment that someone could get when it came to Chan or the guys, “Something like that, yeah.”

You nodded, “Good. Then whatever happens to him from here on out is entirely deserved for trying to attack your boss.” Then you let out a soft breath, “I’m just glad that you’re okay, though. You’re not in too much pain, are you?” You asked, gently cupping his slightly bruised cheek.

He shook his head, “I’ve dealt with much worse, jagi, don’t worry about me.”

You gave him a look, “Normally I don’t, but when you show up at my apartment at almost midnight with a face that’s bloody and bruised, it’s kind of hard not to, my love.”

You both fell into a quick silence once again. Minho was waiting for you to truly begin questioning him about what really happened, while you were just looking over his face, really taking in his very minor injuries. You had questions- of course you had questions- but you weren’t going to ask any of them because it wasn’t anything he wanted to talk about, clearly. If he did, he never would’ve stopped talking in the first place.

But you never asked anything else.

He just continued to stare down at you for another moment, before he grabbed the sides of your face, quickly blanketing your lips with his. He knew he caught you off guard, but you kissed him back eagerly, gripping the sides of his shirt in your hands as you relaxed into the kiss, letting him pull you as close as possible before he slowly wrapped his hands under your thighs, and lifted you from the floor.

You pulled away from his lips in surprise, eyes wide as he carried you out of the bathroom and straight to your bed. He peered up at you, standing with his knees just barely brushing the mattress, set on laying you down as you stared at each other.

You could see the words swirling behind his eyes, but he wasn’t actually saying anything, as you gently stroked his cheek with one hand, the other still threaded in the back of his hair. “What are you thinking about, my love?” You whispered, your nose brushing his.

How did Minho know that things with you would be any different?

Minho would admit to not knowing everything, but he was as sure about you as he was about breathing. And while he was still hesitant about many things because this was so entirely new to him, and his only example for something similar went down in flames, and is now the reason Chan implemented new foundations for new protocols within the crew for safety.

You were nothing like Haerin- Minho hadn’t trusted her from the moment Chan introduced her to the boys- but you? Minho was captivated by you the moment he laid eyes on you. And he felt as comfortable around you as he did around all the boys, he always has.

He took that to mean that his sixth sense was still working, he’d never been wrong about someone or something yet, not even after all the years he’s spent not trusting a single person other than the crew, or you.

There was something about you that he could never pinpoint, something that told him you were everything you seemed to be where he was concerned. You had your secrets, but he didn’t push about knowing them, anymore than you pushed him to know his.

How did Minho know that things with you would be any different?

Because you showed him every single day that you wanted the person he was at 2 in the morning while you both are wrapped up together in your bed, talking about how he’d reorder the letters of the alphabet if he had to.

And when you asked him how work was at the end of the day, it was the same questions, “How was your day, baby?” and, “I hope you had a good day today because my god, you look too handsome to not have had a good day.” And honestly, his favorite to answer to when he tells you it was a slow day, “Did your day go as slow as mine did today because you missed me so much?”

You never asked for more, and when he tells you that he doesn’t want to talk about his day, you smile at him, kiss his cheek and tell him that it’s okay, “We can just make dinner, then.” And the night goes on like he’s just some regular joe kinda boyfriend.

Minho doesn’t pretend to know everything, but he’s positive that he knows this much is true.

He let out a breath through his nose, pecking your lips once, twice, three times before he knelt on the bed. “How much I love you.” He mumbled gently laying you on your back as he trailed soft kissed from your lips, down your neck, across the bare skin of your chest, where you shirt didn’t cover, before he was planting his lips back on yours again.

His words rang in your ears, and you slowly pulled away from him, your eyes flicking between his. “You mean that?”

He cupped your cheek, a small smile on his face, “With everything I have.”

You blinked, “Say it again.” You whispered.

He pecked your lips once, mumbling against them, “I love you.”

You hummed softly into the next kiss, hands tangled in his hair, “I love you.” You said against his lips.

The weight of his body on top of yours was comforting and yet, also lighting a fire within you, the longer he kissed you- which by now felt like an eternity. His hands trailed along your skin, leaving goosebumps in their wake as he held and gripped different parts of you. And you could feel that you weren’t the only one being affected.

“Min,” You breathed softly, your eyes closed at the feeling of his lips pressed to your neck, before you gasped in pleasure when he sank his teeth into your skin.

“I want you.” He panted against your shoulder, “Fuck, I-I need you, baby.”

You felt yourself nodding before he’d even finished talking, gripping the back of his head tightly, pulling his lips back to yours, “Please, Minho. Please, touch me.” You begged, arching your back and pressing your chest into his.

He let out a strained noise, quickly kissing you again, and letting his hand wander a little lower than before, his fingertips dancing along the band of your sweatpants for only a moment before he slid his hand under the elastic.

You moaned into his mouth, the feeling of him applying gentle pressure against your clit before he started teasing your slit, was enough to send a shiver down your spine.

“You’re soaked already, baby,” He smirked against your lips, teasingly rubbing his finger up and down your slit even slower, “What should I do about that, hmm?”

You let out a shaky breath, as he continued his ministrations, “Do anything, just don’t be gentle about it.”

He chuckled darkly, nudging his nose against your jaw, “Oh, baby, no. Of course not.” His breath fanned your neck before he pressed the lightest kiss to your skin, “I’m not going to make love to you, I’m not even going to fuck you.”

You whined, your brows pinching together as you shot him a pleading look, “Please.”

He cupped your jaw with his other hand, keeping your eyes on his as he smiled wickedly, “You’re still going to get my cock, baby, don’t worry. But this time- this time, I’m going to own you. Completely.” His eyes searched yours, “Got it?”

You whimpered, your mind already fuzzy from just him toying with you, but his words were sending your brain into a haze as you nodded as much as you could with him tightly holding your jaw.

“Use your words, Kitten. You never stop using that pretty mouth, so don’t stop now.”

Your eyes closed as he suddenly plunged two fingers into your core, easily hitting that spongy spot within you. “Fuck!” You moaned, digging your nails into his bicep. “Yes, baby. I’m yours, you know I’m always all yours.” You babbled, already feeling the not in your stomach tightening. “Use me, own me, do whatever you want to me.” You panted, throwing your head further into the mattress.

Minho’s eyes were glued to your face, watching you squeeze your eyes shut tighter as you moaned out his name like a prayer. He could feel your walls clenching around his fingers, and just from the way your hips were twitching, he knew you were already getting close. So he stopped. Pulling his fingers from you and from inside your pants before bringing them to his lips.

You whined, your head shooting up as you looked at him with slightly tear filled eyes, “No, please! I was so close, baby. Please, don’t stop.”

Minho just let out a low chuckle at you, before he grabbed the waistband on your pants, “I’m just getting started, baby. You don’t want it to be over already, do you?”

Your chest heaved in frustration as you stayed on your back, staring up at him as he pulled your sweats off, along with your panties, leaving you completely bare from the waist down.

If he thought you’d become some pliant little princess without some kind of backtalk, he was sadly mistaken, and didn’t know you as well as you thought he did.

You took a deep breath, trying to let your heart rate come down some more from your stolen orgasm, before you smirked up at him. “You can make me cum more than once, can’t you? You have before.”

He stopped unbuttoning his own pants and stared at you, slowly raising an eyebrow at your words. He nodded slowly a few times, his tongue poking out of his mouth, running it over his lips before he grinned at you, “Should’ve known you say some dumb shit.” He sighed affectionately, sliding his pants off finally, “I hope you know what you’ve just done, kitten. Because now I get to see how many times you can cum before you’re begging me to stop.”

You felt the excitement thrumming within you, mixing with the slight hesitancy as his words, watching him finish stripping down to nothing in front of you.

“Take it off.”

You met his eyes, “What?”

You watched his smirk widen when he realized that you’d been staring at the rest of him. “Your shirt.” He told you again, gesturing to it with just his eyes, “Take it off, or I’ll rip it off you myself.”

You swallowed thickly, reaching for the hem of it as you held his gaze, “Is that a promise?” You asked, your voice low as a playful smile tugged at your lips.

“Test me and find out.” He challenged you, a look in his eyes that sent a shiver down your spine as you slowly dropped your hands back to the bed beside you.

“Rip it off then.”

He kept your gaze as he knelt back on the bed, settling in between your open legs, and slowly trailing his hands up your legs until he’d reached the tops of your thighs. “You really want to test the boundaries tonight, don’t you?” He asked, continuing to drag his hands up your body.

The shirt bunched up slightly under his hands as his hands met your ribcage, fingers splayed wide along your sides before he took both hands, and grabbed at the collar of the shirt and pulled. The sound of tearing fabric sent a jolt of excitement through your body, and you gasped when he let both sides of the destroyed shirt fall to your sides, leaving your chest bare below him to stare at.

He pulled his bottom lip between his teeth for a moment as his eyes roamed your body, before he caught your eyes again and smirked, “Let’s see how much you can take then, huh?”

[kpop---scenarios]

Maniac (1)

Pairing: Hyunjin x Reader x Minho

Genre: Mafia au

Warning: Sexually Explict Talk [18+ ONLY MINORS DO NOT READ.]

Word Count: 2k

“Y/N.” Your father calls from his office. “Come here.”

Without attitude, and promptly, you quickly leave the book you were reading at the kitchen counter and head down the hall to your fathers office.

“Yes, father?” You say, walking into his office right away.

“Do you have plans tonight?” He asks, never looking up at you. He remains concentrated on his paperwork.

“Ah, no, I don't believe I do.” You answer. “Why?” You wonder.

“You're escorting Mr. Hwang Hyunjin out tonight. His father and I are in talks about marrying the two of you. So spend some time with him and please, put in some effort.” He says. “ I'd like this wedding to go forward.” He says with a sigh.

You were the only daughter he had to marry off. Every other leader in this world had sons, so unfortunately your three older brothers were quite useless to him when it came to merging families.

You had known since you were young what your role in this family was. You knew who your father was, and what he was. You'd been around guns and violence since you could remember, and it's been instilled in you from a young age, when your father asks you to do something, you do it. Without hesitation and without talking back. Your fate has always been signed, sealed and delivered, the only question was to who. Your father currently was in talks with a few other leaders, but it seems the Hwang's have made a significant enough move to have you meet their son.

“Yes father. I'll go get ready now.” You smile, leaving the room and heading up to your own room. You sit in front of your mirror, slowly doing your makeup, trying to make sure everything is perfectly even and sharp. You wanted to make a good first impression. It was important to your father so it was important to you as well.

“Y/N. He's here. Hurry up please.” Your father yells from downstairs. You smooth out the dress you had slipped on as you quickly put on your shoes and grabbed your bag. Nerves flowed through your body as you walked out of your room and down the stairs. As you come into view, you see a black haired beauty standing with your father. His dark eyes, sharp jawline and kissable lips were the first things you noticed. Your breath hitches as you get to the last step. You didn't know this man and here you were a fucking disaster.

“Hwang Hyunjin, this is my daughter, L/N Y/N.” Your father says, motioning between the two of you.

“It's nice to meet you.” You smile. Hyunjin looks you up and down, smirking as he grabs your hand, placing a gentle kiss before letting it go.

“Likewise.” Hyunjin says. He turns to look at your father. “I'll make sure she's safe, sir.” Hyunjin says, shaking your fathers hand. The two of you leave the house, heading out to the car that was waiting for you both. He opens the back seat door for you, closing it once you are in before he walks to the other side. He slides in beside you, leaning forward to speak to his driver.

“The club, please.” Hyunjin tells him, leaning back against the seat. “So, Y/N. Marriage, hey?” He says.

“It looks like that.” You say, looking out the window.

“Do you want to marry me?” He asks you.

“I've known since I was little I'd be marrying whoever he picks for me, so it's not some big shock to me.” You explain.

“So you don't have some secret boyfriend you run out to see late at night?” He asks.

“I've never had a boyfriend.” You say, shrugging your shoulders.

“But you've fucked?” He asks.

You shake your head no.

His jaw drops.

“Kissed? You've had to at least have had someone slide their tongue into your mouth.” He chuckles.

Again you shake your head no. His jaw drops even further.

“How?” He gasps. “How can you have never done anything? So you don't know how it feels to have your pussy eaten, how it feels to cum with a cock buried deep inside you?”

You sigh loudly. “I never experienced any of it. Not that I haven't wanted to. But my father has always told me that my future husband won't want someone who sleeps around. Even living this lifestyle, the men want their women pure. So I have just avoided it. Not that I haven't had the opportunity.” You chuckle.

“I can imagine you've had a lot of opportunities, I mean look at you.” He whispers, leaning in closely to you. “This makes me want to do very bad things to you.” He smiles.

You get tingles all through your body as he stares at you, your heart thumping harshly in your chest. You lick your lips as you look down at his. Fuck you wanted to just do it. But you couldn't, it wasn't a guarantee that you were going to marry Hyunjin. There were other families throwing their sons in the ring, and you needed to remain pure for whoever you were going to marry.

Once the two of you pull up to the club, Hyunjin opens the door for you, taking your hand, leading you into the club behind you. The bouncer waves the two of you through, causing groans from the hundreds of people waiting in line to get in. As soon as the two of you walk in, you're hit with the smell of sweat, body odor and liquor. Hyunjin leads you past the bar, past the dance floor, the drunk people making out in the hallway, and you a private set of stairs to an area that clearly not many people are allowed into.

“Ah, a few of my friends are here.” He says, motioning to the table of rowdy boys.

“Gentlemen.” Hyunjin says as the two of you walk over to the table. “This is my future wife, L/N Y/N.” He announces, pulling you beside him. The seven men stop and stare at you, a few of them smiling.

“Hi, Y/N. I'm Seo Changbin, it's nice to meet you.” He says, giving you a small wave. You wave back to him, saying hello to the others.

“I'm Kim Seungmin, very nice to meet you.” Another one says.

Why were they all so fucking hot? Christ.

“That's the L/N Y/N?” One asks. “From the L/N family?”

“The one and only.” Hyunjin says.

“Well, it's a pleasure, Y/N. I just heard tonight that my father has offered quite a bit to your father for us to get married.” The man chuckles. “I'm Lee Know, but you can call me Minho.”

“Oh.” You chuckle. “I wasn't aware of that.”

“It wasn't long ago, so I'm sure your father will be speaking with you later.” Minho smiles, glancing at Hyunjin. “Be good to my future wife tonight.” He says. “Don't do anything you're gonna regret, Hwang.” He finishes, taking a sip of his drink.

“I'll do what I want, Minho. Gentlemen, Enjoy your evening.” He half smiles, grabbing your hand to pull you somewhere a little more private.

“Would you like a drink?” He asks. You nod your head, ordering your favorite cocktail, while you and Hyunjin sit at a little table, huddled away in the corner.

“So.” He begins, taking a sip of his drink. ��Looks like I am going to have some competition.” He breathes, leaning into you.

“It looks like it.” You smile.

“You know.. I could just show you why it should be me..” he pauses.

“You know I can't do that.” You whisper, pressing your knees together to try and soothe the throbbing of your clit. Fuck, just because you hadn't had sex before, didn't mean you had no idea what being horny was. You've been horny for years and have almost caved multiple times, but Hyunjin, he was making it harder to say no then it ever has been before.

“I could make you feel so fucking good.” He groans, leaning in even closer, his lips hovering just inches away from yours. You wanted to break the space, you wanted his tongue in your mouth, his fingers, his mouth, his cock inside you. You fucking wanted it all, but if what Lee Know said was true, there was a chance you weren't marrying Hyunjin, and you couldn't do anything if you weren't sure.

“I bet you could.” You smile, turning away to grab your drink, chugging it back. Hyunjin sighs as he sits back in his seat, sipping slowly on his scotch.

“The fact that you're so fucking pure and won't give in is so fucking hot.” Hyunjin groans.

You're about to say something when your phone rings, you check it, seeing your father calling.

“Hi father.” You say, answering.

“Y/N, how has your time been with Hyunjin?” He asks.

“It's been good, daddy.” You say.

“Ah good. Can you please ask him to bring you home, there's something we need to discuss.” He says, hanging up the phone.

“He wants you to bring me home. He says he and I need to talk.” You say, slipping your phone back into your purse.

Hyunjin nods his head, quickly finishing off his drink before he takes your hand, leading you past the men you previously met. You look back, your eyes catching Minho’s and you see him send a small wink towards you, which makes your stomach flutter.

When the two of you are in the car, Hyunjin holds out his hand, asking for your phone. You hand it over to him unlocked and watch as he types his number into it. “Call me, anytime, for anything.” He finishes, handing your phone back to you as his driver pulls up to your house. He takes his finger, putting it under your chin, pulling you close to him. “until next time, darling.” He whispers, his driver opening your door for you. You smile at him, slipping out of the car and heading inside your house.

“Daddy?” You call out. “I'm home.”

“My office, Y/N.” He yells back. You should have known.

“How was it?” He asks.

“It was good. He's very sweet.” You smile.

“Mhm.. well tomorrow you're going out with Lee Know.” He announces.

“I met him tonight.” You say.

“Did you? Huh, his father.. he has a lot of good ideas for how far we can take this merger. I hope it goes well tomorrow. We'll be making a decision soon.” Your father says, putting his glasses back on as he goes back to his paperwork. It was never ending.

“Good night.” You say, walking out of his office.

“Good night, honey.” He mutters. You walk to the living room, seeing your two friends, but also bodyguards sitting there watching a show.

“You guys weren't there tonight.” You announce, sitting between the two. “You always come when I go out.”

“Nah, your dad said you'd be safe with Hyunjin.” Wonho smiles.

“Who I've heard he is fucking crazy protective over things. And especially over women. But that's just the whispers on the street.” Shownu chimes in.

“Have you ever met him before?” You ask, laughing. Shownu shakes his head no. “Then don’t be making comments about people you know nothing about.” You laugh. Are you coming tomorrow?” You ask.

“What's tomorrow?” Wonho asks as you stand up, walking towards the stairs. “Are you going out with Hyunjin again?” He asks.

“No, tomorrow is Lee Know. His father made a..bid I guess, tonight.” You say. They both stay silent, as they nod their heads. They looked like they were keeping a secret from you, but you'd be able to get it out of them eventually.

You head up stairs to your room, getting ready and changing for bed. You'd met Hyunjin and Lee Know only once so far, and though you may not know much about them yet, you were already having a hard time choosing. That night you fell asleep dreaming of how Hyunjin made you feel, and wondering if Minho was going to make you feel the same way.

[writingforstraykids]

Pretty Boy- War of Hearts preview

Pairing: Chanlix (mention of Minchan | Minsung | Y/N)

Word Count: 4532

Summary: Watching his best friend and former lover Minho getting married breaks Chan's heart. Leaving the wedding early he gets pulled over for speeding by a surprisingly handsome officer...

Warnings/Tags: angst, fluff, friends to lovers to friends, minsung is getting married, chan gets a little drunk, bodyguard!chan, officer!felix, mafia boss!minho, smut, sub!felix, dom!chan, strangers to lovers, anxious!min

A/N: Soo I didn't plan on posting anything of the mafia series I've been working on yet but I thought I could use this chapter since it's very Chanlix centered🤭 I hope you guys like the first glimpse at the series (yn at the beginning only here). Hope you like it miu @miuracha 💕💕

do not repost, translate, or plagiarize my works in any way here or on other platforms. ©️writingforstraykids 2024 -

You sit down with them, taking Felix’s previous place, and look at Chan curiously. “Now I really wanna know how the two of you met. Felix isn’t usually like this.”

“I wasn’t either,” Chan giggles softly and rubs his face. “Fine, but I won’t tell you all the details,” he giggles, thinking back to the night he met Felix.

Four years ago

Chan watches the newly wedded couple in front of him, keeping up the fake smile he has been wearing for hours. Minho smiles brightly, kissing Jisung for the hundredth time tonight, and pulls him in close as they sway across the dance floor. The golden ring on his hand shines brightly beneath the lights, and so do those beautiful brown eyes he fell in love with all these years ago.

Minho's happiness is his top priority, especially after those last couple of years. Chan stopped counting the nights Minho clung to him in feverish nightmares, searching for him to hold him when he felt like falling apart. Now he's happy with someone else. It shouldn't matter. It should be enough to see him smile again, to be so purely in love and finally feel at peace. It should be, but it isn't.

Chan's heart breaks with every kiss he watches. It shatters with every loving gaze Minho gifts to Jisung and not him. Hearing them exchanging vows and tying the knot was by far the worst moment of his life since he lost his parents. He takes another sip of his drink and presses his lips together tightly, getting a little emotional. He needs to get out of here. Chan pushes himself off his chair and grabs the keys to his motorcycle.

"Channie, hyung," Minho's soft voice stops him, and turning around, he can see them coming toward him. "You're leaving already?"

"I'm not feeling so well, I'm sorry, Min," he lies smoothly.

"Oh no, what's wrong?" he asks worriedly, eyes scanning his body for possible signs of discomfort.

"Nothing, I'll be fine," he waves him off.

"Chan," Minho frowns at him.

"Min, sweetie," Jisung chimes in gently. "Let him go if he needs to rest, you have enough other bodyguards around."

"Yeah, but this is my best friend," Minho argues softly, not knowing how hurtful those two little words are for Chan. Jisung gives him a meaningful glance before excusing himself to go and talk to a friend of his. Minho gives him a quick kiss, and Chan is gone when he turns back around.

Chan races down the stairs of the wedding venue Minho rented and blindly fumbles for his keys as tears burn in his eyes. He reaches his bike and grabs his helmet, hands shaking as he unclasps it.

"Chan!" Minho calls out for him, rushing down the stairs and coming to a halt in front of him. He frowns seeing the tears in his eyes. "Oh, Channie, that bad?" he asks worriedly.

"I'm just feeling really sick right now, that's all," he says quietly, lowering his gaze to the floor.

"Let me drive you home then," he suggests.

"Min, this is your wedding," he argues. "You can't just vanish."

"I can do whatever I want," he snorts.

"Wouldn't be fair to him, would it?" he asks, and Minho's smile falters.

"He'd get it. You're my best friend, and if you feel like shit, it's my responsibility to take care of you."

"No, Minnie, it's my responsibility to take care of you. You're supposed to be in there with your husband-" he chokes on the word and swallows hard.

Minho gently grabs his hand, his ring burning against Chan's skin. "Channie, dear," he says softly. "I just…be careful, okay?"

"Of course," he nods quickly.

"Promise me," Minho asks gently.

"Min," Chan sighs, finally wanting to get away from this.

"Promise me you'll be careful. I couldn't handle it if something happened to you," he says, the grip around his hand growing stronger.

"I promise I'll be fine," he says, carefully easing his hand out of Minho's. He looks up and smiles at him bravely. "Go and have fun, alright?" he asks, and Minho nods hesitantly, searching his eyes.

He watches him climbing onto his bike and grabbing the helmet. He can tell something is very wrong, and he doubts it's what Chan says it is. Chan wouldn't leave his side because of that, he never does. "I love you, you know that right?" he asks timidly, and Chan freezes in his movements for a short moment.

"I love you," Chan answers just as timidly, and his gaze softens a little, meeting Minho's wide, confused eyes. "You look beautiful," he tells him gently, and Minho blushes almost instantly. "Thank you," he whispers.

"Come here," Chan sighs, and Minho steps closer. He hugs him tight and smiles as Minho holds onto him firmly. "You're doing great. I'm proud of you, Minnie," he says softly.

Minho's hold on him tightens. "Please don't go?"

Chan pulls back, cupping his cheek out of reflex. "You'll be fine."

"I feel safer when you're here," he confesses anxiously.

Chan shakes his head firmly, leaning in and planting a short, light kiss on his forehead. "You'll be fine," he whispers, and pulling back, there are tears burning in his eyes all over again.

Minho watches him, stunned, as he puts on the helmet and grabs his keys. "I'll see you tomorrow?"

"Of course," he promises, putting on his gloves.

"It's you and me against the world, right?" he asks timidly.

Chan feels like laughing at that. Minho just got married to Jisung but still thinks it's them against the rest. "Always, kitten," he says softly before starting the engine.

Minho stands still for a moment as Chan races off and nervously fidgets with his suit. He wonders if Chan would be alright and get home safely. Minho flinches softly as someone wraps their arms around him, hand resting on his chest.

"Hey there," Jisung says gently, kissing his cheek. "You're alright?"

"Yeah, I'll be fine," he nods and squeezes his hand, leaning back into him.

"He'll be okay," he tells him soothingly.

"I'm not sure this time," Minho shakes his head, deep in thought.

"He always is, he has to. He'd never leave you here if he didn't think you'd be safe," he points out, and Minho hums agreeingly. "Come on now, we have a party to celebrate," he says, gently pulling him with him.

-

Chan blinks away his tears, racing down the streets rather aimlessly. He doesn't want to go back home yet, he'll feel even lonelier in that big house without Min there. He has no other place to go, though. His parents are gone, there aren't any siblings, and Minho is all he had his whole life. The only constant variable in his life got ripped away for good. The safe house is over an hour away and full of memories. He can't escape it.

Chan speeds up a little, the wind pulling at his jacket, but he doesn't care. He'll just keep on driving all night and stay away from home for a bit. He notices the red light too late and curses to himself softly, that could've gone very wrong.

A loud siren behind him startles him a little, and glancing back through his mirror, he notices a police car getting closer. "Oh, for fucks sake," he curses and stops at the side of the road.

Felix parks behind him and hops out of the car. "That fucker really got some nerves," he whispers to himself, making his way over. "Excuse me, Sir, you-" he starts and loses track of his thoughts as the guy takes off his helmet. He meets a pair of soft and incredibly sad chocolate orbs he feels like he could drown in if he maintains eye contact for too long. Dark curls frame his face effortlessly, and god, those full lips. A quick glance down his body makes him suspect he's quite fit, and Felix scolds himself for getting all dreamy about a member of the mafia. It must be him.

"Yes, officer?" he asks patiently, resting the helmet on his thigh.

"You, uhm, you were speeding. And you ignored a red light," he tells him, frowning softly at his amused expression.

"I'm aware of that, thank you," he nods.

"That's not a kind reminder," Felix protests softly. "I just pulled you over because -."

"I don't get pulled over," Chan says calmly, and judging by Felix's stunned expression, he has no clue who he's talking to. "Ever heard of Minho Lee?"

Felix's eyes widen and he nods quickly. "Yeah, I did."

"Well, guess what, I'm pretty important to him. So remember this," he says, vaguely waving at himself and the motorcycle. "And don't pull me over again."

"I don't think I can-" he stammers.

Chan sighs heavily and reaches out for him, pushing aside his jacket gently to check the name tag. "Great, another fucking Lee who's ruining my day."

"You ruined that by yourself, Sir. I just reminded you of the law," Felix frowns, almost a little offended.

"The law's debatable," Chan shrugs and squints his eyes at him. He takes in the sight of him in his uniform and has to bite back a smirk, meeting his very confused brown eyes. Dark hair falls around his face, highlighting the freckles on it. He looks cute. " You're new here, aren't you?"

"Actually, I've been living here for my whole-."

"At the police force, darling," Chan huffs, and Felix's eyes widen, a soft blush creeping up his neck. Oh.

"I'm-Yes, I'm new," he nods quickly.

"I can tell," he says and smiles at him fondly. "Still so eager to do things right."

"We should," Felix nods quickly, subconsciously straightening his uniform.

"But they don't. And you won't if you want to survive this job," he nods thoughtfully. "You'll notice soon enough. Try staying away from Han's men, they're horrible to cops."

"Okay," he nods, wondering why the hell he is listening to this crap. "Sir, are you drunk?" he asks after a moment of silence.

Chan laughs out loud, and it's the first time today. "I'm not joking, stay away from the Han family. They're dangerous. It'd be a shame if they'd mess up that pretty face of yours," he says, and Felix's blush deepens. "But to answer your question, yes, I had a little too much."

"Then that's another reason you shouldn't be driving," Felix points out kindly.

"I have to get home somehow," he shrugs, staring up at the sky, slowly changing colors as the sun begins to set.

"You have no one to pick you up?" he asks, feeling pity for him.

"My best friend got married to another guy today. I have no one else," he tells him, not really sure why the fuck he'd be telling that to some random police officer.

"That's why you're drunk and driving so reckless," he hums understandingly. "You're heartbroken, aren't you?"

"What if I was?" he asks and watches him observantly. His brown hair shines beneath the setting sun, eyes sparkle beautifully. Chan can't help but think again about how effortlessly beautiful Officer Lee is.

"Then I'd feel sorry for pulling you over…but on second thought, not really. There's no use putting yourself at risk because someone hasn't found you fitting for themselves," he says very gently, observing Chan's eyes. "Maybe you're not the right person for him, but I'm sure you'll find your missing piece one day."

"Well, thanks for the advice, Officer Lee," he snorts and once more checks him out. Oh, fuck it. "When does your shift end tonight?"

Felix glances at his watch. "In five minutes," he tells him.

"May I take you out for dinner after? Make up for the trouble I caused you?" he asks smoothly, and Felix's eyes widen before he gathers himself quickly again.

"Purely that?" he asks, and Chan raises his eyebrow at him.

"You're bolder than you look," he smirks. "Not really, no."

"Well, then skip the politeness and take what you so clearly want," Felix announces, not without blushing heavily.

Chan sees right through him and nods to himself. "If you let me," he nods reluctantly.

"Please," Felix nods, growing a bit shy. He crosses his arms behind his chest to hide his hands shaking.

Chan looks at him, amused. "I don't know if you're naive or touch starved to get into bed with some stranger, but I'll take it."

"I know very well who you are, Mr. Bahng," he says, and surprise flashes in Chan's eyes. "You're the head bodyguard of Mr. Lee, and that best friend you've been talking about is the very same person. You're in love with your boss."

"Huh," Chan laughs stunned. "And that doesn't stop you from climbing into bed with me?"

"That's what makes it exciting," he corrects him, and Chan smirks.

"I believe your five minutes are over, dear," he says calmly, and Felix hums softly. "Keep up, alright?" he asks, putting his helmet back on.

"You bet," he grins.

-

Felix gets onto the motorcycle behind him, wrapping his arms around him to steady himself. They decided to park the car back at the police station to avoid raising suspicions, and Chan kept his helmet on as Felix did.

"Hold on tight," Chan tells him, and Felix hums, agreeing. He starts the engine and drives off with him. He knows Minho would be pissed knowing he brought a police officer back home, but he couldn't care less. He just wanted to forget and feel good for a night.

Chan soon parks in front of the mansion and hops off his bike, taking off his helmet. Felix does as well and smiles at him shyly. "Come on in," Chan chuckles and leads the way.

Felix follows him through the front door, looking around curiously. Chan takes the helmet from him and puts it aside, reaching into a small closet drawer next to the door. He pulls out a piece of soft silk and gives him an apologetic smile. "He'd kill me if I'd led you through the house with your eyes open."

"Oh, okay," Felix nods gently, swallowing nervously as Chan steps closer. Their eyes meet, and sparks ignite between them. "Can I kiss you?" he asks politely.

Chan chuckles softly and cups his face, pulling him into a gentle kiss. A soft sound escapes Felix's lips, and he grips Chan's suit jacket, pulling him close. Chan's arm snakes around his waist, and he lets him enjoy that feeling. It has been years since he kissed someone and he only realizes now how much he had missed it.

Felix takes a few steps back, pulling him with him until his back hits the wall. Chan braces himself on the wall, caging him in, and the moment Felix parts his lips to catch his breath, Chan's tongue slides into his mouth. A low groan escapes him as their tongues slide against each other sensually. He reaches up, burying his hand in those thick curls and arches into him. Chan's playing with his hair, pulling at it as he deepens the kiss.

Neither of them notice the front door opening until someone clears their throat. "Channie?"

Chan flinches heavily and pulls back panting, turning to look at him. Minho stands there, still in his wedding suit, and watches him with wide eyes. "Min, you're back already?"

Felix connects the dots and realizes the man in front of them is Minho Lee, one of the most important people in town.

"I-uh, I came to check on you, but you seem to feel fine again," he says, nodding slowly. He looks a little hurt, realizing Chan hasn't felt sick. "So you're…you're not feeling sick?"

"Not anymore," Chan answers, and he isn't even lying. He hasn't been feeling exactly well the whole day, watching the love of his life marrying another man.

"Mhm, okay," Minho nods quietly before his eyes fall onto Felix. "And that is?"

Felix bows gently before him, dark messed-up hair falling into his face. "I'm Officer Felix Lee, Sir," he introduces himself. "It's an honor to meet you."

Minho frowns at him softly. "Not really, there's nothing special about me other than my mother's legacy," he says and looks back at Chan. "Why are you bringing a police officer back home without my permission?"

"Since when am I asking for permission?" Chan gives back and glances at Felix. "Felix and I just met, we've decided to have some fun tonight."

Felix smiles at the way his name rolls off his tongue. "You can cover my eyes now, by the way," he chimes in gently. "I've probably seen too much already."

Chan smiles softly and nods, pulling the silk from his pocket. He steps behind him and soothingly squeezes his shoulder. "Close your eyes, pretty," he says and locks eyes with Minho as he covers Felix's eyes. "Don't you have a husband to get back to?" he asks, more coldly than he intended to.

"I-I guess I do," he nods, not fully understanding why his heart hurts and his stomach cramps with jealousy as he watches Felix. He just got married; for fucks sake, why is he so focused on Chan? "We'll talk about this later, Chan."

"Nothing to talk about, you won't do much different tonight," he shrugs and wraps his arm around Felix's waist, pulling him in. Felix leans back into him, breath hitching as Chan places a kiss just below his ear.

"Why?" Minho asks, barely audibly pointing at Felix. "You're usually not like that."

"You broke my heart, that's why," he says, and Minho's face falls. "It's nothing new, and I won't stand in your way if you're happy with him. But let me deal with my side of emotions the way I prefer."

"I-I'm sorry," he whispers, tears brimming his eyes.

"No, you're not," Chan says quietly. "Because you don't have to." He steps in front of Felix and lifts him up after a gentle warning.

Felix wraps his legs around his waist, arms around his neck, and nudges his nose against Chan's clumsily. He leans to his ear as he plays with the base of his hair. "Need you so bad, Channie hyung," he whispers, not seeing the beautiful smile breaking across Chan's face.

"Don't worry, sunshine, I got you," he gives back lowly and exchanges a last glance with Minho before carrying Felix up the stairs.

"But I am sorry," Minho whispers to himself, anxiously fidgeting with the sleeves of his suit. His chest tightens a little, and he sucks in a sharp breath. He never wanted to hurt Chan like that. Never. Had he been faking to be happy for him for years now?

-

Chan gently sets Felix down as they reach the corridor to his room, taking the fabric from his eyes. Felix's soft eyes flutter open and meet his. "No wonder you fell for him, he's incredibly handsome up close," Felix states, making Chan chuckle, surprised.

"Stop talking about Min, alright?" he asks gently and cups his face. "He's not important tonight."

Felix nods kindly and fondles down his sides almost hesitantly. "Where's your room?"

"Just over there." Chan gently caresses his cheeks and pulls him into a kiss. Felix's hands rest on his hips as he kisses back fiercely. They get lost in the feeling for another bit before Chan takes the lead and walks them to his room, never breaking apart. Chan kicks the door closed behind them and turns the key, trapping Felix between the door and his body.

"Can I?" Felix asks, reaching for Chan's suit jacket. Chan hums gently, and Felix brushes the jacket off his shoulders, locking eyes with him as he starts opening the buttons of his shirt. Felix hesitantly lets his hands roam his skin once he's done and bites his lower lip hard at the thought of the rest of him. "Fuck," he breathes out, a little stunned, as Chan grabs his neck and pulls him in again.

Chan pushes his thigh between his legs, smirking as Felix's jaw drops. "Feels good, pretty boy?"

"Uhuh," Felix nods dumbly, pressing down against him needily.

"Go on," he encourages him and reaches for the first button of his uniform. "I'll start taking that off for you while you do."

Felix doesn't need a second invitation, grinding down against his thigh with a low groan. He watches as Chan unbuttons his uniform and shivers with need as Chan's fingers brush against his bare skin in the process.

Chan notices and glances at him curiously. "You haven't been touched in a while, have you?"

"Not really," he confesses, blushing heavily. "It's a bit of a weakness of mine," he adds, glancing at him through his lashes.

"How much time do you have?" Chan asks, and Felix swallows audibly.

"For you, all night," he breathes out.

Chan hums softly and picks him up, carrying him to his bed. He lowers Felix into the pillows and climbs onto the bed, hovering over him. "May I make up for the time you missed then?"

"Please do," Felix nods shyly. He watches with interest as Chan gets comfortable between his legs, bracing himself next to his head. His lips plant tiny kisses down his jaw before they land on his neck. Felix melts into the sheets beneath him as Chan starts kissing his neck, leaving small bites all over it, slowly moving down to his collarbone. Sinking his hand into his curls, he whines softly as Chan's lips travel further, tongue lapping at his nipples.

Chan has no idea how long he stays like that, exploring Felix's body with his tongue, teeth, lips, and hands. The man beneath him writhes in the sheets, soft, helpless sounds tumbling from his lips. Chan's face is buried between his thighs by now, having worked up his way both of his legs. Felix's body is littered with reddish marks by now and covered in sweat, worked up from Chan's pleasurable touches. Looking up, he smiles at the sight of him. His dark hair sticks to his face, brown eyes blown with lust, lips swollen and parted. "Enjoying yourself, pretty?"

Felix hums, agreeing, and bites his lip hard as Chan gently eases off his boxers. His head falls back as Chan teasingly licks up his shaft and massages his balls with his hand. "Ch-Chan," he chokes out.

"Get on your hands and knees for me, will you?" he asks, and Felix nods, eager to please him and finally get what he wants. Felix turns around, knees buckling a little. Chan reaches for his bedside table, grabbing a bottle of lube and some condoms for later. He spreads Felix's cheeks with his fingers and licks up between them. A guttural moan falls from Felix's lips at that, pushing back the moment Chan's tongue pushes against his hole. Chan switches between tongue and fingers, working him open slowly. Felix's arms collapse as he locates his prostate, and Chan bites back a moan at the weak sound leaving his lips.

"Channie - stop," he pleads quietly, face buried in the pillow. "Fuck, please," he whimpers.

"What's wrong?" he asks, fingertips brushing against his prostate once again.

"I'm gonna-" Felix squeezes his eyes shut, body shaking as Chan massages his prostate so perfectly. It's too much. Too much after all those teasing and loving touches before, too much after being touched so right after all this time. Felix's body tenses up, and he releases into the sheets beneath him with a weak sound. His face flushes red with embarrassment, and he hides in the pillow. "Fuck, sorry."

Chan leans down, kissing his spine, and shakes his head. "Nothing to be sorry for."

Felix frowns softly and peaks at him timidly. "But I came without asking for permission."

Chan blinks at him, heart melting at the sincere apologetic look on Felix's face. "I told you I'd make up for that time you missed. I wanted you to feel that good."

Felix's blush deepens. "So you're not mad?"

"No," he tells him with a kind smile, and Felix's heart melts. That's a new one.

"I think I'm ready for you now," he tells him with a sheepish smile. "Can I take care of you now?"

"Okay," Chan nods gently and lets Felix guide him onto his back. He watches him curiously as Felix straddles his lap, eyes fluttering as Felix wraps his hand around his so far untouched dick. Felix flicks his thumb over the tip and strokes him a few times before handing him the condom. Once Chan is ready, he pours some lube into his hand, stroking Chan once again and getting into position. Chan's face contorts in pleasure as Felix slowly sinks down on him.

Felix braces himself on his chest, moaning softly as he tries to adjust to his size. He experimentally moves his hips and allows himself to relax and sink down deeper. "Feel so fucking full already," he groans deliciously.

Chan moans, relieved once he's buried fully inside of him, and rests his hands on his hips. "You're okay?" he asks, watching Felix observantly.

"Yeah," he nods, panting a little. "Just need a moment."

"Take your time," he says gently, rubbing his hips soothingly.

"Okay," Felix says to himself, lifting his hips and sinking back down on him after a moment. They both moan at the movement, and Felix repeats it, Chan's hips meeting his this time. He braces himself on his chest and works out a rhythm that feels good for them both. Felix moves eagerly on top of him, moans falling freely from his mouth by now.

Chan beneath him has his head thrown back into the pillow, jaw growing slack at the tightness of Felix around him. After all, it's been a while for him too. "Fuck, Felix," he groans softly.

Felix tries to angle his hips a little differently to hit his prostate but doesn't fully succeed. After a few tries, a frustrated whimper leaves his mouth, and Chan glances up at him.

His breath hitches, seeing tears brimming Felix's eyes, and he has to bite back a groan. Wow, he didn't know he had a thing for that. "You're okay, pretty boy?" he asks gently, and Felix shakes his head, whining softly.

"Need more," he admits, and Chan understands, gently patting his hips.

"Let me help," he says reassuringly, and Felix does, letting him angle his hips a little differently. Chan thrusts up into him, and Felix rewards him with a deep, relieved moan, nails digging into his torso. Chan's eyes roll back at the way Felix clenches around him, moaning obscenely loud and shaking on top of him. "Fucks sake," he breathes out, pounding up into him desperately. Felix slams his hips down against him, their moans growing louder. They chase their high together, pushing each other over the edge soon after. Felix collapses against him, and Chan lazily thrusts up into him still, rubbing his back soothingly.

MASTERLISTS | PROMPT LIST | GUIDELINES

After a moment of silence, Felix glances at him with a shy smile. "Again?" Chan kisses him fiercely as an answer, flipping them over in the process. Again.

Taglist: (Please let me know if you want to be added to/removed from the taglist!)

@kai-lee08 @atinyniki @mal-lunar-28 @lilmisssona @aaasia111 @galaxycatdrawz @kthstrawberryshortcake @channieaddict @soullostinspaceandtime @malfoygalaxies @rebecca-johnson-28 @sundownimup-1 @aalexyuuuhm